University of Sussex postgraduate prospectus section 7: Subjects

41

Subjects 042 American studies

044 Anthropology

047 Archaeology

048 Art history

050 Astronomy and cosmology

052 Biochemistry

056 Biology

059 Chemistry

062 Computing, artificial intelligence and IT

069 Contemporary European studies

072 Creative writing

074 Development studies

083 Economics

086 Education and teaching

091 Engineering and design

128 English language (see Linguistics and English language)

098 English language teaching

099 English literature

103 Environmental science

104 Finance

099 French (see English literature)

106 Gender studies

109 Geography

099 German (see English literature)

114 Globalisation, ethnicity and culture

115 History

048 History of art (see Art history)

121 Human rights

122 International relations

125 Law

128 Linguistics and English language

130 Management

132 Mathematics

134 Media and film studies

138 Medicine and health studies

140 Migration studies

142 Music

144 Neuroscience

146 Philosophy

148 Physics

158 Policy studies (see Science and technology policy and management)

151 Politics

153 Psychology

099 Renaissance studies (see English literature)

158 Science and technology policy and management

162 Social and political thought

164 Social work and social care

167 Sociology

086, 098 Teaching (see Education and teaching, and English language teaching)

169 Visual arts and conservation studies

Subjects

• Our faculty research achieved grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) and our publications have attracted a number of prestigious prizes and nominations for both British and American awards.

• American studies at Sussex offers flexibility and choice. For postgraduate students, we offer a taught MA in American Literature: Critical Reading, an MPhil in American History and Literature, and a wide range of expertise for the supervision of doctoral research in all aspects of the subject: literary, cultural, political and historical. MA students may also take courses from MA programmes in English.

• We have an active and friendly research culture at all levels, including regular open seminars with guest speakers, and frequent symposia and academic conferences.

• Particular strengths include race and ethnic relations, labour history and slavery, discourses of migration, aesthetic modernism, modern poetry, popular culture and 20th-century writing.

• American Studies houses the Cunliffe Centre for the Study of the American South and has close associations with the Centre for Modernist Studies, based here at Sussex. We also have close associations with the leading literary journal Textual Practice.

• All degrees may be undertaken on a part- or full-time basis.

Taught programme

MA in American Literature: Critical Reading 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeDesigned for those with a critical interest in or informed curiosity about modern American literature, this programme explores key topics in primarily 20th-century fiction and poetry.

Beginning with questioning how contemporary literary theory might inform all our readings, you will go on to investigate subjects such as modernism and its legacy in Anglo-American writing, the relation between economic structures and narrative form, literary and filmic representations of nationhood, or the relationship between culture, language and politics during the Great Depression.

This MA is associated with the Centre for Modernist Studies (www.sussex.ac.uk/modernist).

FundingEU applicants may apply to the AHRC. For information on AHRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

American studies

Taught programmeMA American Literature: Critical Reading

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil American History and Literature

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA A literature-based upper second-class undergraduate honours degree MPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in history, literature or American studies DPhil A Masters degree in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research. For advice on research supervision, prospective DPhil applicants are encouraged to look at the research areas and faculty interests listed on the right, and to contact Doug Haynes at the address listed below

English language requirementsIELTS 6.5, with not less than 6.5 in Writing and 6.0 in the other sections. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174

Fees See pages 176-181 for information on fees

Further informationDr Doug Haynes, American Studies, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UK T +44 (0)1273 877304 F +44 (0)1273 625972 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/americanstudies

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: all students take Theory in Practice: Readings in Contemporary Theory and Literature, plus three of the following options: Anglo-American Modernism: Poetry and Poetics; American Poetry after Modernism: Retreat? Redirection? Rediscovery?; Fictions of Capital: Case Studies in American Narrative; Representing the Great Depression; ImagiNation: Fiction and American History.

Up to two options may be taken from related MA programmes.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed by four 5,000-word term papers and a dissertation of 20,000 words, for which you will receive one-to-one supervision.

Research programmes

MPhil in American History and Literature 1-2 years full-time/up to 4 years part-timeAn MPhil is a Masters-level research degree on a topic of your choice, achieved through personal research and the close guidance of an academic supervisor with relevant expertise. A highly flexible qualification, your MPhil can either be ‘stand-alone’ or, via an upgrade examination, can form part of doctoral-level work, extending your thesis further and leading to a DPhil.

To facilitate greater autonomy and develop a range of appropriate skills, all MPhil students are normally required to take one or more research training courses during the first year of their study.

Titles of recently completed theses include: Selective Amnesia: Truth and Reconciliation in the American South and Savage Desert, American Garden: Popular Imagery in the Selling of California, 1876-1929.

AssessmentYou are assessed by a 40,000-word thesis.

DPhilResearch applications are actively sought in the following areas: 20th-century American poetry and fiction; literature and migration; autobiographical studies; popular culture; African-American history; Southern history; and Atlantic world topics. Proposals on other or related topics are welcome.

FundingEU applicants may apply to the AHRC (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

There are opportunities for research students to teach undergraduate courses.

Essentials

Amer

ican

stu

dies

42

43

Recent thesis titlesTechnology, the public sphere and American writing since 1960

Colonialism 1590-1730: the racialisation of space

Selective amnesia: truth and reconciliation in the American South

Myth and sites of resistance: the structuring of identity in contemporary US counter-discourse of race and gender

‘Slavish pleasures and mechanical leisures’: the problem of leisure in America during the 1930s

Blank fiction: culture, consumption and the contemporary American novel

Do you see what I mean? An ‘inner law of form’ in Susan Howe’s historicism

‘City of refuge’: Harlem and the urban aesthetic in 20th-century American literature

Specialist facilities

American subjects have formed an important part of the humanities at Sussex since the University was founded. Consequently, the University’s Library has large holdings of serials and printed books relating to the US, plus electronic resources such as ECHO, and Early American Imprints.

Manuscript collections include: the Harvey Matusow Papers, covering the McCarthy hearings in the 1950s; the Kenneth Allsop Papers, reflecting that author’s interest in American society, literature and popular culture; and a series of letters from Margaret Mead to Geoffrey Gorer, exploring aspects of their shared interest in American national identity.

For the more advanced or specialised graduate student, the incomparable American holdings of the British Library and the Institute of Historical Studies – as well as London’s other repositories of books, serials, manuscripts, films and the fine arts – are all within easy commuting distance of the University.

Academic activities

Open seminars in subjects related to the various Americanist disciplines – history, critical theory, English literature, lesbian and gay studies, international relations, post-colonialism – are scheduled in addition to the regular American studies seminar.

Website informationThe American studies web pages are regularly updated and are the most reliable source of information for faculty research interests, as well as programme changes. Visit www.sussex.ac.uk/americanstudies

Faculty research interests

Stephen Burman International political economy; class and race in the US; international foreign policy. Author of The Black Progress Question: Explaining the African-American Predicament (1995). Currently working on a book on US foreign policy in the 1990s.

Professor Robert Cook Political and social history; the American Civil War; civil rights. Author of Troubled Commemoration: The American Civil War Centennial, 1961-1965 (2007) and Baptism of Fire: The Republican Party in Iowa, 1838-1878 (1993).

Sue Currell American literature and culture 1890-1940; the emergence and production of 20th-century mass culture; the thirties; Taylorism/Fordism in relation to identity, language and the self; eugenics and popular culture; self-help literature of the inter-war era. Author of The March of Spare Time: The Problem and Promise of Leisure in the 1930s (2005).

Richard Follett 19th-century US social and economic history; slavery; antebellum southern history; comparative slavery and race relations; demography; agricultural and rural history. Author of Louisiana’s Sugar Country (2005). Currently working on slave demography and fertility patterns.

Doug Haynes European and American modernism, postmodernism and avant-garde writing and culture, particularly as these intersect with critical theory. Publications on Thomas Pynchon, William Burroughs, surrealism, and Nathanael West.

Daniel Kane 20th-century American literature; the avant-garde; the beats; poetry since the 1960s. Author of All Poets Welcome: The Lower East Side Poetry Scene in the 1960s (2003) and What Is Poetry: Conversations with the American Avant-Garde (2003).

Maria Lauret American feminist fiction and theory; the American 1960s; gender, language and migration; race and ethnicity; women’s autobiography. Author of Liberating Literature: Feminist Fiction in America (1994), and Alice Walker (2000). Working on race and ethnicity in women’s writing; narratives of migration.

Professor Peter Nicholls International modernism; literary radicalism of the 1930s and 1960s; contemporary American poetry and poetics. Author of Modernisms: A Literary Guide (1995). Currently working on contemporary experimental poetry in America.

Jarod Roll Race, work and protest in the political economy of rural America, especially in the 20th century. Publications on African-American grassroots radicalism, American farmers and labour relations in the New Cotton South, 1890-1945.

Clive Webb Race and ethnic relations in the 19th and 20th centuries, particularly in the southern states; racial and religious prejudice, racial violence, and the civil rights movement. Author of Fight Against Fear: Southern Jews and Black Civil Rights (2001); (ed) Massive Resistance: Southern Opposition to the Second Reconstruction (2005).

Dorothea Lange’s Migrant Mother is an icon both of the endurance of Depression Americans and of the documentary mode itself, subjects covered in the courses Representing the Great Depression, and Fictions of Capital: Case Studies in American Narrative

American studies

• Anthropology at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• Anthropology was also awarded a grade of ‘excellent’ in an earlier assessment of teaching quality.

• We maintain a concern with the traditional categories of British social anthropology (political and economic anthropology, kinship, religion and ritual), while developing research that focuses on contemporary global society.

• We have a long-standing involvement in the issues surrounding policy-making and applied anthropology, and in the anthropological critique of development.

• Faculty have undertaken consultancy and commissioned work, and many of our graduates have found employment in these fields. We also have a significant commitment to the ethnographic exploration of cultural phenomena such as religious ritual, music, dance performance, heritage and film.

Taught programmes

These programmes combine a thorough grounding in the history, theory and methodology of anthropology. They permit you to specialise in a region or specific focus if you wish, or to maintain a more general interest in the discipline.

MA in Anthropology1 year full-time/2 years part-timeFundingMA students are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: you are provided with a foundation in the discipline, taking Anthropology and Ethnography; and Understanding Processes of Social Change.

Spring term: you are given the chance to adapt the programme more to your interests. You take one of Culture and Society in Africa; European Transformations; and Society and Economy in South Asia, plus one course from another of the MA programmes.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on your dissertation.

See below right for assessment methods.

Contact the programme convenor Jon Mitchell ([email protected]) for further information.

MA in Anthropology (Africa) 1 year full-time/2 years part-time Funding MA students are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structure Autumn term: you are provided with a foundation in the discipline, taking Anthropology and Ethnography; and Understanding Processes of Social Change.

Spring term: you take Culture and Society in Africa and an option from the other MA anthropology programmes.


See below for assessment methods.

Contact the programme convenor Jon Mitchell ([email protected]) for further information

MA in Anthropology (Europe) 1 year full-time/2 years part-time Funding MA students are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structure Autumn term: you are provided with a foundation in the discipline, taking Anthropology and Ethnography; and Understanding Processes of Social Change.

Spring term: you take European Transformations and an option from the other MA anthropology programmes.



Contact the programme convenor Jon Mitchell ([email protected]) for further information

MA in Anthropology (South Asia) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeFundingMA students are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: you are provided with a foundation in the discipline, taking Anthropology and Ethnography; and Understanding Processes of Social Change.

Spring term: you take Society and Economy in South Asia and an option from the other MA anthropology programmes.



Contact the programme convenor Jon Mitchell ([email protected]) for further information.

Assessment for the four programmes aboveCourses are assessed by a 5,000-word term paper, except for Anthropology and Ethnography, which is assessed through two 2,000-word book reviews. The dissertation is 10,000 words.

Anthropology

Taught programmesMA degreesAnthropologyAnthropology (Africa)Anthropology (Europe)Anthropology (South Asia)Anthropology of Conflict, Violence and Conciliation Anthropology of Development and Social Transformation Medical Anthropology

MSc degreeComparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Anthropology)

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Social Anthropology New Route DPhil Social Anthropology

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in anthropology or any other relevant subject area MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in anthropology or a related discipline, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhilA Masters degree in anthropology, although those with a degree in a closely related discipline may also be considered. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of the research project



Further informationContact the degree convenors indicated for each taught programme, or for general inquiries:Professor Simon Coleman, Department of Anthropology, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKE [email protected]/anthropology/postgrad

Essentials

Anth

ropo

logy

44

45

MA in Anthropology of Conflict, Violence and Conciliation 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is concerned with modern conflicts and violence, ranging from war to domestic violence, and with conciliation, whether local or international. It will be of interest to those concerned with research into these fields as well as those with experience, or considering a career, in conflict prevention, relief and conciliation.

Contact the programme convenor Mark Leopold ([email protected]) for further information.

FundingMA students are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Researching and Reporting Conflict: Anthropological Perspectives; and Understanding Processes of Social Change.

Spring term: you take Embodiment and Institutionalisation of Violence, Conflict and Conciliation and an option from another MA programme.

Summer term and vacation: you take Anthropology of Reconciliation and Reconstruction and undertake supervised work on your dissertation.

AssessmentEach course is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper. The dissertation is 10,000 words.

MA in Anthropology of Development and Social Transformation 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeConcerned with the anthropological study of the complex economic, political and cultural processes of social transformation in the developing world, this MA provides an entry into the anthropology of development and will be of interest to those with experience, or considering a career, in the development field. For further information, contact Katy Gardner ([email protected]).


Programme structureAutumn term: you take Understanding Processes of Social Change; and Anthropologists and Development.

Spring term: you take Households, Livelihoods and Development Intervention; and Knowledge, Power and Resistance.

Summer term and vacation: you either take Evaluation and Appraisal and write a short dissertation; or you undertake supervised work on a longer dissertation.

If available, an option from another MA can be substituted for one of the spring- or summer-term courses.

AssessmentEach course in the autumn and spring terms is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper. Where appropriate, you may also either write a 5,000-word term paper on your summer-term option course followed by a 10,000-word dissertation, or write a 20,000-word dissertation.

MA in Medical Anthropology 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is concerned with cross-cultural understandings of medicine, health and healing, with the experience of pain and illness, and with the political economy of health. It will be of interest to both anthropologists and those with experience, or considering a career, in the medical or health professions, social services, or development. Contact the programme convenor Maya Unnithan ([email protected]) for more information.


Programme structureAutumn term: you take Medical Anthropology and one of Anthropologists and Development; Researching and Reporting Conflict: Anthropological Perspectives; and Understanding Processes of Social Change.

Spring term: you take Cultural Understandings of Health and Healing and one of Anthropology of Childbirth and Reproductive Health; Embodiment and Institutionalisation of Violence, Conflict and Conciliation; Households, Rural Livelihoods and Development Intervention; and Knowledge, Power and Resistance.

Summer term and vacation: you either take Evaluation and Appraisal or Anthropology of Reconciliation and Reconstruction, and write a short dissertation; or you undertake supervised work on a longer dissertation.

AssessmentEach course in the autumn and spring terms is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper. Where appropriate, you may also either write a 5,000-word term paper on your optional summer-term course followed by a 10,000-word dissertation, or write a 20,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Anthropology) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

This MSc provides an alternative route for doctoral candidates who require more focused research skills training.

For further information, contact the MSc Anthropology convenor Professor Simon Coleman ([email protected]).

FundingThis programme qualifies for ESRC support under its 1+3 system of doctoral support. For information on ESRC and other funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureThere are three main elements to the MSc programme that run concurrently through the academic year: a research elective involving supervised reading in your individual research area and the writing of a dissertation; credited courses in the philosophy and methodology of research; and training in both quantitative and qualitative research skills.

Autumn term: you take a research elective, Philosophy of Science and Social Science Research Practice, and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.

Spring term: you take courses in quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis.

Summer term: you choose from a selection of courses in cross-cultural and comparative data collection and analysis. The research elective continues across all terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation.

AssessmentTaught courses are variously assessed by term papers of 3,000-5,000 words or equivalent coursework portfolios, depending on the courses chosen. The research elective is assessed by a 10,000-word dissertation that incorporates a research report and fieldwork proposal.


Extensive computing facilities are available, and office space is usually given to students taking research degrees. Students have full access to the University’s main Library, and to the British Library of Development Studies at the Institute of Development Studies (IDS), which is located on the Sussex campus.

There is close academic collaboration between social anthropology faculty and other departments and interdisciplinary research centres, notably history, migration studies, geography and gender studies. Particularly important links have been developed with IDS and the Sussex Law School.

Performance of a young men’s masquerade cult in south-eastern Nigeria

Anthropology

Research programmes

We welcome students wishing to undertake research in the main areas of faculty interests.

FundingAnthropology has full 1+3 and +3 recognition from the ESRC. This includes access to five interdisciplinary research studentships in 2009. For further information on ESRC and other funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186. For further advice on funding, contact Professor Simon Coleman at the address listed in Essentials.

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills together with supervised doctoral research.

For those studying for an MPhil or DPhil, during the autumn and spring terms of the initial training year you normally take a social anthropology course, working closely with a designated supervisor. Where appropriate, you may take courses from other specialist MA options as part of your research training. If you already have an MA degree, you are not necessarily required to take courses as part of your pre-fieldwork training. New research students will normally be required to take two or three courses in research methods from those offered within the MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Anthropology). Each course is assessed, but assessment does not contribute to the award of the degree.

FieldworkResearch degrees usually involve fieldwork. After the first year, you usually spend the second year in the field and return to Sussex to write up your thesis in the third year. Those on a 1+3 programme can usually go to the field by the middle of their second year.

Recent thesis titlesOn the Perama waterfront: the social, economic and cultural aspects of employment structure in a suburb of Piraeus, Athens

Transnational lives, plurinational subjects: identity, migration and difference amongst Moroccan women in Italy

Knowledge, risk and power: agriculture and development discourse in a coastal village in Bangladesh

The politics of identity in left-wing Bologna

Senegalese transmigrants and the construction of immigration in Emilia Romagna

If you won’t do these things for me, I won’t do these things for you: local and regional constructions of seclusion ideologies and practices in Kano, Northern Nigeria

Abortion discourses: an exploration of the social, cultural and organisational context of abortion decision-making in contemporary Britain


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/anthropology/people

Paul Basu Scotland, India, Sierra Leone, visual anthropology, globalisation, transnationalism, migration, politics of identity, anthropology, memory and history. Author of Highland Homecomings: Genealogy and Heritage-Tourism in the Scottish Diaspora (2007).

Professor Simon Coleman Sweden, UK and US; religion and pilgrimage, identity, human rights, globalisation, modernity; space, movement and health. Author of The Globalisation of Charismatic Christianity (2000), and editor of (with M Crang) Tourism: Between Place and Performance (2003).

Professor Jane Cowan Greece; southern Balkans; nationalism, memory and identity; conceptualising and administering ‘difference’ in Balkan contexts; culture and rights; minority politics; gender relations; music and dance performance, embodiment and experience. Editor of (with M Dembour and R Wilson), Culture and Rights: Anthropological Perspectives (2001).

Geert de Neve India; Tamilnadu; informal labour; power; caste and kinship; industrialisation; social change; globalisation. Publications include The Everyday Politics of Labour: Working Lives in India’s Informal Economy (2005), and (with Maya Unnithan-Kumar) Critical Journeys: The Making of Anthropologists (2006).

Professor Marie-Bénédicte Dembour Central Africa; Europe; colonialism; memory, life stories; law and human rights; (based in the Sussex Law School). Author of Who Believes in Human Rights? Reflections on the European Convention (2006).

Nigel Eltringham Human rights, conflict, genocide and the Great Lakes region of Africa. Author of The Ethics of Anthropology Debates and Dilemmas (2003), and Accounting for Horror: Post-Genocide Debates in Rwanda (2004).

Professor James Fairhead Africa south of the Sahara; UK: agriculture and ecology; health and fertility; colonialism; science and medicine. Author of Science, Society and Power (2003), and (with M Leach, T Geysbeek and S Holsoe) African-American Exploration Inland from Liberia (forthcoming).

Anne-Meike Fechter Indonesia, South-East Asia: corporate expatriates, transnationalism, development practitioners. Author of Transnational Lives: Expatriates in Indonesia (2007).

Katy Gardner Bangladesh, Islam, migration, diaspora, development, Asians in the UK. Author of (with D Lewis) Development, Anthropology and the Postmodern Challenge (1996), and Age, Narrative and Migration: The Life Course and Life Histories Amongst Bengali Elders in London (2002).

Elizabeth Harrison Zambia, Malawi, Kenya: technology transfer, discourse of development, gender relations. Editor of (with A Cornwall and A Whitehead) Feminisms in Development: Contradictions, Contestation and Challenges (2006).

Raminder Kaur India and UK; politics and popular culture, festivals, Indian cinema, censorship, nationalism, diaspora, nuclear issues. Author of Performative Politics and the Cultures of Hinduism (2003); and Co-author of, Liquid Notions: Critical Reflections on Diaspora and Hybridity (2004).

Pam Kea Gambia, West Africa: gender relations, migrant farm labour, politics of difference, social relations of agrarian production; globalisation, processes of accumulation, child labour and education. Author of The Politics of Difference: Female Farmers and Agrarian Transformation in a Gambian Political and Cultural Economy (2007).

Mark Leopold Violence, peacemaking and memory, Uganda, Sudan, history, conflict, political culture and public morality. Author of Inside West Nile: Violence, History and Representation on an African Frontier (2005).

Peter Luetchford Costa Rica, Spain; cooperatives, alternative trade organisations, alternative food provision. Author of Fair Trade and a Global Commodity: Coffee in Costa Rica (2007).

Jon P Mitchell Malta: history, memory, politics and national identity; religion and belief. Author of Ambivalent Europeans: Ritual, Memory and the Public Sphere in Malta (2001) and (with R Wilson) Rights, Claims and Entitlements (2002). Co-editor of, with P Clough, Powers of Good and Evil (2001).

Filippo Osella Kerala, South India: social reproduction and stratification; migration and globalisation; masculinity; consumption. Author of, with C Osella, Social Mobility in Kerala (2000), and (with C Osella) Men and Masculinities in South India (2007).

Jeffrey Pratt Italy, Europe: political movements and ideologies; religious practice; rural transformations. Author of The Politics of Recognition (2001) and Class and Nationalist Movements in Europe (2002).

Dinah Rajak South Africa, UK: intersection of the anthropology of development and globalisation; and in the relationship between the state, business and civil society in the process of development. Author of ‘Uplift and Empower: The Market, The Gift and Corporate Social Responsibility on South Africa’s Platinum Belt’, in Research in Economic Anthropology (2008).

Margaret Sleeboom-Faulkner China, Japan: genomics, biobanking practices, genetic testing and population policy-making, stem-cell research in Asian societies. Author of Academic Nations in China and Japan: Framed by Concepts of Nature, Culture and the Universal (2004).

Professor Jock Stirrat Sri Lanka: aid and development; economic anthropology; Asian religions, Catholicism. Author of (with R Grillo) Discourses of Development: Anthropological Perspectives (1997).

Maya Unnithan-Kumar India, Rajasthan: kinship, caste and gender; development, popular religion, fertility and reproductive health; medical anthropology. Author of (with V Damodaran) Postcolonial India (2000), and (with G de Neve) Critical Journeys: The Making of Anthropologists (2006). Editor of Desire and Ambivalence in Human Reproduction (forthcoming).

Professor Ann Whitehead Africa south of the Sahara; western Europe: gender relations and social transformation; economic anthropology; family, kinship and marriage; epistemology and methodology; race, gender and difference. Author of ‘Continuities and discontinuities in political constructions of the working man in rural sub-Saharan Africa: the lazy man in African agriculture’ in European Journal of Development Research (2000).

Anth

ropo

logy

46

47

Taught programme MA Field Archaeology (full-time and part-time)

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Archaeology

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in archaeology (including joint degrees), or an undergraduate diploma in archaeology with level 2 passes averaging 60 per cent or higher. Consideration will also be given to others who can demonstrate extensive and relevant experience (including individual research) MPhil and DPhil Normally a Masters degree in archaeology



Further informationDavid Rudling,Archaeology, Centre for Continuing Education,Sussex Institute, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9QQ, UKT + 44 (0) 01273 873527E [email protected]/cce/archaeology

Essentials

Most projects are within the Ouse Valley Research Project (East Sussex), although it is also possible to work on approved personal projects. For current field research projects, see www.sussex.ac.uk/cce/archaeology

Year 2Autumn term: you take Archaeological Reporting. This course looks at the theory and practice of archaeological reporting, including traditional journal, client and synthetic reports, together with associated archives and wider dissemination.

Spring and summer terms: you take Independent Study: Field Archaeology. You will undertake an approved extended piece of supervised research related to the aims of the programme. It will be based on an original archaeological project (field- or artefact-based) within its wider geographical and/or theoretical context.

AssessmentA wide variety of modes of assessment are used within the programme. These include essays, projects, practical reports, research plans and poster presentations. The final dissertation is up to 15,000 words.


Research interests are briefly described below.

Richard Carter Stone Age hunter-gatherers, archaeology of animals, environmental archaeology.

David Rudling Field archaeology, landscape archaeology, Romano-British archaeology, numismatics.

• Highly dedicated faculty offer a range of expertise, and specialise in field archaeology, British prehistory, Romano-British archaeology, environmental archaeology and cultural resource management.

• Students receive a thorough knowledge and practical experience of modern approaches to field archaeology.

• Each programme of study is designed to cater for an individual’s background experience and aims within practical archaeology.

• Archaeology students are based in the Centre for Continuing Education (CCE), which provides an academic community that fosters intellectual and social links with students and faculty in other disciplines.

Students on the MA in Field Archaeology excavating at Barcombe Roman Villa, Sussex

Archaeology

Taught programme

MA in Field Archaeology1 year full-time/2 years part-timeOur archaeological heritage is a valuable, finite and vulnerable resource, which requires investigation, recording and analysis to very high professional standards. This MA has been developed to provide you with the practical knowledge and skills, underpinned by theory, that will enable you to make a positive contribution to field archaeology.

You may already work for an archaeological organisation or you may want to gain skills and a qualification to enable you to enter the profession of field archaeology. Or, as an amateur archaeologist, you may wish to enhance your skills to a high professional standard.

Funding Successful applicants are advised to check the Fees and funding information on pages 176-186. If you are considering taking this degree programme for professional development, your employer may be able to help with the payment of fees.

Programme structureThis MA consists of five core courses, taken full-time in one year or part-time over two years. These courses are taught as a series of day schools to facilitate access for students living at a distance or undertaking the programme as continuing professional development. Teaching includes lectures, seminars, group fieldwork, excavations and independent work towards a dissertation.

The programme structure of the part-time MA can be found below:

Year 1Autumn term: you take Field Archaeology, covering methods and techniques used to locate, excavate and record field data. Following a consideration of theoretical aspects of field archaeology, sampling and site formation, part one covers how archaeological sites are located. Part two covers the full process of archaeological excavation including logistics, health and safety, and excavation methods.

Spring term: you take Artefact Studies, looking at the archaeological analysis of material culture recovered by archaeologists. The emphasis is on the identification and analysis of ceramics, lithics and metals, together with the technology of manufacture and the social context of such processes. The course includes hands-on analysis of artefact groups, archaeological illustration and finds reports.

Summer term: you take Archaeological Field Practice, which is a practical course based on a sample excavation of an archaeological site. Each student is allocated a site or part of a site, for which they design an excavation and sampling strategy and undertake the excavation.

Archaeology

Taught programmeMA Art History

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Art History

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in art history or another arts or social sciences discipline MPhil and DPhil A Masters degree in art history or a related discipline such as history, architecture, English, archaeology, anthropology or cultural studies, and proof of engagement with art history at an advanced level. Training in research skills and methodologies is provided



Further informationSarah Maddox, School of Humanities, Arts A,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9SH, UKE [email protected]/arthistory

Essentials • The Art History Department received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• The skills of the faculty represent a unique array across European and American art and culture, and include the study of methodology and critical theory.

• Art history at Sussex has strong links with museums and galleries, both locally and nationally.

• For MA and research students alike, art history at Sussex provides a friendly and stimulating environment for the exchange of ideas, in which intellectual life and scholarly endeavour thrive.

• Sussex graduate students have gone on to find employment in higher education, publishing, the art market, conservation and museum management.

Taught programme

MA in Art History 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for Visual Fields (www.sussex.ac.uk/cvf).

FundingUK applicants for the full-time MA are eligible to apply for AHRC studentships (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structure The MA programme looks at global perspectives in the history of art, concentrating on the art object, its appearance, reception and manufacture. In the core course, you share a common taught experience, examining methods and theories relating to themes such as material culture, globalisation, space, historiography and museology.

The core course, Objects and Methods, is complemented by three options selected from those on offer in any one year, which may include: Postcolonialism and Visual Culture; Photography and 20th-Century Visual Culture; Modernity in Europe and America; Body and Society; Creating the Court; Power of Images in Byzantium; Art and Text in Byzantium; and 18th-Century British Art and Italy. You may, with the agreement of the programme director, take an option from other humanities postgraduate programmes. The dissertation is undertaken by full-time students in the third term, and by part-time students in the third and sixth terms.

AssessmentYou are assessed by term papers and a dissertation of 20,000 words.

Art history

Research programmes

We offer research supervision in the history of art and architecture. Special areas of interest include the history of the visual arts and architecture of western Europe in the early modern and modern periods, Byzantine art, Renaissance art, 18th-century art, North American art of the 20th century, and contemporary visual culture, especially photography. Shared concerns across period interests include issues of methodology, historiography and critical theory, as well as material and visual culture.

FundingThe Department has a strong track record in obtaining studentships from the AHRC, the Royal Historical Society, the Social Sciences Research Council of Canada and the Green Foundation. A limited amount of funding may be available for outstanding research students, which may involve some teaching.

Recent thesis titlesNarrative and figurative imagery in the English domestic interior c1558-c1640The fashions of the Florentine court: wearing, buying and making clothing, 1560-1620On relocating contemporary Chinese artLight in early Byzantium. The Church of Hagia Sophia in ConstantinopleStudies in the symbolism and spirituality of the Arts and Crafts MovementRepresenting rebellion: visual aspects of counter-insurgency in colonial IndiaFrom mimesis to metaphor: images of the Holocaust in contemporary photographic and installation artCommemoration and academic ‘self-fashioning’: funerary monuments to professors c1700

The early 19th-century Egyptian House at Penzance epitomises the influence of other civilisations on European art and architecture

Art h

isto

ry

48

49

The 18th-century hall ceiling of Clandon Park, by an Italian plasterer, demonstrates the cross-fertilisation of European expertise during this period


Facilities include a well-equipped slide library containing over 100,000 colour transparencies, the Bridson Collection of photographs, access to computing and word-processing training, and a library well stocked with secondary literature in the discipline and with online access to the British Library and other repositories.

You are encouraged, where appropriate, to take advantage of local sites of art-historical interest: the Barlow Collection of Chinese art situated on campus; extensive collections in the Royal Pavilion and the museums of Brighton & Hove; and local country houses such as Petworth, Firle and Charleston.

Academic activities

A regular research seminar, to which outside speakers are invited, provides a major focus of debate. You are also able and encouraged to attend seminars in other disciplines such as history, English, philosophy and anthropology.

The Department of Art History is linked to the Victoria and Albert Museum in London through an exchange programme that extends and enhances the research and teaching expertise of both institutions. Each year a member of staff from the museum teaches at Sussex, while a member of the University faculty undertakes research based on the museum collections.

The Department of Art History plays a part in the Sussex Centre for Research in Visual and Material Culture, the Sussex Centre for Early Modern Studies and the Sussex Centre for Byzantine Cultural History. These form foci for a range of lectures, conferences and funded research projects. Faculty research interests

These cover a broad chronological spread from Byzantium to the present and a wide range of interests, from 20th-century photography to women art critics, Tudor architecture, art and travel.

Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/arthistory

Meaghan Clarke 19th-century art; women and writing. Author of Critical Voices in British Art: Women Writing 1880-1905 (2004).

Flora Dennis Renaissance art and music. Author of At Home in Renaissance Italy (2006).

Professor Maurice Howard Tudor art and architecture; French architecture 1500-1600; issues in Dutch and Netherlandish painting; the history of ornament. Author of The Tudor Image (1995), Ornament: A Social History since 1450 (1996), and The Building of Elizabethan and Jacobean England (2008).

Professor Liz James Classical and Byzantine art, light and colour, gender. Author of Light and Colour in Byzantine Art (1996), Women, Men and Eunuchs in Byzantium (1996), Desire and Denial in Byzantium (ed) (1999), Empresses and Power in Early Byzantium (2001), and editor of Art and Text in Byzantine Culture (2007).

Professor David Alan Mellor 20th-century painting, film and photography; all aspects of cultural history and visual representation c1900 to the present; photography in Europe and the US, 1920 to the present. Author of Works on Paper Attributed to Francis Bacon: the Barry Joule Archive (2000), Tracing Light (2001), and Liliane Lijn: Works, 1959-1980 (2005).

Michelle O’Malley Italian Renaissance painting, commissioning, consumption and production. Author of The Business of Art: Contracts and Commissioning in Renaissance Italy (2004), and The Material Renaissance: Cost and Consumption in Italy 1400-1650 (2005).

Geoffrey Quilley 18th-century art, travel and empire. Author of Conflicting Visions: War and Visual Culture in Britain and France, c1700-1830 (2005), and Art and the British Empire (2007).

Associated facultyVibhuti Sachdev Associate Fellow: architectural theory, contemporary architectural practice and urban design in India. Author of Indian Architectural Theory: Contemporary Uses of Vastu Vidya (1998), and Building Jaipur: The Making of an Indian City (2002).

Researchers in the Sussex Centre for Byzantine Cultural History are working with international colleagues on an interdisciplinary project investigating how, when and where glass tesserae, the building blocks of mosaics, were made. As well as providing insights into artistic practices of the Byzantium era, this will contribute to wider debates about the nature of trade and exchange within the Mediterranean during this period and into our understanding of political and social changes within the Mediterranean world

Art history

Essentials • The Department of Physics and Astronomy received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). Sussex also tops the latest UK rankings for having the highest citation rate in astronomy and space science (Thomson Scientific, 2001-05).

• The Department is one of six in the South East of England to receive a joint award of £12.5 million, for the academic years 2008-13, to enhance collaboration in graduate teaching and learning in physics and astronomy.

• Students are based in the Astronomy Centre, which is part of the Department of Physics and Astronomy. The Centre was founded in 1965 and over 250 MSc and 100 DPhil students have graduated from it.

• The Astronomy Centre carries out world- leading research in many branches of theoretical and observational astrophysics, with current emphasis on the early universe, large-scale structure, the high-redshift universe, and galaxy formation and clustering.

• There are close links with other groups in physics, especially those working on theoretical particle physics.

• At any one time there are about 20 to 30 graduate students, of whom about one-third are from overseas. Together with permanent faculty, postdoctoral fellows and visitors, there is a community of about 50 astronomers in total.

Taught programmes

MSc in Astronomy 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MSc programme is intended for honours graduates with an applied mathematics or physics-based degree who wish to learn how to apply their knowledge to astronomy. It is one of only three full-time, broad-based astronomy MSc degrees in the UK. It covers the major fields of astronomy and astrophysics at an advanced level, with an emphasis in the lecture courses on theoretical astronomy.

The programme has a high reputation, both nationally and internationally, and there are MSc graduates from the Sussex Astronomy Centre all over the world. Many of our graduates go on to take a research degree and often find a permanent job in astronomy. Others have become science journalists and writers.

Instruction is by lectures, exercise classes, seminars and personal supervision.

Programme structure (full-time) Your time is split equally between taught courses and a research project. You have a supervisor who oversees your work in general and is responsible for supervision of your project. Supervisors and topics are allocated, in consultation with you, early in the autumn term. Projects may be theoretical, or involve simulation or data reduction. In many cases the projects form the basis of research papers later published in scientific journals.

Autumn and spring terms: you take four compulsory courses: Cosmology; Stellar Structure; Galactic Structure (all comprising 20 lectures and 10 problem classes); and Research Skills. You also choose two options from a range of courses available. These are taught on topics relating to research interests within the group, and vary from year to year, but generally cover a wide range of topics. Options might include: Astronomical Detectors; Computer Simulations in Physics; Data Analysis Techniques; Galaxy Formation; Introduction to C; and General Relativity. You start work on your project and give an assessed talk on this towards the end of the spring term.

Summer term: after examinations, the final three months are devoted to project work, including preparation of a poster display.

Programme structure (part-time)You take the four compulsory courses in the autumn and spring terms of year 1. After the examinations in the summer term, you will begin work on your project. Project work continues during year 2 when you will also take two options from the above list.

AssessmentAssessment for the taught courses is by coursework and unseen examination. Assessment for the project is by seminar, poster presentation and a dissertation of not more than 20,000 words. The exams are normally taken in May and the project dissertation must be submitted by the end of August.

A distinction is awarded on the basis of excellence in both the lecture courses and the project.

MSc in Cosmology 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MSc programme is intended for honours graduates from an applied mathematics or physics-based degree who wish to learn how to apply their knowledge to cosmology. It is one of only two MScs in this subject area in the UK. The emphasis is on observational and theoretical cosmology in the pre- and post-recombination universe.

Instruction is by lectures, exercise classes, seminars and personal supervision.

Astronomy and cosmology

Taught programmesMSc degreesAstronomy Cosmology

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Astronomy

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc A first- or second-class undergraduate honours degree in a physics-, mathematics- or astronomy-based programme. Other degrees will be considered on an individual basis MPhil and DPhil A first- or an upper second-class honours degree in a relevant subject: physics, astronomy or mathematics

English language requirementsIELTS 6.0, with not less than 6.0 in each section. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174


Admissions and further informationPostgraduate Coordinator,School of Science and Technology, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QJ, UKT +44 (0)1273 678940F +44 (0)1273 877873E [email protected]/physics

Astr

onom

y an

d co

smol

ogy

50

51

large-scale structure, and weak lensing with statistical methods including Bayesian approaches and non-Gaussianity. The aim is to reveal more about the properties of the universe, especially the dark energy, topological defects, inflation, and theories of gravity.

Andrew Liddle works on a range of topics in theoretical cosmology, including physics of the very early universe, the cosmic microwave background, and dark energy. He is involved in a number of major international projects including the Planck Satellite and the Dark Energy Survey.

Jon Loveday is an astronomer with research interests in observational cosmology and galaxy formation and evolution. He is an active participant in several current optical and near-infrared galaxy surveys, including GAMA, SDSS, UKIDSS and VISTA.

Seb Oliver is an astronomer researching the evolution of galaxies since the big bang. He undertakes surveys of the universe to determine the statistical properties and large-scale structure of galaxies at early times. He is a world expert in far-infrared observations with space telescopes including NASA’s Spitzer and ESA’s Herschel.

Kathy Romer leads the XMM Cluster Survey, is the only UK member of the ACBAR CMB project, and is a member of both the XEUS Astrophysics and the Dark Energy Survey Cluster working groups. Her research involves the use of multi-wavelength observations of clusters of galaxies as cosmological probes.

Peter Thomas uses supercomputer simulations to investigate the physics of galaxies and clusters of galaxies. Although star formation and associated feedback processes can only be treated phenomenologically, the use of numerical simulations allows us to study the effects of galactic winds and metal enrichment on the properties of the inter-galactic medium.

Parts of our cosmology research are carried out within the theoretical particle physics research group, whose faculty interests can be found under the physics subject entry on pages 148-150.

Programme structure (full-time)Your time is split equally between taught courses and a research project. You have a supervisor who oversees your work in general and is responsible for supervision of your project. Supervisors and topics are allocated, in consultation with you, early in the autumn term. Most projects are theoretical, but there is an opportunity for you to become involved in the reduction and analysis of data acquired by faculty members.

Autumn and spring terms: you take two compulsory courses: Cosmology and Relativistic Quantum Fields I. You also choose four options from a range of courses available. These are taught on topics relating to research interests within the group, and vary from year to year, but generally cover a wide range of topics. Options might include: Early Universe; General Relativity; Distant Universe; Galaxy Formation; and Further Quantum Mechanics. You start work on your project and give an assessed talk on this towards the end of the spring term.

Summer term: examinations, then the final three months are devoted to project work, including preparation of a poster display.

Programme structure (part-time)You take the two compulsory courses and two options in the autumn and spring terms of year 1. After the examinations in the summer term, you will begin work on your project. Project work continues during year 2 when you will also take two more options.

AssessmentAssessment for the taught courses is by coursework and unseen examination. Assessment for the project is by seminar, poster presentation, and a dissertation of not more than 20,000 words. The exams are normally taken in May and the project dissertation must be submitted by the end of August.

A distinction is awarded on the basis of excellence in both the lecture courses and the project.

Research programmes

FundingResearch Council studentships are available for the DPhil programme. In addition, the Department of Physics and Astronomy offers graduate teaching assistantships each year.

Financial support is not available for the MPhil degree, and applications to study for an MPhil are considered only from well-qualified candidates with their own finances who cannot obtain financial support for a long enough period to study for a DPhil.

CourseworkYou are expected to study a selection of graduate courses to ensure that you receive a broad education in modern astronomy, as well as training in research skills.

Observational projects for DPhil students are likely to involve the use of overseas telescopes; theoretical projects may involve the use of national supercomputers.


Theoretical astronomers have access to massively parallel supercomputers in the UK (Durham and Cambridge) and overseas. We also have our own network of high-performance UNIX workstations and servers and a departmental computer cluster.

The Centre has an excellent record for obtaining observing time on STFC and other overseas telescopes, such as the Anglo-Australian Telescope and the telescopes on La Palma in the Canaries and on Hawaii. We have extensive involvement in satellite projects, especially in infrared and x-ray. The Centre is also involved with the 4m Visible and Infrared Survey Telescope for Astronomy (VISTA) in Chile.

Academic activities

Both MSc and DPhil students are expected to contribute to the weekly informal seminars, and are encouraged to attend research seminars.

DPhil students have an opportunity to attend and give a paper on their specialist subject at an international conference. Observational students normally make at least one observing trip to an overseas telescope each year. Most DPhil graduates acquire considerable computing skills, which they find an asset in obtaining employment.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/physics

Our research is organised into several areas of activity, all focusing on extragalactic astrophysics and cosmology. We offer research opportunities in physics of the early universe, constraining cosmological models, numerical simulations of structure formation, extragalactic survey science, and galaxy formation and evolution.

Faculty interests are listed below:

Martin Kunz, a theoretical cosmologist, combines observational probes such as the cosmic microwave background, supernovae,

Map of the cosmic background radiation, a relict of the big bang

Astronomy and cosm

ology

Essentials

Taught programmesMSc degreesBioinformaticsGenetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology Postgraduate diplomas Bioinformatics Genetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Biochemistry

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MSc and postgraduate diplomaA second-class undergraduate honours degree in a relevant subject such as biology, biochemistry, genetics, bioscience, chemistry, physics, molecular biology, computer science, medicine or mathematics MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a relevant subject

English language requirementsIELTS 6.5 overall. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174


AdmissionsKaren White, Graduate Centre Coordinator,School of Life Sciences, John Maynard Smith Building, University of Sussex, Falmer,Brighton BN1 9QG, UKT +44 (0)1273 872774E [email protected]

• Biochemistry and biomedical sciences at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), reflecting our excellent research environment. Our research grant income regularly puts us among the top 5 of all biochemistry divisions in the UK.

• We were rated 3rd in the 2006-07 National Student Survey (NSS), which measured the quality of our provision directly from student feedback. We also offer formal taught research and study skills training to all postgraduates.

• Our collaborative links with the Genome Damage and Stability Centre, the Centre for Chemical Biology, the Biomedical Science Research Centre, the Trafford Centre for Graduate Medical Education, and the Brighton and Sussex Medical School, offer exciting opportunities for our research and Masters students to experience cutting-edge research projects across a broad range of interdisciplinary areas.

• We have excellent facilities for proteomics, genetics, microarrays and robotics, biophysics, protein molecular graphics and bioinformatics, atomic force microscopy, x-ray crystallography, FACS analysis, mammalian cell culture, confocal, 2-photon, and time-lapse video microscopy, cryo- and scanning electron-microscopy, mass spectroscopy and NMR.

Taught programmes

MSc in Bioinformatics1 year full-timeThe huge increase in biological data has made bioinformatics one of the fastest growing areas in biology. This MSc offers comprehensive training in the theory and practical skills essential to bioinformatics. The programme is divided into two main strands: biocomputing and bioscience. These combine lectures in aspects of molecular biology, biochemistry, statistics and computer science, enabling you to gain the relevant skills to become trained bioinformaticists. The programme accepts students from both bioscience and computing backgrounds and provides tailor-made ‘catch up’ courses for both.

Additional admissions requirementsYou must have evidence of some mathematical background such as undergraduate elementary mathematics courses or an A level (or equivalent) in mathematics.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Biocomputing I (Unix, Perl); Genomics; Statistical and Numerical Methods; and Introduction to Genes and Biochemistry, or Computer Science for Bioinformatics.

Spring term: you take Biocomputing II (Java, MySQL); Protein Form and Function.

Summer term: examinations are followed by a research project, including preparation of a thesis dissertation and an oral presentation. A limited number of places are available to allow the research project to be done on placement or at leading research institutes.

Postgraduate Diploma in Bioinformatics2 terms full-timeThe structure of the Postgraduate Diploma is the same as the MSc degree programme of the same name, but Diploma students do not take the research project. The Postgraduate Diploma is taken over the autumn and spring terms only.

Biochemistry

Motor neurons in culture

Laser scanning confocal micrograph of synchronised HeLa cells undergoing mitosis. Green: tubulin, red: eIF4A, blue: DNA

Bio

chem

istr

y

52

53

MSc in Genetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology1 year full-timeMost biological disciplines now rely on analyses at the molecular level, and the use of molecular biology to manipulate genes and proteins. This popular MSc provides detailed training in current approaches to molecular biology, including fields such as proteomics and functional genomics that have arisen as a result of genome sequencing projects.

The programme concentrates on experimental techniques and their applications, not only in pure scientific research, but also in medicine, agriculture and other biotechnology industries.

A significant part of the programme is an extended research project undertaken in an active research lab. For nine or ten months you will become part of a research group, and the results from these projects are often published in scientific journals.

Programme structureThe programme comprises a combination of four MSc courses together with a choice of several final-year undergraduate courses.

Autumn and spring terms: you take the four compulsory courses: Advanced Methods in Molecular Research; Practicals in Molecular Biology; Skills for Research Bioscientists; and Topics in Genetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology. Additionally you choose one or two courses from a list of options including Molecular Genetics; Biochemistry of Gene Expression; Molecular Biology of Cancer; Genes and Development; Molecular Evolution and Ecology; and Protein Form and Function. You also start work on your research project.

Summer term: examination and then continuation of your project work, including preparation of a thesis dissertation and an oral presentation.

AssessmentThe main assessment for this programme is based on the research project.

You are also assessed by short term papers and one or two examinations for the options.

Postgraduate Diploma in Genetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology2 terms full-timeThe structure of the Postgraduate Diploma is the same as the MSc degree programme of the same name, but Diploma students do not take the research project. The Postgraduate Diploma is taken over the autumn and spring terms only.

Interdisciplinary research centresCentre for Chemical Biology (CCB)The CCB was set up to house an interdisciplinary grouping of chemists and biochemists in new state-of-the-art laboratories, with the aim of fostering interactions at the interface between chemistry and biology. Research interests include studies of small molecule-protein interactions, protein-structure function and mechanism and protein engineering and design, drug development (bio-organic chemistry) and glycobiology. For more information, contact Professor Andy Smith ([email protected]).

Biomedical Science Research CentreThe Centre represents research groups within the University of Sussex with diverse methodological disciplines programmes but linked by common interests in identifying the molecular basis of disease and the development of diagnostic tools (biomarkers), and therapies to identify and combat disease.

Disciplines of biochemistry, genetics, cell biology, proteomics, bioinformatics, structural biology and molecular biophysics are brought together to foster an interdisciplinary environment to tackle medically relevant questions in infection and immunity, neurodegenerative diseases, oncology and cancer research. Members of the University of Sussex Biomedical Science Research Centre have strong research collaborations with the University of Sussex Proteomics Centre, the Sussex Centre for Advanced Microscopy, the Genome Damage and Stability Centre, the Brighton and Sussex Medical School, the University of Sussex Centre for Neuroscience, the Centre for Chemical Biology, and the Brighton and Sussex Cancer Research Group. For more information, contact Alison Sinclair ([email protected]).

Genome Damage and Stability CentreThis Centre has been established, in a purpose-built laboratory, as a partnership between the Medical Research Council and the University. Its aim is to understand how cells and organisms respond to DNA damage and maintain the stability of their genomes. Defects in cellular responses to DNA damage result in cancer and a variety of genetic disorders. The scientists in the Centre are at the forefront of international research in this area. They exploit a multiorganism approach to understanding the responses to DNA damage. For more information, contact Professor Alan Lehmann or Professor Tony Carr ([email protected]), or see www.sussex.ac.uk/gdsc

Trafford Centre for Graduate Medical Education and Research This Centre provides a focus for health-related research drawing on a variety of science disciplines. Central to its philosophy is the encouragement of close integration between scientists and clinicians in practice. Strong links have been forged with the Faculty of Health at the University of Brighton and the Brighton and Sussex Medical School.

Research programmes

Around 15 DPhil/MPhil positions are offered annually in the overlapping areas of cellular recognition and signalling; molecular cell biology and cancer; molecular biology and gene expression; and structural biology. Projects falling within the faculty research interests in any of these areas (see pages 54-55) can be considered. Graduate students are allocated a supervisor and a co-supervisor, and special courses are provided covering basic topics ranging from transferable skills, safety, career management and experimental techniques to recent developments in fast-moving areas of molecular research.

Funding For DPhil research degrees, studentships are awarded by the Research Councils (eg BBSRC, MRC and NERC). EU and UK students are eligible for these. Additional studentships may also be available from some charities (eg Wellcome Trust and Leukaemia Research Fund). Graduate teaching assistantships may be available.

Recent thesis titlesInvolvement of toll-like receptor 4 and serum proteins in the recognition of Gram-negative bacterial products

Characterisation of a novel caspase-like activity present in proliferating lymphoid cells

Studies on the localisation of eukaryotic initiation factors in Xenopus kidney B3.2 cells

Biochemical characterisation of a novel DNA single-strand break repair process and its defect in a neurodegenerative disease

N-terminal proteolytic processing of the Bacillus thuringiensis Cry1delta-endotoxins

Understanding and overcoming the resistance of Plutella xylostella to the Cry1Ac Bacillus thuringiensis toxin

Overexpression and purification of a pea mitochondrial heat shock protein

Hyphal growth in the fission yeast Schizosaccharomyces pombe

Proteomic analysis: 2D protein analysis of the patterns of protein expression in human cells. Proteomics, functional genomics and transcriptome analysis are important tools in modern molecular cell biology and form an essential element of the MSc in Genetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology

Biochem

istry


The research interests of the biochemistry faculty can be broadly divided into three main areas: structural biology; gene expression and cell signalling; and genomics, genome stability and cancer. However, there is considerable overlap in research interests between these areas and with other areas within the University, such as the Genome Damage and Stability Centre and the Centre for Chemical Biology.

Structural biologyThis is an expanding area at Sussex and has recently been strengthened by the inclusion of bioinformatics and x-ray crystallography within biochemistry and within the Centre for Chemical Biology. It is very active in a range of fundamental and applied research into the structure and functions of proteins and enzymes, using a wide variety of genetic, biochemical and biophysical approaches as outlined below:

Neil Crickmore Biochemical and genetic analysis of host-pathogen interactions. We use a variety of biological disciplines including molecular biology, immunology, protein biochemistry and biophysics to study the interaction between a pore-forming protein toxin and its insect host. We are using protein engineering methods to create improved biopesticides.

Aidan Doherty Molecular mechanisms of DNA repair. Inaccurate repair of DNA breaks has the potential to contribute to cancer formation. Using a variety of biochemical, cellular and structural techniques, we are studying protein repair complexes that mediate the recognition of, and cellular response to, DNA damage. This research will improve our understanding, at the molecular level, of the biochemical and structural basis for the repair of breaks in DNA.

Sue Jones Bioinformatics. We are applying bioinformatics methods to the study of molecular interactions using both protein sequence and structure information. Specifically, we are focusing on new tools to recognise and characterise protein nucleic acid interactions. Other research interests include protein function prediction and the recognition of functional transcription factor binding sites.

Anthony Moore Structure and function of alternative oxidases. Research is focused on the structure and function of alternative oxidases from plants, fungi and human parasites studied by site-directed mutagenesis, overexpression and purification in yeast and E coli and kinetic analysis of the purified enzyme. Protein structure is studied using spectrophotometry, electron paramagnetic resonance and x-ray crystallography.

Louise Serpell Structure of amyloid fibrils. Amyloid fibrils are deposited in a number of diseases including Alzheimer’s disease. The fibrils are formed from normally soluble proteins that undergo a conformational change to a predominantly beta-sheet structure. We are using x-ray diffraction and electron microscopy to examine the structure of the amyloid fibril.

Andrew T Smith Protein engineering and molecular enzymology. We study structure/function relationships of metalloenzymes, particularly enzymes that activate oxygen. Our main model systems are the haem peroxidases and molybdenum enzymes. Projects cover: heterologous expression/folding and production of enzyme variants; analysis of their mode of action; and their structural analysis by x-ray crystallography. We are particularly interested in transferring functionalities from one enzyme to another as a route to understanding fundamental structure/function and mechanistic relationships.

Darren Thompson X-ray crystallography of proteins. We use x-ray crystallography to determine the 3D structures of proteins. These structures also give us insights into the nature of interactions between ligands and their biological targets. We are currently working on several proteins including components of the complement cascade.

Genomics, genome stability and cancerMuch of the work in this area is carried out in the Genome Damage and Stability Centre. In addition to the overall interest in DNA repair and cancer, a centre for functional genomics of fission yeast, including microarray analysis, has been established within this group. Current research areas include the following:

John Armstrong Functional genomics, molecular biology and development of fission yeast. We study eukaryotic cell and molecular biology using a simple eukaryote; and fission yeast, using molecular genetics, advanced microscopy and proteomics. We are studying differentiation of fission yeast into invasive mycelia, a model for pathogenic fungi that are harder to study.

Trevor Beebee Molecular population genetics. We analyse microsatellites in conjunction with estimators of individual fitness, to investigate animal (amphibian, reptile, insect) populations. Microsatellite loci are amplified by PCR and allele patterns are identified by electrophoresis. Fitness is quantified by rearing individuals under standardised conditions and measuring growth rates, survival and fecundity.

Lucas Bowler Molecular basis of bacterial pathogenesis. Our work centres on the complex interactions that occur between parasite and host in order to understand the molecular basis of bacterial pathogenesis. Current projects focus on the pathogenic streptococci. Techniques include a wide range of DNA- and RNA-based methodologies, real-time PCR, proteomics and microarray analysis.

Melanie Newport Genetic susceptibility to infectious diseases. Infectious diseases are a major cause of mortality globally, yet the majority of individuals exposed to infectious agents do not develop clinical disease. Understanding this could lead to new vaccines. My research focuses on host genetic factors, aiming to identify specific genes involved. More information about my work can be found at www.bsms.ac.uk

Keith Caldecott DNA repair and replication. Single-strand breaks are a frequently encountered type of DNA damage. Central to repair of this type of damage is the XRCC1 protein, which interacts with several other interesting proteins with links to human disorders. We are trying to understand the role of these proteins in the repair of DNA damage.

Antony Carr Interplay between replication, recombination and checkpoints in fission yeast. Multiple DNA repair and signalling pathways prevent DNA mutation and chromosomal instability – important to avoid cancer. We investigate how damage response pathways control DNA repair and interact with DNA replication. We use yeast models coupled to some work in higher eukaryotes.

Jessica Downs The role of chromatin in DNA damage responses. We are interested in understanding how the structure, organisation and modulation of chromatin structure contribute to DNA damage responses and, in particular, to the repair of double-strand breaks. We use a combination of molecular biology, genetics, and biochemistry to address this question using budding yeast as a model system.

Majid Hafezparast Molecular basis of motor neuron disease. Dynein is a molecular motor involved in axonal transport. We have identified a mutation in dynein, which causes motor neuron death. Our research is focused on the links between mutations in dynein and motor neuron death in motor neuron disease.

Helfrid Hochegger Cell cycle control and genome maintenance. Cyclin-dependent kinases (Cdks) are key players in the orchestration of genome maintenance in the context of the cell cycle. We are using a chemical genetic approach in vertebrate cell lines to analyse Cdk function in DNA replication and chromosome segregation.

Eva Hoffmann Meiotic recombination and chromosome segregation. My laboratory is interested in how the repair of double-strand breaks is coupled to accurate chromosome segregation, mainly during meiosis but also during mitosis. We use a wide variety of molecular, genetic and cytological tools to study these processes in the model organism Saccharomyces cerevisiae.

Graduate student using the new microscope facilities in the Sussex Centre for Advanced Microscopy

Bio

chem

istr

y

54

55

Penny Jeggo Response to DNA double breaks in mammalian cells. We study responses to DNA damage and their contribution to human disease. One focus is the mechanism of DNA non-homologous end joining (NHEJ) – a major process that repairs DNA double-strand breaks in mammalian cells. NHEJ also functions during immune development and defective NHEJ can cause immunodeficiency.

Alan Lehmann DNA repair and human disorders. DNA repair is essential to maintain genome stability and protection against cancer. Our interests are: DNA polymerases that can replicate past damaged DNA; the Smc5-6 protein complex involved in DNA repair and replication; and the molecular basis of DNA-repair defects in human genetic disorders.

Johanne Murray DNA repair and replication. We are interested in how cells coordinate repair with replication and use fission yeast to study how recombination is regulated in S phase with a particular focus on the roles of RecQ helicases (defective in cancer-prone genetic diseases) and SMC complexes, required for higher order chromosome structure.

Matt Neale Repair of protein-linked DNA breaks in meiosis and mitosis. Chromosome breaks with protein attached to the DNA ends are formed during meiotic recombination, and when topoisomerases are poisoned by chemo-therapeutic drugs. Removal of the bound protein is essential for DNA repair to occur, and its failure leads to genome instability. To better understand this, we use various techniques in the model organism Saccharomyces cerevisiae.

Mark O’Driscoll Human DNA damage response defective disorders. Defects in the ATR signal transduction pathway or mutations in ATR itself cause Seckel syndrome. We have shown that several other human disorders, often cancer prone, are also associated with compromised ATR-pathway function. We are interested in determining how defects in this pathway result in these specific clinical features and in defining how ATR functions to maintain genomic stability.

Felicity Watts Regulation of DNA repair and cell cycle events. We are interested in how DNA damage responses are coordinated with the cell cycle and, in particular, the role of SUMO (small ubiquitin-like modifier) modification. SUMO is covalently attached to proteins. We have identified SUMO-modified proteins and our aim is to determine how SUMO modification of these proteins affects their activity.

Sally Wheatley Regulation of cell division. Cell division is the most fundamental process of life. My lab focuses on how it is regulated in somatic vertebrate cells and, specifically, how mitosis and cytokinesis are coordinated. Currently we focus on the role of survivin, a protein that is essential for these events, which is upregulated in cancer and, intriguingly, also inhibits programmed cell death.

Gene expression and cell signallingThis is a vibrant area of research involving a number of researchers working on the molecular mechanisms regulating gene expression at the level of both transcription and translation. Much of this research is directed at understanding the mechanisms involved in infection and immunity.

Lynne Mayne Molecular medicine. Molecular approaches to understanding cardiovascular disease including the use of new differential screening techniques to identify genes involved in ischaemic preconditioning. A second major focus is on Alzheimer’s disease and on the normal cellular mechanisms that maintain the integrity of the nervous system during ageing.

Simon Morley Regulation of translation in eukaryotic cells. Protein synthesis is fundamental to cell growth and survival but the regulation of this process is poorly understood. We are investigating the signalling pathways that modulate translation rates in cells and how the phosphorylation and integrity of initiation factors influences mRNA selection for translation.

Mark Paget Stress responses in Streptomyces.The Streptomyces bacteria produce a huge range of antibiotics and other bioactive compounds in response to stress. We investigate mechanisms of sensing stress inputs (eg oxidative stress) and how these signals are transduced into regulatory outputs at the level of transcription and translation.

Alison Sinclair Cancer biology and human viruses. Our aim is to define the molecular mechanisms that disrupt normal processes following infection with the tumour-associated Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) and the Kaposi’s sarcoma-associated herpes virus (KSHV) during the development of cancer. We are particularly interested in how the virus reprogrammes host gene expression.

Michael Titheradge Regulation of metabolism in sepsis and vascular disease. Our research is investigating the control of carbohydrate metabolism by bacterial lipopolysaccharides and proinflammatory cytokines (IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α and IFN-γ) during sepsis. We are also investigating the role of asymmetric dimethyl arginine, in the development of vascular and renal disease.

Kathy Triantafilou Infection and immunity. Our focus is host-pathogen interactions and, in particular, the innate recognition of bacteria and viruses by the immune system. Recently our group has focused on identifying cellular receptors that recognise bacterial cell wall components such as lipopolysaccharide and lipoteichoic acid, as well as receptors for enteroviruses.

Martha Triantafilou Molecular basis of host- pathogen interactions. Our focus is on identifying and characterising receptor molecules for enteroviruses, in particular Coxsackieviruses (A and B groups), as well as human parechoviruses and echoviruses. These viruses have been associated with many diseases, including aseptic meningitis, pneumonitis of infants, hepatitis, viral myocarditis, and insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus.

Michelle West Regulation of transcription by viral and cellular factors. Our research involves investigations into the structure, function and mechanism of action of the latent transcriptional regulatory proteins encoded by the cancer-associated Epstein-Barr virus. We are particularly interested in investigating how different stages of the transcription process are regulated by these proteins.

Top: genesMiddle: proteinsBottom: computers

MSc in Bioinformatics. This new and exciting field is a fusion of biology and computer science that enables scientists to understand biological data such as the sequence of the human genome. There are three main strands to the programme – bioscience, biocomputing and statistics – taught by faculty from disciplines such as biochemistry, biology, informatics and mathematics, plus an extended research module

Biochem

istry

• Biology at Sussex offers excellent facilities supporting a wide range of interrelated research areas.

• There are three overlapping research sub-groups: evolution, the Environmental Systems Processing Research Group (ESPRG), and genetics.

• The research environment is enhanced by activities associated with a number of interdisciplinary research centres across campus, including the Genome Damage and Stability Centre and the Trafford Centre for Graduate Medical Education.

• New opportunities for collaboration are provided by the expanding research activities in the Brighton and Sussex Medical School.

• You can expect an extensive programme of generic skill-enhancing instruction in your first year and supervision from two academics.

• For students wishing to obtain taught postgraduate degrees we currently run four MSc programmes in Biodiversity Survey, Developmental Cell Biology, Plant Conservation, and Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience.

Taught programmes

MSc in Biodiversity Survey 1 year full-time The degree provides postgraduate training in biodiversity survey and specifically aims to equip you with the identification and practical skills necessary to carry out field surveys and produce high-quality professional biodiversity assessments, both needed by conservation bodies.

It has two main elements: the acquisition of identification skills and competence in the organisational and legislative structure of conservation.

There is a strong emphasis on laboratory-backed field experience in the taxonomic parts of the programme, supervised by experienced field ecologists. A distinctive feature of the MSc is the requirement that all students develop a specialism in a particular taxonomic group and a particular habitat. This will equip you with an additional highly marketable skill. Theoretical elements are delivered by specialist topic-based lectures and seminars with additional input from professional bodies, such as the Sussex Biodiversity Record Centre.

Graduates of this programme have first-class career prospects in a related profession.

Programme structureYou take courses in Biodiversity Theory and Practice, Habitat Ecology, and Identification and Survey Skills. Weekly field- and laboratory-based practical classes run throughout the degree programme, and there are two one-week residential field classes in different parts of the country to provide a wide range of habitat experience.

AssessmentYou are assessed through a combination of course essays, practical tests, field and laboratory notebooks, and unseen examinations. You also submit a full professional biodiversity survey and assessment, together with an oral presentation.

MSc in Developmental Cell Biology1 year full-timeDevelopmental cell biology lies at the core of our understanding of how organisms develop from stem cells through to adults. This MSc programme comprises five key courses, teaching both practical techniques and the experimental approaches to aspects of cell and molecular biology required to understand development, as well as the theoretical background to these processes. A large part of the degree is devoted to a research project, undertaken in the genetics and development, neuroscience or oncology research groups.

Biology

Taught programmesMSc degreesBiodiversity SurveyCellular and Molecular Neuroscience (see page 144) Developmental Cell BiologyPlant Conservation Postgraduate diplomas Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (see page 144) Developmental Cell Biology Plant Conservation

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Biology

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc and postgraduate diploma A second-class undergraduate honours degree in a relevant subject such as biology, chemistry or medicine MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research



AdmissionsKaren White, Graduate Centre Coordinator, School of Life Sciences, John Maynard Smith Building, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QG, UK T +44 (0)1273 872774 E [email protected]

The UK’s only Professor of Apiculture, Francis Ratnieks (see page 58 for his research interests), teaches and researches at Sussex

Essentials

Bio

logy

56

57

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Techniques in Cell and Developmental Biology, and Topics in Cell and Developmental Biology.

Spring term and vacation: you take Genes and Development, Developmental Neurobiology, and Topics in Genetic Manipulation and Molecular Cell Biology, and start your research project.

Summer term and vacation: you continue your research project.

AssessmentYou are assessed by essays, poster presentations, examinations and a project dissertation (including an oral exam).

Postgraduate Diploma in Developmental Cell Biology2 terms full-timeThe structure of the Postgraduate Diploma is the same as the MSc of the same name but Diploma students do not take the research project. The Postgraduate Diploma is therefore taken over the autumn and spring terms only.

MSc in Plant Conservation1 year full-timeThis MSc offers theoretical and practical training at postgraduate level in a broad range of aspects of plant conservation, including pure and applied ecology, biodiversity and habitat ecology, restoration ecology, seed banking, seed physiology, plant genetics and molecular biology, and plant tissue culture. These fields will be comprehensively reviewed to survey the strategies available for conserving plant species, their habitats and genetic resources, and for analysing plant diversity.

The degree is taught primarily by faculty in the University, members of the Seed Conservation Department, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, at Wakehurst Place, and by guest lecturers from Kew and other institutions.

The aim of the MSc is to spread knowledge about the technologies used in all areas of plant conservation and seed banking across the globe. The degree is suitable for both UK-based and international students.

Contact Professor Mike Hutchings ([email protected]) for further information.

Programme structureThe programme starts in October and runs to September. You take courses in Ecological Aspects of Plant Rarity, Habitat Ecology, Biodiversity Theory and Practice, Biotechnology and Plant Conservation, and Techniques in Plant Conservation. You also carry out an extended research project.

AssessmentYou are assessed through term exam papers, essays, lab notebook and report, and a written project dissertation.

Postgraduate Diploma in Plant Conservation2 terms full-timeThe Postgraduate Diploma comprises the taught elements of the MSc in Plant Conservation but does not include a research project component. The Postgraduate Diploma is therefore taken over the autumn and spring terms only.

Contact Professor Mike Hutchings ([email protected]) for further information.

Research programmes

Research projects are available in ecology and behaviour, evolution, genetics and development, plant sciences and systems biology (see Faculty research interests for further details).

FundingFor DPhil research degrees, studentships are awarded by the Research Councils, as well as strategic studentships earmarked for specific projects. EU and UK students are eligible for these. Additional studentships from the Wellcome Trust, the John Maynard Smith studentship and Graduate Teaching Assistantship bursaries may be available for DPhil research students.

As part of a structured postgraduate training programme, opportunities to demonstrate to and tutor undergraduates are available to suitably qualified graduate students.

Recent thesis titles‘Bypass flow’ and the distribution of sodium ions in rice Oryza sativa L

Interactions between rabbits, plants and soil, and their consequences for chalk grassland and chalk heath vegetation communities

Evolution and maintenance of the isochore structure in vertebrate genomes

Rates of adaptation in complex genetic systems

Effective population size and its effects on molecular evolution

Carbohydrate analysis of the resurrection plant Craterostigma plantagineum

Fuelling ecology and migratory strategies: a study of two Acrocephalus warblers

Interdisciplinary research centresCentre for the Study of Evolution (CSE)This cross-disciplinary research group aims to develop and utilise evolutionary ideas. Members include biologists, biochemists, mathematicians and computer scientists. CSE builds upon the ethos and distinguished contributions of the late Professor John Maynard Smith, who founded the biology school at the University of Sussex in 1961. CSE runs weekly seminars and a journal club – all are welcome. See www.lifesci.sussex.ac.uk/CSE

Genome Damage and Stability Centre (GDSC)The GDSC is a research centre investigating the responses of cells to genome damage, and their relationship to cancer and other aspects of human disease. The purpose-built laboratories – funded by the Joint Infrastructure Fund (JIF), the Wolfson Foundation and the University – provide a dynamic and collaborative environment for carrying out cutting-edge research.

Sussex Centre for Advanced MicroscopyThe Sussex Centre for Advanced Microscopy provides state-of-the-art facilities for confocal, 2-photon, and time-lapse video microscopy and cryo- and scanning-electron microscopy. See www.lifesci.sussex.ac.uk/scam/index.php


Environmental Systems and Processes Research GroupThis group is made up of people interested in the interactions of animals and plants with their environments. For example, we carry out research on genetic variation in populations of wild animals and plants and on how pollution of land and water by metals and organic chemicals affects these organisms. The fusion of ecology, plant science and environmental science in a single research group provides a breadth of expertise, which allows us to explore a wide range of exciting new interdisciplinary topics such as biosphere-geosphere interactions (eg plant-soil interactions or animal-plant-soil interactions) together with how environmental changes (eg increased salinity or contamination) affect these relationships. We are well placed to explore new ideas and initiatives in understanding the responses of organisms to their environment from the molecular to the ecosystem level (metabolomics through to biodiversity). Faculty members of this group are split into three research areas: ecology and behaviour, plant science and environmental science.

Larissa Conradt Metapopulation ecology. I test important a ssumptions and predictions of existing metapopulation models, and develop new models, by closely integrating experimental and modelling work at the individual and the population level. The aim is to make realistic predictions about metapopulation dynamics that are applicable to conservation problems.

Top: in addition to excellent laboratory facilities, Sussex students have access to a wide range of high-quality field sites

Bottom: developmental cell biology: unlocking nature’s biological secrets. Which genes turn off and on and why? How does this relate to our understanding of cancer and the cell cycle?

Biology

Jeremy Field Social evolution. Evolutionary ecology of social systems, using wasps and bees as models. We are interested in the fundamental question of how helping behaviour evolves, as well as social plasticity, conflict resolution, and parental care strategies. Work involves large-scale field experiments in natural environments, modelling, and use of genetic markers.

Tim Flowers Salt tolerance in higher plants. My research interests centre on the effects of salinity on plants, both truly salt-tolerant plants (halophytes) and more sensitive crop plants. A major part of my research has concerned increasing salt-resistance in rice. My current research focuses on halophytes, on creating a comprehensive database of salt tolerant plants that can be used to study their evolution and on how halophytes transport and store sodium.

David Harper Behavioural ecology. I study evolution of animal signals; mass regulation by birds especially during migration; risk-taking behaviour; bird ectosymbionts, especially feather mites; declining farmland birds, especially Corn Buntings; and osmotic loads of birds feeding in saline habitats.

Susan Hartley Community ecology, plant-animal interactions. I look at ultitrophic interactions (how plants mediate interactions between insect herbivores and other organisms); plant defence (how environmental factors alter allocation of physical and chemical defences); and herbivory and plant communities (how herbivory and resource availability interact to affect competition between plants).

David Hill Behaviour, ecology and conservation of bats. I look at species differences in response to woodland management and other disturbance; development of new techniques for surveying bats in woodlands; comparative patterns of habitat use in sympatric bat species; and the function of social calls in woodland bats in the UK and Japan.

Michael Hutchings Plant ecology. The effects of patchiness in resource supply on plant performance; ecology of clonal plants; interactions between roots; conservation of rare and endangered species, especially orchids; plant community restoration; and consequences of habitat fragmentation; and species dispersal for plant biodiversity. Collaborations involve colleagues in several European countries, Mexico, New Zealand and Canada.

Libby John Plant community ecology. The factors that control the diversity and species composition of plant communities. These factors include the quality and spatial distribution of plant nutrient supply, herbivores and other animals, and competition between plant species. The interactions between these factors are also of great importance.

Stephen Pearce Plant retrotransposons. Retrotransposons are similar to retroviruses and are found in all eukaryotes. In plants they are particularly numerous and produce new insertions at distant sites in the genome. We are using mobile genetic elements to determine the genetic diversity of rare wild plant populations, and also using them in plant breeding.

Timothy Roper The behavioural ecology of mammals, especially badgers. Special interests include behavioural aspects of the transmission of bovine tuberculosis from badgers to cattle; behavioural ecology of urban mammals; using remotely collected DNA to investigate mammalian social structure; and group decision-making in animals.

Peter Scott Plant adaptation to drought stress. Using plant genetic modification as a tool I have been investigating how metabolism in specific plant species (resurrection and CAM plants) is adapted to drought stress. I am investigating the partitioning of fixed carbon into storage organs in terrestrial orchids in order to unravel the complexities of their life cycle.

Alan Stewart Insect population and community ecology. How ecological principles can best be applied to: conservation ecology of rare species; restoration of species-rich communities; biological control of pest species. Current projects include: restoration ecology of grassland invertebrate assemblages; diversity patterns in tropical rainforest; and conservation ecology of selected insect groups.

Evolution The research at Sussex includes evolutionary theory, where mathematical techniques are used to solve challenging problems within evolutionary genetics; bioinformatics and population genetics, where information technology is used to analyse the avalanche of data being produced by genome sequencing; and molecular evolution, where DNA data is statistically analysed to answer biological questions. Topics currently under investigation include: evolution of altruistic behaviour, evolutionary adaptation, adaptive evolution in humans and major transitions in evolutionary history.

Adam Eyre-Walker Molecular evolution. I am interested in the rates and effects of new genetic mutations, the evolution of genome structure and recombination in mitochondrial DNA. The work involves the bioinformatics and statistical analysis of DNA sequences.

Joel Peck Evolution of sex and social behaviour. Understanding how social behaviour evolves, including the evolution of ‘altruism’; the ‘major transitions in evolution’, whereby the interests of a group of independent replicators become united; and the impact of different modes of reproduction on the response to selection.

Francis Ratnieks Honey bees, social insects, social evolution and behaviour. Applied: apiculture (beekeeping, breeding, diseases), conservation; basic: colony organisation, conflicts and conflict resolution, recognition. Study taxa: honey bees, stingless bees, Vespinae wasps, ants (Atta, Monomorium, Lasius, Formica, etc). Methods: theory and modelling, genetics, behavioural studies in lab, apiary and field.

David Waxman Evolutionary population genetics and theoretical biology. I use mathematical models and computer simulations to explain complex phenomena exhibited by populations of organisms. Current research: evolutionary dynamics of populations characterised by continuously varying traits such as height; theory of genetic drift; statistical analysis and modelling of the behaviour of social insects.

Genetics and developmentWe are concerned with understanding the integration of control processes in development, from the level of molecular recognition to that of the formation of the nervous system. This broad goal links a range of specific approaches including enzyme biochemistry, molecular genetics, cell culture, spatial patterning in animal tissues, and both genetic and neurobiological analyses of segmentation. The group is well equipped for research on mammalian, amphibian and insect species, and has facilities for vertebrate and invertebrate tissue culture, as well as a wide range of instrumentation for cell and molecular biology. It can provide broadly based research training in both fundamental and applied aspects of eukaryote genetics and developmental biology.

Juan Pablo Couso Molecular and developmental genetics. We study limb development by analysing the molecular basis of proximal-distal (PD) pattern formation in the legs of the fruit fly, Drosophila. From this starting point, our research branches into cell biology, genomics, evo-devo and human disease, thus remaining at the cutting edge of developmental biology.

Jane Davies Cell communication and development in Drosophila. We are using the sophisticated genetics of Drosophila to investigate the role of gap junction-mediated intercellular communication during development and in the nervous system; and examining the change in gene expression after exposure to alcohol.

Mark Maconochie See Neuroscience (pages 144-145) for research interests.

Roger Phillips Molecular interactions by microscopy. We are studying control of growth and differentiation by intercellular signalling during development. We analyse molecular interactions in living tissue using fluorescence microscopy and genetic techniques in the fruit fly, Drosophila.

Robert Ray Evolution of gene networks controlling wing patterning in insects. We study Diptera (flies) and, in particular, Drosophila, to characterise the developmental networks controlling patterning and morphogenesis in the developing wing to understand how, over the course of evolution, this network is altered to give rise to new morphological forms.

Ian Roberts Molecular cell biology of Drosophila. We use the fruit fly, Drosophila, to study signal transduction pathways involved in cell signalling and cell division. Using Drosophila it is possible to ‘genetically dissect’ the molecular signalling pathways that are common to all animals.

Bio

logy

58

59

• Chemistry at Sussex has been at the top of UK chemistry league tables for the last two years (top in the Guardian 2008, top 10 in the Times 2008). Internationally, the Centre for Higher Education Development rates Sussex among the best in Europe for budding researchers (2007).

• Chemistry and Biochemistry has been a highly rated research department since the beginning of the research assessment scheme. We achieved a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in 1996 and 2001.

• Recognition for past and present Sussex faculty has been outstanding. Two faculty have won the Nobel prize – John Cornforth in 1975 and Harry Kroto in 1996 – and eight faculty, of whom five are still active within the Department, have been elected Fellows of the Royal Society.

• Chemistry has excellent facilities for synthesis and characterisation: advanced NMR suite, single and powder x-ray diffraction, advanced mass spectrometry, single molecule fluorescence spectroscopy, together with access to national and international facilities for high-performance computing and neutron diffraction.

Taught programmes

MSc in Chemical Biology 1 year full-timeProgramme structureThis programme is aimed at candidates with an undergraduate honours degree in chemistry, wishing to acquire chemical biology research training through a substantive two-term chemical biology project. This is in conjunction with taught courses such as Basic Introduction to Biochemistry, Practical Molecular Biology, Advanced Organic Synthetic Chemistry, and Chemical Biology.

You attend chemistry and biochemistry seminars held throughout the degree programme, as well as lectures and practical courses during the autumn and spring terms, including: Introduction to Genes and Biochemistry, Practicals in Molecular Biology, Advanced Methods in Molecular Research, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Protein Form and Function, and Chemical Biology. The latter comprises modules in protein engineering and design, molecular modelling and molecular recognition, synthesis of molecules for chemical intervention in biological systems, medicinal chemistry and drug design.

You also undertake a 10-month chemical biology research project with two supervisors, one biological and one chemical, working on a joint collaborative project, with research time being spent in both labs.

AssessmentAssessment is based on essays, written (unseen) examinations, a dissertation and short oral presentation based on the research project. You have to satisfy the examiners on all of the above.

Research programmes

Many different research projects are available in inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, chemical physics, theoretical chemistry, and chemical biology, all areas in which the Department has a high international profile. Areas of particular interest include:• Biological chemistry: small molecule-protein

interactions, protein-structure function, protein engineering, drug development, glycobiology, and biomimetics.

• Inorganic chemistry: organometallic synthesis and homogeneous catalysis, main group rings and cages, f-element chemistry, oxide super-conductors, solid-state and multinuclear NMR.

• Materials chemistry: carbon science, nanomaterials, polymers, advanced diffraction and spectroscopic methods.• Organic chemistry: natural product synthesis,

bio-organic chemistry, drug design and mechanism, development of new reagents and reactions for organic synthesis.

• Theoretical chemistry: computational modelling of solids, surfaces and organometallics.

FundingResearch Council studentships (including CASE awards) are available (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186). Graduate teaching assistantships may also be available for outstanding research students. For further details, please contact Karen White at the address listed in Essentials.

Research council students may also be able to supplement their income with a limited amount of paid demonstrating work.

Recent thesis titlesTheory of diffusion and plasticity in layered carbon materials

Application of palladium N-heterocyclic carbene complexes in catalysis

Synthesis, characterisation and applications of novel nanomaterials

Multidentate amide and cyclopentadienyl uranium and thorium complexes and related studies

A bicyclic guanidine and its silyl- and methyl- derivatives: ligands in transition metal complexes and their potential in polymerisation catalysis

New methodology for the synthesis of enantiopure [2.2] paracyclophane derivatives

A photochemical approach towards the synthesis of gelsemine

Synthesis and reactivity of some chelating amido complexes of magnesium, vanadium and chromium and applications to catalysis

A novel approach to iminosugars of biological interest

Boron-alkoxides as electron deficient ligands: applications in catalysis


The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry provides a first-class environment for research and is superbly equipped. There are outstanding facilities for synthetic and preparative chemistry, bio-organic chemistry, structure determination, spectroscopic analysis, separation and elemental analysis. State-of-the-art equipment has been obtained using research council special research grants and funding council funds. This would have been difficult to achieve without a wholehearted commitment to research. Three new, state-of-the-art nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometers have been installed in 2008.

Chemistry has modern apparatus for elemental analysis, and other analytical services including mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, and both gas and liquid chromatography. High-resolution mass spectrometers (Bruker FTMS, VG-AUTO SPEC) provide state-of-the-art facilities. The FTMS is equipped with HPLC, electrospray, MALDI, EI, CI, and MSMS facilities. Fast atom bombardment is available and the service includes a gas chromatography/mass spectrometry facility, also equipped with EI and CI modes. New GC-MS, HPLC-MS, MALDI and laser ablation-MS facilities have recently been installed in a new Mass Spectrometry Centre serving chemistry, biochemistry and biology, along with a large investment in protein separation and mass spectroscopic analysis for proteomics research.

An ICP spectrometer also provides analysis for all elements at extremely low levels of detection.

Chemistry

Taught programmeMSc degreeChemical Biology

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Chemistry

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc A second-class undergraduate honours degree in chemistry MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in chemistry or a related discipline




Essentials

Chem

istry

State-of-the-art FT-ICR mass spectrometer in the new Mass Spectrometry Centre. The Department has excellent facilities for a wide range of analytical and spectroscopic techniques

There is a recently installed HR GCMS (PRO-SPEC) facility.

Three Varian NMR spectrometers (400, 500 and 600 MHz) and a Bruker 400 MHz spectrometer are currently available. All have multinuclear capability. Several of the NMR spectrometers are on open access to research students.

There is a Nonius Kappa CCD diffractometer with an area detector for the accurate determination of crystal structures. The protein crystallography laboratory is fully equipped for all aspects of protein crystallography from protein purification and crystallisation through data collection and processing to model building and analysis, including a Rigaku RU-H3RHB rotating anode X-ray generator with Osmic Max-Flux optics, an RAXIS-IV++ image plate area detector and MSC X-Stream cryo system. Our facilities include a Stereoscan 420 scanning electron microscope with analytical x-ray capability and and fluorimetry.

Theoretical and computational work is supported by a 64 processor farm with a mixture of 32 and 64 bit single and dual processors. Comprehensive storage and back up facilities are available for work with large data sets.

The Polymer Science laboratory is equipped with facilities for thermogravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimetry, gel permeation chromatography, highly sensitive chemi-luminescence equipment, an ICP atomic emission analyser and optical microscopy with digital image analysis. In the laser spectroscopy laboratory there is a multi-frequency ion gas laser facility, and several diode pump solid-state lasers are available.

Technical support for research is available in all main areas. In addition, there are well-staffed mechanical, electrical and electronic workshops and an excellent glass-blowing service. Access to all relevant journals is available, either online or through the Department or the University Library.


Cutting across the traditional chemical divisions of inorganic, organic and physical, faculty operate within the following groupings:

• Centre for Chemical Biology (CCB) (including Bioorganic and Biological Chemistry, Biomimetics and Metalloenzymology and Physical Biological Chemistry)

• Materials Chemistry: Carbon, Polymers and Solutions (MAT)

• Organic Synthetic Chemistry (ORG)

• Organometallic and Inorganic Materials Chemistry (OM)

• Theoretical and Computational Chemistry (TC).

Centre for Chemical Biology (CCB)The Centre for Chemical Biology is the latest initiative, housing an interdisciplinary grouping of chemists and biochemists in new state-of-the-art laboratories, with the aim of fostering interactions at the interface between chemistry and biology. Research interests include studies of small molecule-protein interactions, protein-structure function and mechanism and protein engineering and design, drug development (bioorganic chemistry) and glycobiology. The main members of the Centre are Professor Andy Smith, Professor Phil Parsons, Hans Streicher, Ewan Main, Peter Varnai, Iain Day and Robin Fulton.

Materials Chemistry: Carbon, Polymers and Solutions (MAT)Sussex is a major centre for carbon research, particularly graphite, graphene, fullerenes and nanotubes, which originated in the work of Sussex Nobel Laureate, Sir Harry Kroto.

Continuing carbon research is fundamental in nature, using first principles methods to explore new carbon structures, their synthesis and treatment, including graphene, nanotubes, fullerenes and activated carbons. Modelling the evolving structure of graphite moderators for nuclear reactors is a key activity, underpinning safety research for both operational, Generation IV, fusion and decommissioned reactors.

Structure-property relationships are also strong themes within MAT, including folding of synthetic biological polymers, graphene layers, dislocations in semiconductors, and the structure-property relationships in hydrogen bonded liquids from neutron diffraction.

Additional themes include fullerene science and degradation of polymers.

Recent highlights include: • identification of the key defect involved in

stored energy in graphite (Wigner energy);

• discovery of a low energy route for the Stone-Wales transformation in fullerenes;

• first calculation of the properties of the basal dislocation in graphite, demonstrating the mechanism of graphite lubrication; and

• design and folding of novel protein structures.

Main tools for MAT comprise high performance computing, diffraction techniques, and mass spectrometry.

Organic Synthetic Chemistry (ORG)The strong Sussex presence in organic chemistry has resulted in the discovery and control of reactive organic intermediates that produce new and incisive synthetic techniques. These are applied to a variety of goals, with a principal aim being the control of stereochemistry in organic synthesis. Biologically important natural molecules and their medicinally significant synthetic analogues are also an important target, supporting the activity in biological chemistry. The development of exciting methodology for the synthesis of highly complex organic molecules attracts worldwide interest.

Organometallic and Inorganic Materials Chemistry (OM) The University of Sussex is an internationally recognised centre of excellence in inorganic chemistry. Our long-standing reputation in synthetic organometallic chemistry is complemented by strengths in bioinorganic, polymerisation catalysis and physical inorganic chemistry. Studies encompass most of the main group elements, transition metals, and f-block metals (lanthanides, Th, and U). Organometallic research is directed towards the synthesis and structural characterisation of highly novel compounds, the development of new ligands and preparative methods, the activation of small molecules (especially ‘greenhouse gases’), and homogeneous catalysis. Research in the inorganic materials area focuses on precursors to quantum dot materials, low-dimensional magnets and conductors, and extended 1- and 2-dimensional arrays of metal containing polymers. Bioinorganic research encompasses: water-soluble metallo-drugs, novel sensors, the development of new biomimetic catalysts, and studies on electron transfer in Fe enzymes.

Recent highlights include: • reductive coupling of CO and activation of CO2

by U(III) mixed sandwich complexes;

• synthesis and structures of dense phase magnetic fluorides that are archetypes for low dimensional magnets and superconductors;

• synthesis of rare 3-coordinate group 14 complexes that are capable of facile activation of carbon dioxide;

• a new class of cationic phosphines incorporating bicyclic guanidine substituents, and their application in coordination chemistry and catalysis; and

• the first stable titanocene.

Research in these areas is heavily supported by state-of-the-art NMR techniques (including multinuclear, high field, solid state NMR), diffraction methods (X-ray and neutron) and computational studies with the TC Group.

Che

mis

try

60

61

Theoretical and Computational Chemistry (TC)Interests span the development of time-dependent density functional theory methods, the analytical solution of the three body problem and modelling radiation damage in graphite to the interactions between proteins and nucleic acids.

Current research interests of supervising faculty are listed below with their primary research group allegiances in parentheses.

Alaa Abdul-Sada (MAT) Mass spectrometry and its application in chemistry of fullerenes. Analytical application of different mass spectrometry, including trace analysis of some markers for medical digenesis by liquid chromatography, and gas chromatography mass spectrometry.

Professor Norman Billingham (MAT) Migration and solubility of small molecules in polymers – applications to stabilisers, surface modifiers and controlled release. Applications of optical microscopy to polymer degradation and stabilisation. Chemiluminescence as a probe of polymer oxidation. Synthesis of polymers for speciality applications.

Qiao Chen (CCB/MAT) Advanced materials technology. Sub-molecular imaging of molecular recognition events and chemical reactions. Stimulation of individual molecules via injection of energy or charge. Metal oxide, semiconductor and metal substrates. Nanoparticle/nanowire synthesis producing electrode contacts of separation less than 1nm. Nanometre electronic devices (ie transistors and quantum devices) from molecules.

Professor Geoff Cloke (OM) Synthesis of novel, highly reactive organo-transition metal and f-element complexes via classical and metal vapour syntheses. Small molecule activation (CO,CO2) by uranium(III) complexes. Lanthanide pentalene complexes – towards molecular wires and nanomagnets. Palladium N-heterocyclic carbene complexes for catalytic organic transformations and coupling reactions. Cleavage of dinitrogen. Magnetism of organo f-element complexes.

Martyn Coles (OM) Synthesis/coordination chemistry of cationic phosphorus compounds. Bulky alkyl ligands to stabilise reactive main group complexes. Design of ligands for the synthesis of heterobimetallic compounds. Main group compounds for catalysis. Ferrocene derivatives as sensors for organic and inorganic anions. Synthesis of biodegradable polymers with medical applications.

Hazel Cox (TC/OM) Theory of the chemical and physical properties of gas-phase TM complexes (geometries, spin states, potential energy surfaces to locate surface crossings). Implementation and use of time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT) for spectroscopy. DFT for organometallic bonding and mechanism in metal-based catalysis. The quantum mechanical three body problem by analytical methods.

Iain Day (CCB) Hyperpolarised methods in NMR spectroscopy. Dynamic Nuclear Polarisation to improve the sensitivity of heteronuclear NMR. Rapid methods to determine heteronuclear spin-lattice relaxation times. Development of carbon-carbon and carbon-nitrogen correlation methods.

Robin Fulton (CCB/OM) Lead (and group 14 analogue) alkoxides/hydroxides and their viability as nucloeophile or base. Lead-induced RNA cleavage from aqueous-stable lead-macrocyclic complexes to RNA model systems.

Metalloenzymes for new biomimetic catalysts, eg copper-containing galactose oxidase (GAO), copper amine oxidase (CAO) and non-heme iron centre (NHIC) of photosystem II. Synthesis of chiral polymers.

Professor Malcolm Heggie (TC/MAT) Computer modelling of condensed matter and large molecules: ab initio and other calculations on archetypal solids, such as ice, quartz, silicon, diamond, graphite, nanotubes and fullerenes. Mechanochemistry. Layered materials: radiation damage, buckling, folding and intercalation for energy applications. The Matter Compiler Project: molecular synthesis in the Scanning Probe Microscope.

Gerry Lawless (OM) Metallocene complexes of the main group, transition metals, lanthanides and actinides. The structural investigation of such metallocenes, employing solid- and solution-state multinuclear NMR spectroscopic techniques. Synthesis of low valent and/or multiply bonded derivatives of Main Group elements.

Ewan Main (CCB) In the post-genomic era two fundamental questions continue to challenge protein scientists: how do amino-acid sequences of proteins determine their three-dimensional structure? How do properties of proteins relate to their biological function? I investigate each of these questions using interdisciplinary approaches that combine protein engineering with many biophysical/structural techniques.

Mark Osborne (CCB) Development of ultra-sensitive laser spectroscopic techniques to detect, image and manipulate single molecules. Application of single molecule technologies to the study of the photophysics of molecules at interfaces, the structure and dynamics of proteins, lipids and DNA, and the development of novel biosensors.

Professor Philip Parsons (ORG) The development of new strategies and methods for the synthesis of biologically important molecules involving cascade reactions, organometallic reagents and cycloadditions. The synthesis of galbonolide B (antifungal), lactonamycin (anti MRSA), herbimycin (anticancer) and the excitatory amino acids is currently under investigation. Interests include novel immuno-suppressants and memory enhancing agents.

Clive Penkett (ORG) Combined photochemical and organometallic techniques for the atom-efficient assembly complex organic compounds. Formation of advanced intermediates for the total synthesis of natural products, eg gelsemine. Formation of unique excitatory amino acids derivatives and the use of novel desymmetrisation techniques involving π-allyl palladium species for complex enantiomerically enriched polycyclic compounds.

Gianluca Savini (CCB) Computational biochemistry, mechanical properties of layered and biologically important materials, eg graphite and proteins. Semiconductor science, dislocations in group IV and compound semiconductors, IV-IV an III-V.

Louise Serpell (CCB) Structure of amyloid fibrils. Amyloid fibrils are deposited in a number of diseases including Alzheimer’s disease. The fibrils are formed from normally soluble proteins that undergo a conformational change to a predominantly beta-sheet structure. We are using x-ray diffraction and electron microscopy to examine the structure of the amyloid fibril.

Professor Andrew T Smith (CCB) For research interests, refer to Biochemistry research information on pages 52-55.

Hans Streicher (CCB) Carbohydrate (bio)-chemistry and synthesis of carbohydrate mimetics. Carbohydrates and sialic acids in molecular recognition processes and related diseases. Human and microbial sialic acid metabolism studied by synthesis of sialic acid derivatives and sialylmimetics. Parasitic trans-sialidases, viral receptor-destroying enzymes and enzymes of the human acetylsialate turnover (synthesis, inhibitor analysis, binding and inhibition assays).

Darren Thompson (CCB) For research interests, refer to Biochemistry research information on pages 52-55.

John Turner (MAT) Reactivity in TM and main group molecules. Small targets (CnHm, H2, O2, N2) with TM systems containing electronically non-innocent amides. Novel dense phase fluorides with low-D magnetism. Microporous materials from adamantane-based blocks with acidic functions (-PO3H, -CO2H). Diffraction (neutron/x-ray) on local/national facilities for structures of liquids (H2O, HF, FSO3H, BF3,AsF5).

Peter Varnai (CCB/TC) Computational studies of the structure, dynamics and function of biological molecules in collaboration with experiments such as NMR and single-molecule FRET spectroscopy. Riboswitches, quadruplex forming nucleic acid sequences, protein-DNA recognition, enzymatic reactions. Novel methods to understand the functioning principles of biomolecules and exploit the understanding to design new molecules.

Eddie Viseux (ORG) Novel multidisciplinary methodologies for synthethis. Novel chiral gold catalysts to assemble key fragments of biologically important targets. Methodologies for chiral alcohols and amines from enantio-enriched sulfoxides. Natural product synthesis, including monensin and phorboxazole. Novel manganate reagents to oxidise allylic and propargylic alcohols. Green chemistry: enzymes for Dynamic Kinetic Resolutions (DKR).

Chem

istry

Essentials • The Department of Informatics at Sussex is a leading centre for teaching and research in computing. It is internationally respected for its interdisciplinary approach and innovative research, and offers a diverse range of stimulating topics for postgraduate study and research.

• We achieved a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• As a consequence of our internationally renowned research, our taught programmes continuously evolve to take in the most recent advances made in the subject.

• The Department has modern, well-equipped general and specialist computer laboratories, powerful computer servers, and a wide range of software.

• We have many links with industry, as well as a number of CASE studentships. We have an Industrial Board that advises on our Masters programmes, and is involved in setting up and advising on dissertation projects, guest lectures and recruitment events.

• The diversity of our research and teaching interests mean that we attract students from a wide range of backgrounds and interests.

• We provide an intellectually stimulating environment, with research in areas including pervasive computing technology, multimedia and graphics, human-centred computing, genetic algorithms and artificial life, computer vision, natural language processing, and artistic and creative systems. The major current research groups in informatics are described on pages 66-68. For more information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/informatics

Taught programmes

Part-time programmesThe part-time structure for each programme is as follows: Year 1 In each of the autumn and spring terms you take two courses. In the summer term you undertake work on the dissertation. Year 2 You take two courses in the autumn term. In the spring and summer terms you complete work on the dissertation.

MSc in Creative Systems1 year full-time/2 years part-timeAble to deal with an increasingly wide range of media, the computer is now viewed by many artists as a key tool for creative work.Its ability to provide convenient substitutes for traditional tools and methods (software paintboxes, synthesised instruments, etc) is widely appreciated. Beyond this, there is growing awareness that the computer can serve as the basis for entirely new methods of creativity.

As a dynamic, configurable and interactive device, it can play an active and contributory role in the creative process. A more cooperative style of work is then enabled with the promise of results that may be hard to achieve any other way.

The field of interactive digital arts has now reached a stage of maturity where we can identify a broad range of novel methodologies and approaches. To make full use of these, practitioners need to be at ease with modern methods of computation.

The principal aim of the programme is to provide the knowledge and technical skills required for use of these new technologies and to give students the background they need to gain employment in the digital arts and creative industries.

Delivered in an interdisciplinary academic environment long associated with ground-breaking research in creativity, artificial life, human-centred computing and media and film studies, the programme also benefits from close ties with the Brighton-based Blip forum (www.blip.me.uk) for creative arts, science and technology.

Computing, artificial intelligence and IT

Taught programmesMSc degreesCreative SystemsEvolutionary and Adaptive SystemsHuman-Centred Computer SystemsInformation Technology for E-CommerceIntelligent SystemsMultimedia Applications and Virtual Environments Scientific Computation (see page 132) MA degree Philosophy of Cognitive Science Postgraduate certificates E-Learning Design E-Learning Design (Professional Practice) Postgraduate diplomas Creative Systems Evolutionary and Adaptive Systems Human-Centred Computer Systems Information Technology for E-Commerce Intelligent Systems Multimedia Applications and Virtual Environments Philosophy of Cognitive Science

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil InformaticsMPhil, DPhil Cognitive ScienceNew Route DPhil Cognitive Science

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc, postgraduate certificates and postgraduate diplomas A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree See Applicant profiles under each programme entry for information on the types of undergraduate study undertaken by successful applicants. Mature applicants with relevant experience will also be considered on an individual basis MPhil, DPhil and New Route DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research



Admissions and further informationPostgraduate Admissions, Department of Informatics, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QH, UKT +44 (0)1273 678940F +44 (0)1273 877873E [email protected]/informatics

Robots in the Autonomous Systems Laboratory

Com

puti

ng, a

rtif

icia

l int

ellig

ence

and

IT

62

63

Applicant profilesUndergraduate studies need to have been in disciplines requiring both numeracy and computer literacy.

Funding Some Advanced Course Studentships, supplied by the EPSRC, are available. Other scholarships may also be available. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the compulsory courses Artificial Life; Programming Techniques; Formal Computational Skills; Intelligence in Animals and Machines; and Academic Development.

Spring term: you take the two compulsory courses Adaptive Systems; and Neural Networks. You also take two of the following options: Computational Neuroscience; E-Business; Issues in Philosophy of Cognitive Science II; Simulation of Adaptive Behaviour; Advanced Computer Vision; From Signal to Behaviour; Dynamics of Development; Issues in Emotion and Consciousness; and Sensory and Motor Functions of the Nervous System. Not all options are available every year; additional options may be available.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work for the MSc dissertation, which should usually be based on a programming project.

AssessmentYou are assessed by coursework, unseen examinations, essays, programming projects and a 12,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Human-Centred Computer Systems 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme explores how to apply techniques from cognitive science, psychology and software engineering to the design, implementation and evaluation of computing systems from a human-centred perspective.

The University of Sussex and American Express have joined forces to offer the opportunity to study for the MSc part time while working for American Express for two years part time. This opportunity is available to EU students only, and you must fulfil certain criteria (see box on the left).

Applicant profilesApplicants will have an interest in computing systems from a human perspective and will have an undergraduate background in computing and/or psychology.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take the compulsory courses: Academic Development; Human-Computer Interaction; Object-Oriented Programming; and HCCS Advanced Topics. You also take one option (depending on previous experience) from: Programming Techniques; Introduction to Cognitive Ergonomics; Multimedia Design and Applications; and Models of Discovery, Invention and Design.

Spring term: you take the three compulsory courses Software Design and Evaluation; Psychological Methods for Systems Evaluation; and Interdisciplinarity and Group Processes. You also take one option from: E-Business; Interactive Learning Environments; and Multimedia Design and Applications. Not all options are available every year; additional options may be available.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work for the MSc dissertation, a project that either designs and evaluates a human-centred computer system or investigates an aspect of interactivity.

AssessmentYou are assessed by coursework, examinations, essays, programming projects, group projects, presentations and a 12,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Information Technology for E-Commerce 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe University of Sussex and American Express have joined forces to offer the opportunity to study for the MSc part time while working for American Express for two years part time. This opportunity is available to EU students only, and you must fulfil certain criteria (see box above left).

You can choose to organise your studies into pathways: Programming; Technology Innovation; Managing Innovation; E-Business/E-Commerce; Human Systems including Software Design; or you can mix and match according to your personal interests.

Applicant profilesApplicants need a good background in computing, information technology or engineering with a reasonable programming content. Applicants with relevant industrial experience have also been successful.

The University of Sussex and American Express have joined forces to offer an exciting new way to study and gain work experience. You will work for two years part time in the Technologies Division of American Express, based in the Sussex Innovation Centre on the University of Sussex campus, while also studying for an MSc in either Information Technology for E-Commerce or Human-Centred Computer Systems in the Department of Informatics.*

Your tuition fees for the course will be paid by American Express and you will receive a competitive salary based on a working week of 30 hours. At the end of the two years, the highest-performing students will have an opportunity to gain a full-time job with American Express.

This opportunity is available to EU students only and you must be entitled to study part time and work 30 hours per week in the UK to be eligible for consideration.

For more information, contact: [email protected]

* Please note that it is possible to study for the MSc in Information Technology for E-Commerce and the MSc in Human-Centred Computer Systems full time or part time, without undertaking the work experience component with American Express.

Applicant profilesApplicants have a broad range of backgrounds from system developers working on advanced music/video technology, via creative artists aiming to extend their skills in the use of creative systems, to psychologists and biologists aiming to expand their understanding of the creative process.

Funding Some Advanced Course Studentships, supplied by the EPSRC, are available. Other scholarships may also be available. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take the compulsory courses Academic Development; Object-Oriented Programming; Interactive Media Theory; and Models of Creativity. You also take one of the following options: Artificial Life; Computer Graphics Modelling and Rendering; HCCS Advanced Topics; and Interactive Media Practice.

Spring term: you take the compulsory course Generative Creativity. You also take options as follows:

either Media, Technology and Everyday Life and one 15-credit option; or Science, Technology and Culture and one 15-credit option; or three 15-credit options from the following list: Computational Music; Multimedia Design and Applications; Data Mining; Music Technology; Adaptive Systems; Model-Based Animation; Web-Based Commerce; Neural Networks; and Software Design and Evaluation.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work for the MSc dissertation, which should be substantially based on a working creative system.

Assessment You are assessed by coursework, unseen examinations, essays, programming projects, and a 12,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Evolutionary and Adaptive Systems 1 year full-time/2 years part-time The study of natural and artificial evolutionary and adaptive systems is at the heart of important emerging approaches to artificial intelligence, cognitive science, computational biology and related areas.

Sussex is internationally renowned for its research in these interdisciplinary areas and has one of the largest groups in this field.

This programme provides a solid grounding in the major themes of the area, including: artificial life, adaptive systems, biologically inspired robotics, complex adaptive systems, dynamical systems approaches to cognition, evolutionary systems and evolutionary computing, as well as natural and artificial neural systems.

This well-established programme is taught by leading experts and there are many opportunities to interact with the thriving local community of researchers in this field. Students have access to specialist facilities including robotics labs.

During the summer term a dissertation project is undertaken under the supervision of a member of faculty; this gives students the opportunity to develop further what they have learnt in the context of a piece of research. It is not unusual for work from dissertation projects to be published in conference proceedings or journals.

Com

puting, artificial intelligence and IT

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the compulsory courses Academic Development; Object-Oriented Programming; and Internet Technologies. You also take two options such as: Human-Centred Computer Systems Advanced Topics; Human-Computer Interaction; Models of Discovery, Invention and Design; Information Technology Systems; and Managing Innovation. Other options may be available.

Spring term: you take the compulsory course Information and Communication Technology Policy and Strategy. You also take two options from: Managing Innovation in Complex Product Systems; Web-Based Commerce; Data Mining; Multimedia Design and Applications; Software Design and Evaluation; and Data Mining.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work for the MSc dissertation, which is based on a substantial research project or thesis.

AssessmentTaught courses are assessed by a variety of methods including coursework, presentation, literature review, programming projects, unseen examinations and term papers. The MSc project is assessed by a 12,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Intelligent Systems 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MSc prepares graduates for research and development in intelligent systems, covering theoretical issues and practical techniques for their design and implementation. Programming skills are developed through introductory courses in Prolog and Java, enabling students from both computing and non-computing backgrounds access to a wide range of optional specialist courses commensurate with their experience.

You can choose to organise your studies into pathways: Artificial Intelligence; Creative Systems; Computational Neuroscience; Evolutionary and Adaptive Systems; Software Design; and Philosophy of Cognitive Science; or you can mix and match according to your personal interests.

Applicant profilesWhile applicants will often have a background in computing or cognitive subjects (like psychology or philosophy), the programme is for anyone interested in research or development work in intelligent systems.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the compulsory courses Academic Development; Knowledge Representation; and Object-Oriented Programming. You also take two options from: Intelligence in Animals and Machines; Artificial Life; Computer Vision; Formal Computational Skills; Internet Technologies; Human-Computer Interaction; Introduction to Cognitive Ergonomics; Issues in Philosophy of Cognitive Science I; Models of Creativity; and Natural Language Processing.

Spring term: you take the two compulsory courses Advanced Technical Communications; and Artificial Intelligence Programming. You also take two options from: Adaptive Systems; Computational Neuroscience; Data Mining; Dynamics of Development; E-Business; From Signal to Behaviour; Advanced Computer Vision; Generative Creativity; Interactive Learning Environments; Neural Networks; Simulation of Adaptive Behaviour; Sensory and Motor Functions of the Nervous System; Software Design and Evaluation; Computer-Supported Cooperative Work; and Issues in Emotion and Consciousness. Not all options are available every year. Additional options may be available.

Summer term: you undertake a dissertation project under faculty supervision. There are occasionally opportunities to collaborate in this with an industrial partner. The dissertation offers scope to specialise through research in a chosen topic, and the work of some projects has led to publication in journals and conference proceedings.

AssessmentYou are assessed by coursework, unseen examinations, essays, programming projects, group projects, presentations and a 12,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Multimedia Applications and Virtual Environments 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeApplicant profiles This programme is for applicants intending to deepen their understanding of multimedia applications and virtual environments. It is suited to those with a previous degree in computer science, mathematics, the natural sciences or practical media.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take the compulsory courses Object-Oriented Programming; Computer Graphics Modelling and Rendering; Academic Development; and Human-Computer Interaction. You also take one option from: 3D Animation; and Music Technology.

Spring term: you take the four compulsory courses: Software Design and Evaluation; Distributed Systems; Internet-Based Virtual Environments; and Multimedia Design and Applications.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work for the MSc dissertation, which should usually be based on a multimedia programming project.

AssessmentYou are assessed by coursework, group projects, essays, software projects, programming projects and a 12,000-word dissertation.

MA in Philosophy of Cognitive Science 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe rapidly developing sciences of the mind are confronting us with fascinating questions concerning representation, meaning, consciousness, subjectivity and the scientific process itself – questions that require philosophical insight and skill to answer. This MA gives you a unique opportunity to explore these fundamental issues, and acquire skills necessary for advancing our understanding of ourselves.

This MA has strong connections with the world-famous Centre for Research in Cognitive Science (COGS), which provides a highly active and interdisciplinary environment involving linguists, cognitive psychologists, philosophers, neuroscientists and AI (artificial life) researchers. Philosophers in COGS interact regularly with these other researchers, whose work includes the areas of sumbolic AI, connectionism, evolutionary robotics, dynamic systems explanations of cognition, and AI. Interdisciplinary dialogue is encouraged by weekly research seminars, including the popular Philosophy Society meetings. Weekly E-Intentionality work-in-progress seminars teach both general research skills and those specific to the Philosophy of Cognitive Science, and acquaint you with the research philosophers in COGS. The career development of students on this programme has shown it to be an excellent preparation for doctoral-level research.

Applicant profilesApplicants come from both an arts and a science background, with undergraduate studies in philosophy or a subject related to cognitive science, such as psychology, linguistics, neuroscience or computing.

FundingEU applicants can apply for an AHRC studentship. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Photorealistic computer-generated model of a living room. The model was built by Ben Jackson (a DPhil student in the Centre for VLSI and Computer Graphics), using state-of-the-art gaming techniques to enable real-time interaction

Com

puti

ng, a

rtif

icia

l int

ellig

ence

and

IT

64

65

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the compulsory courses Philosophy of Cognitive Science I: Concepts and Cognitive Science; and Academic Development. You also take one option from the list of autumn term courses from the MA in Philosophy (see page 146), or two options from: Intelligence in Animals and Machines; Introduction to Cognitive Linguistics; Conceptual Projection in Thought and Language; Formal Computational Skills; Introduction to Cognitive Ergonomics; Computer Vision; Natural Language Processing; and Programming Techniques.

Spring term: you take the compulsory course Philosophy of Cognitive Science II: Mind Embodied and Embedded. You also take either Emotion and Consciousness, or Language in Human Psychology, and one option from the list of spring term courses from the MA in Philosophy (see page 146); or two options from: Language and Space; Cognitive Approaches to Grammar; Cognitive Linguistic Typology; Adaptive Systems; AI Programming; Interactive Learning Environments; Neural Networks; Simulation of Adaptive Behaviour; From Signal to Behaviour; and Dynamics of Development. Not all options are available every year. Additional options may be available.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed by unseen examinations, essays, programming projects, group projects and a 20,000-word dissertation.

Postgraduate Certificate in E-Learning Design/E-Learning Design (Professional Practice) 1 year part-timeThe PGCert in E-Learning Design is a part-time programme aimed at those working in or intending to work in the e-learning industry. Two potential awards are available: a 60-credit and a 90-credit version.

The 60-credit PGCert in E-Learning Design is suitable for students with a background in education, multimedia or computing. This programme provides a means of augmenting their skillsets to fit the needs of the e-learning industry.

For those already working in the industry, the 90-credit PGCert in E-Learning Design (Professional Practice) offers opportunities to strengthen and expand existing knowledge and skills, and to demonstrate proficiency in a professional setting.

The Postgraduate Certificate in E-Learning Design is the result of a SEEDA-funded collaboration between the University of Sussex, the University of Brighton and e-learning companies in Brighton from BeLA (the Brighton E-Learning Alliance). It was driven by a demand for education, training and certification from the e-learning companies, both to support their existing staff and to help fuel further growth when recruiting new staff.

Areas covered by the programme include e-learning design, learning technologies, project management, and theories of learning (60- and 90-credit versions). The full 90-credit PGCert in E-Learning Design (Professional Practice) provides an opportunity to develop effective reflective practice in the workplace.

Successful graduates from either version may choose to use credits gained in this course towards an MSc in Learning Technologies offered by the University of Brighton.

Applicant profilesThis programme is intended for both current practising e-learning designers looking for accreditation for their skills and those who want to gain a comprehensive range of new skills and become qualified in e-learning design. Applicants come from a range of backgrounds (computing, education, and creative writing).

Programme structureThe Certificate is run jointly with the University of Brighton. The first two courses take place at Sussex, while the second two take place at Brighton.

Autumn term (October-November) – you take one compulsory course – E-Learning: Theory and Practice.

Autumn-spring term (November-January)– you take one compulsory course – Technology for E-Learning Designers.

Spring term (February-April) – you take one compulsory course – Design and Content Development.

Summer term (May-June) – you take one compulsory course – Project Process.

For the 90-credit version: Summer term (June-September): you take one compulsory course – Professional Placement.

AssessmentYou are assessed by coursework, which includes presentations, and the submission of portfolios and design projects.

Postgraduate diplomasFundingSee Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureThe full-time structure is identical to that of the autumn and spring terms of the corresponding Masters programme.

The part-time structure is identical to that of the autumn and spring terms of year 1 and year 2 of the part-time Masters programme.

Research programmes

Research students studying for MPhil or DPhil degrees are associated with one or more research groups in the Department and are housed in well-equipped shared offices. They have full access to their research group’s specialist facilities and laboratories.

The Department of Informatics is engaged in a wide range of highly rated research covering many areas of artificial intelligence, computer science and cognitive science. We can supervise research students in all areas in which departmental faculty specialise.

Applicants wishing to pursue interdisciplinary research involving artificial intelligence (including computational philosophy of mind or of biology) may apply to do research degrees in cognitive science. It is also possible to undertake a research degree in cognitive science via the New Route DPhil (see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15), offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills, and supervised doctoral research.

Students admitted to research degrees will normally be required to do some coursework in their first two terms, although an appropriate MSc often provides an alternative way of gaining the necessary training. Additional short courses for the development of generic skills are available from a wide selection provided by the Sussex Postgraduate Skills Programme, (www.sussex.ac.uk/sp2).

Funding A limited amount of funding from the EPSRC and the University is available for outstanding applicants. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Recent thesis titlesTo err is human: a discussion of intentionality, error and misrepresentation

Evolutionary search of fitness landscapes with neutral networks

Unsupervised language acquisition: theory and practice

Active group communication

Hardware evolution: on the nature of artificially evolved electronic circuits

Proxy compilation of dynamically loaded Java classes

Interactivity in graphical representations: assessing its benefits for learning

Categorical and graphical models of programming languages

On the relations between behaviour, mechanism and environment: explorations in artificial evolution

Reverse engineering an active eye

Implementation of an optimising object- oriented programming language compiler for embedded applications

3D graphics hardware prototyping and implementation

A multimedia CAL system for object- oriented methodology

Algorithm design for 3D computer graphics rendering

Computer graphics hardware using ASICs, FPGAs and embedded logic

Texture mapping acceleration using cache memories

Academic activitiesResearch students make a substantial contribution to the research output of the Department of Informatics, and frequently present their work at conferences and in journals.

Graduate students are also encouraged to attend and give talks in the various specialised seminar series in the Department:

• Artificial Life Reading Group• Bioinformatics and Vision• Computer Science seminars• COGS seminars• Human-Centred Technology Group• Informatics departmental seminars• E-Intentionality seminars• Natural Language and Computational Linguistics• Software Systems Group• Theoretical Computer Science Study Group.The regular seminars held in life sciences and by the Philosophy Society may also be of relevance to graduate studies.

Com


Research groups

Research is organised around well-defined groups of international standing. Some of our research is highly interdisciplinary, involving collaborations between these groups as well as with other departments at Sussex. All groups are well funded from a variety of sources, including research council grants and support from industry, and all have specialist facilities and laboratories. The research groups are briefly described below (for more details see www.sussex.ac.uk/informatics).

Centre for Research in Cognitive Science (COGS) This is an interdisciplinary Research Centre, which aims to champion and support research and teaching in cognitive science at Sussex.

A world-renowned, pioneering institution in cognitive science, COGS continues to conduct first-class research in such topics as computer vision, mental representation, cognitive linguistics, conscious experience, computational architectures for emotion, machine learning and neural networks, pattern recognition, cognitive modelling, implicit learning, reasoning, mechanisms of creativity, philosophical issues in artificial life, and temporal cognition in language.

The Centre acts as a focus for research in cognitive science by running interdepartmental seminars and research meetings. For more information, contact the Centre’s director, Ron Chrisley ([email protected]).

Centre for Computational Neuroscience and Robotics (CCNR)This thriving interdisciplinary centre is jointly run by the Department of Informatics and the neuroscience group. It has its own well-resourced laboratories, and focuses on work at the interface between computing structures and biological systems – an area that has been recognised by government funding agencies and the EU as an emerging area of considerable importance. The symbiosis between computer science and neuroscience in particular holds the key to future developments in robotics and artificial intelligence. It will lead to a better understanding of how the brain works and promises biomedical advances of enormous benefit.

Artificial intelligence and neuroscience are areas in which Sussex is exceptionally strong. Combined with a tradition for interdisciplinary links between the informatics research groups and the neuroscience groups (IRC, EP and MRC laboratory), this places Sussex at the forefront of this emerging field.

Work in the Centre mainly falls under the following headings: natural and artificial neural systems; evolutionary and adaptive robotics; evolutionary electronics; dynamics, development and cognition; insect and robot navigation; complex adaptive systems; and computational creativity. This last area uses adaptive technology in the creative arts and involves various collaborations with local and international artists and performers.

The CCNR overlaps with the Evolutionary and Adaptive Systems group, described on the right. For more information, contact the directors: Professor Phil Husbands ([email protected]) or Professor Michael O’Shea ([email protected]).

Computer vision and medical imaging lab This group uses a wide variety of methods and approaches from computer science, cognitive and biological sciences to research into a variety of areas including: dynamic aspects of visual perception, low-level vision, spiking neural nets, data mining, and machine learning.

Faculty involved include: David Young, Des Watson, Professor Phil Husbands, and Andy Philippides.

Creative Systems LabThe research of this group lies at the intersection of arts, science and technology. Members of the group work on theories of the creative process and their implementation in computer models and artistic productions; they also initiate and facilitate collaborations between scientists, artists, musicians, industry and the general public. In addition to those listed below, faculty involved include: Professor Margaret Boden, Ron Chrisley, Professor Phil Husbands, and Andy Philippides.

Faculty research interests include:

Nick Collins Live electronic music and audiovisuals; interactive music systems; music understanding by computer; algorithmic composition and sound synthesis; mathematics; and psychology of music.

Chris Thornton Computational learning using symbolic algorithms and connectionist mechanisms; and theories of creativity.

Evolutionary and adaptive systems This group is concerned with the interface between the biological and computational sciences and applications of new technologies resulting from work in this area. Research focuses on a wide range of topics including: the development of biologically inspired adaptive algorithms, adaptive and evolutionary robotics, artificial life, computational biology, computational neuroscience, dynamical systems approaches to cognition and development, evolutionary electronics and evolutionary computation, evolutionary theory, and applications of adaptive systems in the creative arts.

There is also a strong line of work in bioinformatics and machine learning. In machine learning, research involves the development of novel and efficient algorithms, building on statistical theory as well as borrowing ideas from neuroscience. Research in bioinformatics includes microarray data processing, MD and protein structures.

This well-resourced group overlaps with CCNR and, together, they make up one of the largest and best-known research groups in the world working in this area. The group collaborates widely with other centres in the University and elsewhere, has a number of well-equipped laboratories, machine shop facilities and runs several lively seminar series, as well as smaller specialist discussion groups.


Luc Berthouze Motor development in infants and in machines; clinical applications of dynamical system approach to characterising infant movements (particularly cerebral palsy); EEG-based brain-machine interfaces, intelligent neuroprostheses; epigenetic or developmental robotics; and modelling cognitive development with robotic systems.

Ezequiel Di Paolo Evolutionary robotics, evolutionary biology and embodied cognitive science; computational models of the evolution of social behaviour, altruism and coordination through acoustic interactions.

Inman Harvey Artificial evolution as applied to design: theoretical (error thresholds, neutral networks, optimising speed of search) and applications (evolutionary robotics, evolvable hardware, combinatorial chemistry).

Professor Phil Husbands Evolutionary and adaptive robotics; evolutionary computation and optimisation; artificial life; computational neuroscience; adaptive systems; neuro-modulation; history of AI and cybernetics; and creative systems.

Thomas Nowotny Use of dynamical systems theory, statistics and hybrid systems experiments in a comprehensive approach to understand information processing in nervous systems, particularly olfactory systems and applications to electronic noses; sequence learning in neuronal systems; accurate conductance-based neuron models; and hybrid systems.

Andy Philippides Computational neuroscience and neuroetholgy; evolutionary robotics; insect visual homing strategies; and gaseous neuromodulators in real and artificial neural networks.

Anil Seth Theoretical neuroscience and evolutionary and adaptive systems; time-series analysis of neural dynamics, causality in neural systems, neurorobotics, neural mechanisms of consciousness, and network-theoretic approaches to the analysis of complex systems; and evolutionary theory and ecological modelling.

Adrian Thompson The application of artificial evolution to engineering design, principally electronics; custom/reconfigurable computing; fault-tolerance; and evolutionary theory.

David Young Computational and biological aspects of vision, including theoretical and experimental research on optic flow and image representation, and practical applications such as traffic monitoring.

Foundations of computation This group focuses on the foundational aspects of computer science, particularly the semantics of computation. They have developed behavioural theories for a range of process languages, including features such as higher-order abstractions and distributed resources.

Research interests in this thriving group include:

Ian Mackie Foundations of programming languages and models of computation. Applying techniques from mathematical logic and quantum mechanics to programming language implementation.

Bernhard Reus Mathematical semantics of programming languages; their foundations, ie Domain Theory and Type Theory; Synthetic Domain Theory as the natural synthesis of both; constructive (categorical) logic; programming logics; formal proof; and formal techniques and tools supporting (object-oriented) program analysis, design and verification.

Com

puti

ng, a

rtif

icia

l int

ellig

ence

and

IT

66

67

Human-centred technology (HCT) The HCT group is an internationally renowned research centre in human-computer interaction (HCI), interaction design and interactive learning environments. Its focus is on understanding how people interact with and communicate through technology, with particular interests in more cutting-edge tangible and pervasive technologies.

The group is made up of two research labs: the INTERACT lab and the IDEAS lab. One of the main strengths of the HCT group is its interdisciplinary heritage, with faculty, research fellows and DPhil students coming from a variety of backgrounds, including computer science, psychology, artificial intelligence, engineering, art, design and philosophy.

A common theme to all HCT research is putting people at the centre of the design process. Key strands of research include: interactive learning environments and technology-enhanced learning, tangible embodied interaction, pervasive technologies in the home and non-work environments, pervasive care/telehealth, psychology of programming, accessibility and game design.


Professor Ben du Boulay Application of AI techniques to education, particularly modelling motivation and metacognition in intelligent learning environments.

Geraldine Fitzpatrick People-centred design methods and conceptual frameworks, especially for emerging technologies such as mobile, tangible and ubiquitous computing and their applications to everyday contexts; special interests in social interaction and collaboration, creativity/play, domestic environments, older people, disability, and healthcare/telecare.

Judith Good Constructivist learning environments; educational games and simulations; technology toolkits for learning; visual programming languages; and embodied and tangible interfaces for learning.

Graham McAllister Accessibility and usability of video games and interactive systems. In particular, how the user experience of video games can be evaluated and how games can be designed for people with special needs.

Pablo Romero Exploring the support that collaboration and external representations can offer to students learning programming; exploring the potential that new forms of interaction (tangible interfaces, embodied interaction) have for learning in general and specifically as a way to approach engagement and motivation; as a way to foster collaboration; and for specifying concrete and abstract behaviours (programming, scripting).

Blay Whitby Social and ethical implications of AI and ALife; philosophical foundations of AI and ALife; professionalism in computing; and multimedia and decision support systems.

Natural language processing This group comprises one of the largest teams of researchers in the UK focusing on statistical and corpus-based approaches to natural language processing. Their research covers probabilistic processing techniques, linguistic theory and automatic acquisition of grammatical knowledge from corpus data, with application to practical natural language parsing and generation.

The group currently consists of about 15 faculty, doctoral and postdoctoral researchers. It has a long and distinguished track record at international level, with many achievements in basic and applied research. Current work covers six related areas of research: probabilistic and robust parsing, annotation of text and transcribed speech, automatic acquisition of lexical information from corpora, computational formalisms for representing information about language, empirical foundations of language processing, and practical applications of language processing.


Professor John Carroll Hybrid linguistic/ statistical approaches to disambiguation of text, efficient parsing, evaluation of parser accuracy, tools for large-scale natural language grammar and lexicon development, and linguistic approaches to the generation of text from representations of its meaning.

Bill Keller Applying machine learning techniques to problems in language learning/grammatical inference.

Rudi Lutz Machine learning, especially of language models (eg grammars, or Hidden Markov Models) using various techniques (ie evolutionary, expectation maximisation).

Professor Geoffrey Sampson Corpus-based natural language processing using statistical stochastic optimisation techniques; and standards definition for natural language computing.

David Weir Controlling non-determinism in natural language generation, using language in pervasive computing environments, efficient parsing with large grammars, probabilistic parse ranking, and inferring knowledge about words from raw text.

Philosophy of artificial intelligence and cognitive science This group considers the conceptual issues that arise when trying to explain natural intelligence systems, or create artificial ones.


Professor Margaret Boden Computational approaches in the philosophy of mind and theoretical psychology: special interest in purpose, intention, motivation and creativity; philosophy of AI and ALife; and social implications of AI.

Ron Chrisley Non-conceptual representations and human cognition; computational architectures for psychological theories of pre-objective mind, consciousness, philosophy of computation, and computational architectures for affect and emotion.

Other faculty, who have primary affiliations within disciplines such as linguistics, philosophy, neuroscience and psychology, play an active role in this group.

Representation and cognitionGroup members are interested in the development and application of cognitive theories. They study the higher forms of cognition including reasoning, problem solving and learning.

The group has a particular focus on the role(s) of representation, emphasising cognitive and semantic dimensions. Favoured methodologies include rich data capture, protocol analysis, experimental designs, the use and design of technology to test theory, and modelling.


Professor Peter Cheng The nature of representational systems, both external in the world and internal to the mind. A particular interest is diagrams that support advanced forms of cognition, such as complex problem solving, discovery and conceptual learning.

Richard Cox Human reasoning, especially with external representations such as diagrams; representational systems; vicarious learning; artificial intelligence and educational systems; and interactive learning environments.

Sharon Wood Multi-agent systems, especially anticipating agent behaviour through situational cuing and intention recognition. Situational modelling, in particular, the acquisition of information through cognitively plausible visual attention processes, and the acquisition of situational understanding through cognitively plausible epigenetic processes, and cognitive and epigenetic robotics.

Software systems Staff and postgraduate students within this group have research interests covering a wide range of topics including programming language design and implementation, object-oriented programming and design, software development environments, debugging tools, networking, communication, operating system design, compiler design, parallelism, code optimisation, automated code generator construction and software development for embedded systems. Many of the current projects have commercial involvement, and we are keen to develop further links with industry.

Particular research strands include the development of compiler technology for embedded systems, and user-centred networking, where the needs and constraints of the users drive the engineering of networked systems. These two areas are coming together in the development of programming languages for pervasive computing. This well-funded group has its own specialist facilities and laboratories.


Dan Chalmers Context awareness and the way in which system behaviour impacts the user experience in ubiquitous/pervasive computing scenarios; how knowledge of context (including resource limits, location, and other physical and social aspects of context) can be used to modify behaviour, affect data display and configuration of systems.

Ian Wakeman Communications and distributed systems, distributed multimedia and collaborative working.

Des Watson High-level language compilers; code generator design and implementation; sensor networks; medical computing, particularly computer support for nuclear magnetic resonance imaging and spectroscopy.

Com


Space scienceThe University of Sussex Space Science Centre is an interdisciplinary cross-departmental research centre.

The Space Science Centre is led by Professor Paul Gough and conducts both general and mission-oriented space research in close collaboration with other space research institutes in Europe, the US, and the former Soviet Bloc countries. The Centre designs and constructs instruments, and continues to monitor their operation once launched into space with subsequent scientific data analysis.

The Centre has probably placed more computers in space than any other UK university space group. It has led with on-board intelligence within space instruments, and claims the first discovery of a geophysical phenomenon by a neural network ‘Expert Data Analyst’ flown within a space instrument.

The Space Science Centre attracts a lot of external funding and the research interests of the faculty involved, Professor Paul Gough, Natalia Beloff and Andrew Buckley (Department of Engineering and Design), include the following areas: space instrumentation, space plasma diagnostics and scientific interpretation, particle correlation technique, intelligent instruments, smart autonomous instruments, real-time data analysis in space instruments, embedded systems, data compression, parallel processing and fault-tolerance versus artificial neural networks for data classification and analysis, associative list memory for data classification, fuzzy logic in control of instruments, evolutionary instruments to adapt to unforeseen environments, graphical display and dissemination of complex data sets for rapid man-machine interaction, knowledge accumulation from databases, remote data gathering and processing for unmanned instruments in inhospitable locations, and satellite communication systems.

Centre for VLSI and Computer GraphicsThe Centre’s research focus has moved from one of developing innovative graphics accelerator technologies at the low hardware and software algorithm level – we designed one of the first graphics accelerators leading towards the birth of the PC graphics card industry – to taking a high-level design and simulation approach that also encompasses the environment as part of the simulation. The Centre has now established a research theme focused on ‘modern living extensions’, based on developing pervasive simulation environments that allow real-world environments, such as InQbate – The Centre for Excellence in Teaching and Learning in Creativity, to be simulated, created, technologically enhanced and evaluated. Simulation of pervasive computing environments represents an interesting and challenging research area for our postgraduate students.

The Centre is also engaged in research focused on the design and development of innovative ‘digital heritage systems’, where we explore the use of ICTs including virtual and augmented reality, and interaction technologies to the cultural heritage domain. Here we seek to understand how people could appreciate their heritage through the pioneering design of heritage systems.

In this respect the Centre has developed two innovative digital heritage systems: the ARCO Virtual Exhibition System, which is now being licensed and commercially exploited by museums, and the EPOCH Multimodal Interface that allows users to interact with a physical museum artefact through the medium of a virtual replica or simulation environment. This research is underpinned by detailed usability trials and evaluations in actual museums in order to assess the efficacy of these digital heritage systems.

The Centre is also exploring the idea of ‘fidelity’ of simulations in relation to their real-world counterparts. A central issue is the investigation of perceptual sensitivity measures of simulation engineering limitations, such as latency and rendering quality. Functional fidelity metrics that are based on spatial cognition aspects such as memory awareness states and schemas have been established and incorporated into perceptually based real-time rendering engines. Through this work, the Centre has established an international reputation working with collaborators such as HP Labs and NASA Ames Research Centre, USA.


Katerina Mania Fidelity metrics for computer graphics simulations; perceptually based computer graphics rendering; display technologies; 3D user interfaces; human factors issues for virtual environments (task performance after-effects); presence; vection and latency for immersive simulations; and visualisation.

Paul Newbury Multimedia systems, in particular virtual prototyping and MPEG2/MPEG4 streaming data. Image processing, image compression, lossy compression of multivariate scientific data sets; and analysis and manipulation and compression of deep multispectral electron microscope images.

Adrian Thomas Non-invasive techniques for shape capture to digitise surface structure of faces, feet etc; and real-time extensions for gait capture and movement analysis.

Phil Watten Software development; virtual prototyping; high-level design; system modelling; display systems; interface design; and all aspects of media production including new media and web broadcasting.

Martin White 3D graphics; virtual, augmented and mixed reality applied to digital heritage systems; digital libraries; semantic-based knowledge and content systems; technology-enhanced learning; access to and preservation of cultural and scientific resources; virtual archaeology; virtual reconstruction. Metadata standards for digital heritage, interoperable systems; e-learning and information technology; knowledge GRID applied to digital libraries; e-Government, information visualisation applied to independent living and inclusion; and digital content creation.

Com

puti

ng, a

rtif

icia

l int

ellig

ence

and

IT

68

69

• The Sussex European Institute (SEI), a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence for the study of European integration, consolidated the University’s position among the leading international centres of graduate training and research in European studies.

• SEI comprises a vibrant community of scholars, visiting practitioners and academic fellows.

• Research in the Institute focuses on three themes: - European integration with a focus on the political economy of European integration including the single market, agriculture, structural funds and the EU budget, monetary and financial integration, the economics of accession and trade policy;

- representative politics in Europe focusing on political parties, democracy and electoral politics, and including the Centre for Parties and Democracy and Europe; and

- internal external security challenges to the EU covering justice and home affairs, and European security policy and defence.

• The Sussex European Institute provides an excellent location for research students with its Research in Progress seminar series, as well as its own tailored Professional Development Workshop series.

• SEI is home to the Journal of Common Market Studies (JCMS), the primary interdisciplinary journal on European integration; the European Foreign Affairs Review; the Centre on European Political Economy; and the European Parties Elections and Referendums Network (EPERN).

Taught programmes

Students taking taught programmes are based at the Sussex European Institute.

MA in Contemporary European Studies 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeFunding British, Mexican and East European MA students are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186). EU students are eligible for a Lady Monica Cockfield Memorial Trust award (Home/EU fees only). SEI has two of these awards for MA students, awarded annually. There are six OSI/FCO Chevening/Sussex scholarships (fees and maintenance) for suitably qualified applicants from Albania, Belarus and Kosovo. Applications for these awards should be made via the local Open Society Institute representation in the respective countries before February 2009.

Programme structureThe MA has pan-European coverage, with a wide-ranging core course and a variety of specialised options.

The programme is aimed at graduates in social sciences or other appropriate disciplines who wish to add a European dimension to their knowledge, and at graduates in subjects such as French or history who wish to gain a social science background. You may select for yourself a general approach to European studies, or you may specialise by area according to your choice of options.

Autumn term: you take the core course The Making of Contemporary Europe.

Spring term: you choose from: Comparative Politics of Western Europe; Domestic Politics of European Integration; EC Single Market Law; European Convention on Human Rights; European Media in Transition; European Political Integration; Human Rights in Europe; Industrial Change and Regional Development; International Relations of the EU; Idea of Europe; Migration under the EHCR; Political Economy of EU Integration; Political Economy of EU Enlargement and Accession; Political Parties and Party System in Comparative Perspective; Politics of Citizenship and Immigration; Politics of Eastern Europe in Transition; and Post War Germany.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed by one unseen examination, two 5,000-word term papers (on two of the options), plus a dissertation of up to 20,000 words.

Contemporary European studies

Taught programmesMA degreesContemporary European StudiesEuropean Politics (see page 151)MSc degreeComparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Contemporary European Studies)

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Contemporary European StudiesNew Route DPhil Contemporary European Studies

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in an arts or social sciences subject MSc, MPhil, New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants with other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in any relevant social science but applicants with other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambition and primary questions of the research project


Fees See pages 176- 181 for information on fees

Further informationSussex European Institute, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SH, UKT +44 (0)1273 678578F+44 (0)1273 678571E [email protected]/sei

Garments of would-be immigrants are hooked on a razor wire fence that separates Spain’s North African enclave of Melilla from Morocco. There have been many mass attempts to enter Spain’s North African enclaves as hundreds of African migrants try to enter Europe. The Politics of Citizenship and Immigration is just one of the option courses you can choose as part of the MA in Contemporary European Studies

Essentials

Contem

porary European studies

MA in European Politics 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MA in European Politics offers the opportunity to examine recent dramatic changes in the political systems of western and eastern Europe. For full details, see page 151.

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Contemporary European Studies) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of contemporary European studies. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.



Autumn term: you take a research elective, Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.



AssessmentTaught course units are variously assessed by term papers of 3,000-5,000 words or equivalent coursework portfolios. The research elective is assessed by a dissertation of 10,000 words.

The European Court of Human Rights, Strasbourg; a bulwark of European values

Research programmes

Research students are based at the Sussex European Institute.

Degrees may be awarded either in contemporary European studies or in a particular discipline, eg anthropology, geography, economics, international relations or politics, while focused on a European topic. SEI also hosts visiting researchers.

Funding The Sussex European Institute has full 1+3 and +3 recognition for the ESRC. This includes access to five interdisciplinary Quota studentships in 2009.

EU students are eligible for a Lady Monica Cockfield Memorial Trust award (Home/EU fees only). See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

A limited amount of funding from Sussex may be available for outstanding research students, and may include some teaching. For further details, contact the Sussex European Institute at the address listed in Essentials.

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills and supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in the programme of research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research. (Exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level; students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.)

Recent thesis titlesChange and Continuity in British Post-Cold War Foreign Policy towards European Security and Defence Cooperation, 1989-2000

Foreign Policy and Public Opinion in the Polish-Ukrainian Borderlands

The Voter-Party Relationship in France: Patterns of Partisanship since the 1981 alternance

Enlarging the area of freedom, security and justice: Poland’s accession to the European Union in the field of external border controls

Economic integration and production structures: the case of the EU-15 and the Central and Eastern European Countries

Policy evolution and change: the Spanish and Finnish accessions to the European Union

Political participation and role of migrant organisations in Sweden and the Netherlands

Con

tem

pora

ry E

urop

ean

stud

ies

70

71


The University Library is a European Documentation Centre, and Library holdings in the fields of European institutions, economics and politics are particularly strong. There is an excellent Language Institute on campus, which provides taught courses and self-study facilities for a wide range of European languages, both east and west.

Academic activities

The Sussex European Institute organises a research-in-progress seminar that runs for most of the year. Here faculty members and visitors introduce work related to current research projects in the field of contemporary European studies. A study visit to Brussels is offered to MA students in the summer term.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/sei

Sabina Avdagic Comparative political economy including the politics of market reforms, as well as causes and consequences of national variation in politico-economic institutions.

Tim Bale Comparative and British party politics, Europeanisation, and voting and citizenship.

Professor Gerard Delanty Social theory and political sociology; modernity in global perspective; social identity, nationalism and citizenship; European societies in transformation; and cosmopolitanism. Editor of European Journal of Social Theory.

Professor Marie-Bénédicte Dembour International law including European law; and international criminal law and public international law.

Signing the treaty of Rome 27 March 1957. Six countries start a process of European political and economic integration that has led to a European Union of 27 by 2008, with the prospect of a Union of more than 30 by 2020

Professor Mick Dunford Urban and regional development in Britain and western Europe.

David Dyker Science policy and economic transformation in eastern Europe.

Peter Holmes Economics of European integration, and trade and competition policy.

Daniel Hough Comparative politics, German politics, former GDR, party politics, and political corruption.

Zdenek Kavan Politics in eastern Europe; central and eastern Europe since 1945; human rights in Europe; and international relations.

Professor Russell King Migration studies; tourism; and regional specialism in Europe and Ireland.

Kate Lacey Gender, media and technology; and history of the media in Germany.

Francis McGowan Policy-making in the EU; and European government/industry relations.

Professor Alan Mayhew Transition and integration in central and eastern Europe; political economy of transition processes; and institutional economics and integration.

Professor Susan Millns Law of the EU Single Market.

Professor Jörg Monar Justice and home affairs in the European Union.

Lucia Quaglia European monetary integration; central banking governance in the EU; financial service regulation and supervision in the EU; Euroscepticism, Europeanisation, and EU Presidency.

Professor Jim Rollo Co-Director of SEI. Economics of EU integration; and EU external economic policy. Editor, Journal of Common Market Studies.

Professor Malcolm Ross EU Law; competition law; and law and citizenship.

Professor Aleks Szczerbiak Co-Director of SEI. Comparative politics of central eastern Europe; political parties; lustration and de-communisation; and contemporary Poland.

Professor Paul Taggart Political parties in western Europe; Euroscepticism; populism; and European Parliament.

Adrian Treacher International relations of the EU; European security; and French foreign policy.

Professor Paul Webb Parties and electoral processes, both in the UK and comparatively: more specifically, this takes in party organisation, professionalisation and regulation; party competition, campaigning and electoral behaviour; party system change; and the effects of electoral systems.

Contem

porary European studies

Pioneering study of creative writing at Sussex includes programmes offered by both the Centre for Continuing Education (CCE) and the Department of English.

• MA, MPhil and DPhil programmes are available.

• All our programmes provide the opportunity to develop your own creative writing with taught courses, independent study and tutorial advice.

• You benefit from contact with a variety of writing professionals.

• Faculty include published writers and researchers of international standing.

• Tutors include practising novelists, poets and dramatists.

Taught programmes

MA in Creative and Critical Writing 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is taught in the Department of English and is designed to enable you to combine an interest in critical and theoretical ideas with an enthusiasm for creative writing. For more information, see page 99.

MA in Creative Writing and Authorship1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis unique programme offers you an opportunity to develop your own writing practice in the context of the study of cultural and textual issues of authorship. You consider how the writers of the past emerged as writers, and reflect on the concerns of authors today.

The programme is aimed at graduate students with an ongoing interest in creative writing practice, and combines workshops and tutorials with masterclasses.

Incorporating an opportunity to attend an Agents’ and Publishers’ Day, the programme also includes advice on pitching work to prospective agents and publishers.

Additional admission requirementsApplications must be accompanied by a short sample of recent, unpublished writing.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Authorship: Historical Studies; and Creative Practice: Writing Workshops.

Spring term: you take Creative Practice: Masterclasses; and Authorship: Contemporary Contexts.

Summer term: you take Authorship: Project Dissertation – creative writing portfolio (20,000 words, of which 5,000 must comprise a critical introduction).

Full-time students take two courses per term. Part-time students take one course per term (researching and preparing the creative writing portfolio in the summer term of year 1, for completion in the summer term of year 2).

AssessmentYou are assessed by term papers and a portfolio of creative writing.

Creative writing

Taught programmesMA degreesCreative and Critical Writing (see page 99)Creative Writing and Authorship Creative Writing and Personal Development

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Creative and Critical Writing (see pages 101-102)MPhil, DPhil Creative WritingMPhil, DPhil Creative Writing and Personal Development

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MAStudents will normally have an upper second-class undergraduate honours degree or be able to provide evidence of equivalent professional or artistic experience MPhil and DPhil Students will normally have a Masters degree in a relevant subject

English language requirements IELTS 7.0, with not less than 6.5 in each section. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174


Further information Centre for Continuing Education, The Sussex Institute, Essex House, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QQ, UK T +44 (0)1273 877888 F +44 (0)1273 877534E [email protected]/cceMA in Creative Writing and AuthorshipDr Sue RoeT +44 (0)1273 873211E [email protected] in Creative Writing and Personal Development Dr Celia HuntT +44 (0)1273 606755 ext 2154E [email protected] programmesDr Celia HuntT +44 (0)1273 606755 ext 2154E [email protected]

Essentials

Cre

ativ

e w

riti

ng

72

73

MA in Creative Writing and Personal Development1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MA is a unique creative writing programme. It has two main strands: 1) Creative Writing/Personal Development – allowing you to develop your creative writing through an exploration of the relationship between self and creativity; and 2) Creative Writing/Professional Development – allowing you, in addition to the above, to develop the skills of facilitating therapeutic writing groups in healthcare, therapy and education. All students take the three core courses, then there are various option courses that allow you to follow one of the two strands, or to mix and match as you wish. There are opportunities for undertaking practical or theoretical research and for producing an extended portfolio of creative writing in a genre of your choice.

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take two core courses from Writing for Personal Development; Creative Writing and the Self; or Life Writing: Theory and Practice. You also take two option courses chosen from: Contexts for Practice: Healthcare, Therapy and Education; Writing Practice; Writing and Groups; Projects: Practical and Theoretical; or Life Writing: Theory and Practice.

Summer term: you either write a portfolio of creative writing with critical introduction or undertake a research project (20,000 words). Both options are supervised.

AssessmentYou are assessed by a mixture of creative writing, term papers, a reflective learning diary, and dissertations or portfolios of creative writing with critical introductions.

Research programmes

Supervision is available for practice-based research in creative writing in a variety of genres, theory-based research into the writing process, and qualitative research into the developmental or therapeutic uses of creative writing with individuals and groups in healthcare, therapy and education. For advice on research supervision within the creative writing programmes, we encourage prospective MPhil and DPhil applicants to discuss their ideas with relevant faculty in the first instance.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/cce/academic_faculty

Celia Hunt Convenor: Creative Writing and Personal Development and its associated research programmes since 1996. Her DPhil research was published as Therapeutic Dimensions of Autobiography in Creative Writing (2000) and her most recent publication (with Fiona Sampson) is Writing: Self and Reflexivity (2006). She was a founder member and first Chair of Lapidus: The Association for the Literary Arts in Personal Development. She was awarded a National Teaching fellowship by the Higher Education Academy in 2004.

Sue Roe Convenor: Creative Writing and Authorship. Biographer, poet, novelist and critic, and author of Gwen John: A Life (2002). Her other books include The Spitfire Factory (poetry), Estella, Her Expectations (novel), and a Penguin edition of Virginia Woolf’s Jacob’s Room. She is co-author of The Cambridge Companion to Virginia Woolf, and her biography, The Private Lives of the Impressionists, appeared in 2006.

Martin Ryle teaches literary and cultural studies for CCE and the Department of English. His special interests include modernist and late 19th-century fiction, Irish literature in English, and questions of literary authorship and cultural authority. As well as critical books, including To Relish or Sublime?, with Kate Soper (2002) and George Gissing: Voices of the Unclassed, edited with Jenny Bourne Taylor (2005), he has published books about politics, nature and cycling.

Mark Slater is currently researching for a DPhil thesis titled Plagiarism, Originality and the Writing Subject. He co-convenes CCE’s Certificate in Creative Writing and is a trustee of the Asham Trust, which supports new writing. He is a published short-story writer and has written librettos, plays and educational matter for radio.

The creative writing programmes at Sussex offer students unique opportunities to gain professional expertise

Creative w

riting

Essentials Sussex has a worldwide reputation for excellence in the field of development studies. Faculty teaching on our programmes come from a broad range of disciplines and many members of staff have extensive experience in international development. In the Centre for Culture Development and the Environment (CDE) we offer a series of postgraduate programmes characterised by:

• a strong emphasis on interdisciplinarity;

• a critical approach to the process of development and the role of development agencies; and

• the combination of academic analysis and policy issues.

Taught programmes

Taught degrees are built around a number of core courses, plus a series of options for each programme. However, it is also possible for you to choose an option from other programmes, or from programmes in the Institute of Development Studies (see pages 77-82), subject to the fulfilment of any prerequisites and the availability of places.

MA in Environment, Development and Policy 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe focus of this degree is the analysis of environmental change and natural resource management mainly, but not exclusively, in developing countries. It is intended for students interested in researching or working in the field of environmental management in developing countries and for those hoping to embark on related careers.

Funding You can apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Theories of Development and Underdevelopment; and Political Economy of the Environment.

Spring term: you take one of the Architecture of Aid; Globalisation and Rural Change; Migration, Inequality and Social Change; Topics in Social Development; and one of Critical Debates in Environment and Development; Environmental Policy and Industrial Technology; and International Relations of Global Environmental Change.

In the autumn and spring terms you also take the Development Skills and Practice Workshop.

Summer term: you take one of Geographical Information Systems; Participatory Research in Cross-Cultural Contexts; Rural Research and Appraisal; and you work on your dissertation.

Please note, not all options run in any one year.

Development studies (in CDE)

Taught programmesMA degreesEnvironment, Development and PolicyGender and Development (see also p78)International Education and Development (see p87) Rural Development Social Development MSc degree Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Development Studies) Postgraduate diploma Environment, Development and Policy

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil African Studies MPhil, DPhil Development Studies MPhil, DPhil South Asian Studies New Route DPhil Development Studies

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA and postgraduate diploma An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in the social or natural sciences. Applicants with relevant practical work experience will also be considered MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science but applicants with other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in any relevant social science but candidates with other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambition and primary questions of the research project



Further informationDirector, CDE, University of Sussex,Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKE [email protected]/development

AssessmentYou are assessed on each autumn course through one 2,000-word essay and one 3,000-word term paper. In the spring term you are examined through two 5,000-word term papers. The Development Skills and Practice Workshop is examined through a learning diary, while the summer course is examined by a 2,500-word essay or review. You also write a 10,000-word dissertation.

Postgraduate Diploma in Environment, Development and Policy 6 months full-timeFunding See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structure In the autumn and spring term you take a number of courses from the range available to the MA students (see above), totalling 120 credits. You do not take the Development Skills and Practice Workshop and the dissertation is not required.

MA in Gender and DevelopmentThis MA is taught jointly with the Institute of Development Studies. For full details, see Development studies (in IDS) on page 78.

MA in Rural Development 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme provides a systematic introduction to the problems of rural development in poor countries, which aims to promote a critical and reflective approach to development theory and practice, and prepare students for careers in rural development worldwide.

Funding See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Sustainable Development; and Theories of Development and Underdevelopment.

Spring term: you take one course from Critical Debates in Environment and Development; Environmental Policy and Industrial Technology; Migration, Inequality and Social Change; and Refugees and Development; and you take one of The Architecture of Aid; Globalisation and Rural Change; International Relations of Global Environmental Change; and Topics in Social Development

In the autumn and spring terms you also take the Development Skills and Practice Workshop.

Summer term: you take one of Geographical Information Systems; Participatory Research In Cross-Cultural Contexts; Rural Research and Appraisal; and you work on your dissertation.

Dev

elop

men

t stu

dies

(in

CD

E)

74

75

AssessmentYou are assessed on each autumn course through one 2,000-word essay and one 3,000-word term paper. In the spring term you are examined through two 5,000-word term papers. The Development Skills and Practice Workshop is examined through a learning diary, while the summer course is examined by a 2,500-word essay or review. You also write a10,000-word dissertation. MA in Social Development 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme provides an intellectual understanding of the major issues in social development and an introduction to the knowledge and skills necessary for social development practitioners. Taught by active practitioners in the field of social development, the programme provides opportunities for those already involved in social development to reflect on their activities in this field, while enabling those who have no experience of social development to develop the appropriate skills and knowledge. It is taught through a combination of lectures, seminars and workshops, and stress is placed not only on academic and analytical skills but also on improving students’ presentation skills.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take Concepts of Social Development; and Theories of Development and Underdevelopment.

Spring term: you take one from Critical Debates in Environment and Development; Culture, Development and Policy; Environmental Policy and Industrial Technology; Globalisation and Rural Change; International Relations of Global Environment Change; Migration, Inequality and Social Change; and either The Architecture of Aid or Topics in Social Development.

Summer term: you take Methods in Social Development and you work on your dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed on each autumn course through one 2,000-word essay and one 3,000-word term paper. In the spring term you are examined through two 5,000-word term papers. The summer course is examined by a 5,000-word term paper. You also write a 10,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Development Studies) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to Postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of development studies. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field. This programme is taught jointly with IDS.



Autumn term: you take a research elective; Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.




Extracting juice from sugar cane, India Research programmes

CDE offers MPhil, DPhil and New Route DPhil programmes in Development Studies, as well as area studies in Africa and Asia. Prospective applicants are strongly encouraged to contact members of faculty whose interests most closely coincide with their own, as places are strictly limited (see Faculty research interests on page 76).

Funding CDE has full 1+3 and +3 recognition from the ESRC. For more information on ESRC and other funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. There are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills together with supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in a programme of research training courses offered within the MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Development Studies), and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research (exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level; students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15).

Developm

ent studies (in CD

E)

FieldworkIt is normally expected that you will undertake fieldwork for projects leading to a DPhil. Permission to proceed to fieldwork is not normally given before completion of the first year of research.

Recent thesis titlesSmall farmers and the political economy of pesticide use in banana production in St Lucia

Aboriginal property rights and biodiversity within the globalised political economy

Explaining rural poverty in Mozambique: a realist approach

Legitimacy of local institutions for natural resource management in Manica, Mozambique

Environmental degradation and sustainable livelihoods following the return of Mozambican refugees from Dedza and Ntcheu Districts, Malawi

The role of urban market women in local development processes and its implications for policy: a case study of Kumasi Central Market, Ghana


All CDE students have full access to computing facilities, the University’s main Library, the British Library of Development Studies at IDS, which includes a wide range of online databases and CD-ROMs, and the Eldis development information gateway and id21 research reporting service. All research students are offered office space.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/development

Andreas Antoniades International relations; globalisation. Publications include Producing Globalisation: The Politics of Discourse and Institutions in Greece and Ireland (2008).

Professor Richard Black Migration and refugee studies in Africa and Europe; natural resource management in West and southern Africa. Publications include Targeting Development (2004).

Grace Carswell Rural livelihoods in eastern Africa, population-environment interactions; agricultural change under the influence of colonialism. Publications include Cultivating Success: Kigezi Farmers and Colonial Policies (2007), and (with Samantha Jones) The Earthscan Reader in Environment, Development and Rural Livelihoods (2004).

Vinita Damodaran State, nationalism and popular resistance in India; environmental change and popular protest. Publications include Postcolonial India (2000).

Geert de Neve South India labour relations and organisation; industrialisation. Publications include The Everyday Politics of Labour: Working Lives in India’s Informal Economy (2005), and (with Maya Unnithan-Kumar) Critical Journeys: The Making of Anthropologists (2006).

Professor Saul Dubow Race, colonialism and the history of modern Africa; South African racism and apartheid. Publications include A Commonwealth of Knowledge. Science, Sensibility and White South Africa, 1820-2000 (2006).

Professor Mick Dunford Comparative regional and urban economic performance; inequality and social cohesion; and theories of regulation. Publications include (with Lidia Greco) After the Three Italies: Wealth, Inequality and Industrial Change (2006).

Rob Eastwood Open-economy macro-economics; monetary economics.

Nigel Eltringham Human rights. Publications include Accounting for Horror: Post-Genocide Debates in Rwanda (2004).

Professor James Fairhead Africa south of the Sahara; UK agriculture and ecology; health and fertility; colonialism; science and medicine. Publications include (with M Leach) Vaccine Anxieties: Global Science, Child Health and Society (2007), and (with M Leach) Science, Society and Power: Environmental Knowledge and Policy in West Africa and the Caribbean (2003).

Katy Gardner Bangladesh: Islam, migration, diaspora, development. Publications include Age, Narrative and Migration: The Life Course and Life Histories Amongst Bengali Elders in London (2002).

Elizabeth Harrison Zambia, Malawi, Kenya: technology transfer, discourse of development, gender relations. Publications include (with Andrea Cornwall and Ann Whitehead) Gender Myths and Feminist Fables and The Struggle for Interpretive Power in Gender and Development (2007).

Professor Russell King International migration and development in the Mediterranean.Publications include The Mediterranean Passage: Migration and New Cultural Encounters in Southern Europe (ed) (2001) and (with S Schwanders-Sievers) The New Albanian Migration (2005).

Professor Alan Lester Historical geography of Empire. Publications include Imperial Networks: Creating Identities in 19th-Century South Africa and Britain (2001), and Colonial Lives Across the British Empire: Imperial Careering in the Long 19th Century (2006).

Julie Litchfield Poverty and development.

Kamran Matin Processes of modern socio-political transformation in the Middle East.

Filippo Osella Kerala, South India: social reproduction and stratification; migration and globalisation; masculinity; consumption.Publications include (with Caroline Osella) Men and Masculinities in South India (2007).

Fabio Petito International politics of the Mediterranean. Publications include The International Political Thought of Carl Schmitt: Terror, Liberal War and the Crisis of Global Order (2007).

Dinah Rajak Corporate social responsibility; and philanthropy.

David Robinson Ecology and environmental aspects of agricultural systems in Africa.

Ben Rogaly ‘Race’, immigration and class relations in the UK; temporary migration for work in rural areas in the UK and India; agricultural workers; employment relations; migration, inequality and social change.

Professor Ronald Skeldon Professorial Fellow. Population migration in the developing world, especially Asia. Publications include Migration and Development (1997).

Maya Unnithan-Kumar India, Rajasthan: kinship, family and gender relations; economic anthropology; popular religion; reproductive health. Publications include Reproductive Change, Medicine and the State: Ethnographic Explorations of Agency in Childbearing (2004).

Community meeting in India. Photo taken on a recent field trip

Dev

elop

men

t stu

dies

(in

CD

E)

76

77

• The learning and teaching programme of the Institute of Development Studies (IDS)is known for its academic excellence. It is strongly research led, drawing the ongoing work of researchers into the classroom, and also significantly enhanced by the experience that each graduate student brings to the Institute.

• We offer integrated ways of working, combining research, teaching and communications work. IDS is one of the only development organisations that is a world leader in all three spheres.

• Our postgraduate degrees attract students from all over the world. We welcome the diversity of academic, cultural and professional backgrounds that our students bring to IDS.

• IDS was founded in 1966 and has a tradition of learning, teaching and training with a distinctive emphasis on plurality and multidisciplinary study.

• IDS aims to challenge convention and to generate fresh ideas that foster new approaches to development policy and practice.

• The Institute’s research is organised in five closely linked multidisciplinary teams, and a growing number of international, multi-partner research projects are hosted at the Institute.

• We use a diverse range of teaching approaches and methodologies that reflect the complexity of development studies.

• IDS hosts research consortia, postgraduate programmes and a range of world-class knowledge facilitites (see Specialist facilities on page 80).

Taught programmes

Programme structure (for all MA programmes except the MA in Participation, Power and Social Change)Autumn term: you take the core course Ideas in Development and Policy, Evidence and Practice; and one additional core course (see individual programme descriptions below for details).

Spring term: you take two core courses.

Summer term: you may pursue your special interests by choosing two half-course units from a range of options and begin work on a supervised dissertation. The courses vary from year to year, but may include:

• Aid and Poverty: the Political Economy of International Development Assistance

• Analysing Poverty and Vulnerability

• Climate Change and Disasters

• Decentralisation and Local Government

• Doing Gender and Development

• Governance of Violent Conflict and (In)Security

• Management of Public Finance

• Politics of Pro-Poor Policies

• Post-Conflict and Very Poor Countries

• Rethinking Health Systems

• Reflective Practice and Social Change

• China in Development

• Competing in the Global Economy

• Mobilising Knowledge for Development.

Professional Skills for Development workshops will run throughout the year and include study skills.

Assessment (for all MA programmes except the MA in Participation, Power and Social Change)Assessment is primarily through 3,000-5,000- word term papers, coursework assignments, practical exercises and, on some occasions, examinations, as well as a final 10,000-word dissertation.

MA in Development Studies 1 year full-timeThis programme provides a solid grounding in international development concepts, theories and approaches, allowing you to develop the analytical and practical skills you need to engage in development work from a cross-disciplinary perspective.

It is designed to enhance career opportunities in international development by helping you gain the professional skills you will need to work across the intersections of policy, research and practice. You will also be able to understand the main theories, concepts and debates of development and be able to draw upon this knowledge in your professional work, engage in an informed and critical way with professionals from diverse backgrounds and perspectives; and approach development problems with creativity, confidence and the ability to work collaboratively with others to identify and contribute to meaningful solutions.

This programme is structured to allow strong coherence and some integration with the other specialised MA programmes offered at IDS.

Development studies (in IDS)

Taught programmesMA degrees Development Studies Gender and Development Globalisation and Development Governance and Development International Education and Development (see page 87) Participation, Power and Social Change Poverty and Development Science, Society and Development MSc degree Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Development Studies) (see page 75)

Research programme DPhil Development Studies

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in the social sciences or a related discipline, and substantial professional work experience in a developing country or in development-related work, which is a factor in selection (one year for Development Studies; two years for Gender and Development, Globalisation and Development, Poverty and Development, and Science, Society and Development; three years for Governance and Development; and five years for Participation, Power and Social Change). Applications must be accompanied by a detailed, two-page personal statement DPhil A Masters degree in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research and substantial professional work experience in a developing country or in development-related work



Further informationDr Andy Sumner, IDS, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RE, UK T +44 (0)1273 91590 F +44 (0)1273 621202/691647 E [email protected] www.ids.ac.uk/ids/teach

Essentials

A participatory exercise in Brazil

Developm

ent studies (in IDS

)

Programme structureAutumn term: the second core course is either Introduction to Economics, or Sociology, Anthropology and the Development Conundrum (see page 77 for details on the first core course).

Spring term: you take two core courses from: Economics for Development; Poverty and Inequality; Vulnerability and Social Protection; Empowering Society; Public Management and Organisational Development; Global Governance; Managing Globalisation; Science, Knowledge and the Politics of Development; Science and Policy Processes: Issues in Health, Environment and Agriculture; The Politics of Implementing Gender and Development; Key Issues in Gender and Development.

Summer term: you take two half-term options and begin work on a 10,000-word dissertation.

MA in Gender and Development 1 year full-timeThis programme situates the study of gender and development in the context of the social sciences, while addressing the challenges of policy-making and implementation. To do this it brings together experts from a range of academic disciplines and policy experiences. The programme is taught jointly by IDS and CDE.

The programme will provide you with the analytical and conceptual skills needed to understand gender issues in the context of social and economic development; an in-depth knowledge and capacity for gender analysis of specific development sectors or themes, such as reproductive health and rights, identity, environment or social protection; and the tools required to participate effectively in gender and development-related research, policy-making, and implementation.

The programme provides a thorough grounding in policy and planning skills.

FundingYou are eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: the second core course is Gender Analysis and Theoretical Perspectives (see page 77 for details on the first core course).

Spring term: you take Key Issues in Gender and Development; and Politics of Implementing Gender and Development.

Summer term: you take Key Issues in Gender and Development; and Politics of Implementing Gender and Development.


MA in Globalisation and Development1 year full-timeThis programme offers a fresh perspective on globalisation issues with emphasis on the shift of power from West to East, and thus with a focus on the new drivers of the world economy such as China. It provides students with the analytical and practical skills needed to understand globalisation processes and their main drivers, and to participate in the formulation of policies for a sustainable development. Our programme is based upon the view that the impact of trade and financial market policies on countries, producers and workers is influenced by how they are integrated into the global system, and that there is scope for the many actors involved to influence change.

A trip to China, to include meetings with public officials, representatives from the private sector, trade unions, academics and other organisations, is planned in the second part of the summer term.

Programme structureAutumn term: the second core course is Managing Globalisation (see page 77 for details on the first core course).

Spring term: you take the core course Globalisation and Inequalities; and an option from: Poverty and Inequality; Vulnerability and Social Protection; Empowering Society; Public Management and Organisational Development; Global Governance; Science, Knowledge and the Politics of Development; Science and Policy Processes: Issues in Health, Environment and Agriculture; The Politics of Implementing Gender and Development; Key Issues in Gender and Development.

Summer term: you take two half-term options: Competing in the Global Economy, plus one from a range of options, and begin work on a 10,000-word dissertation. In addition, you participate in a two-week field trip to China.

MA in Governance and Development 1 year full-timeThis programme will provide you with a theoretically informed understanding of governance and development debates, covering both the ‘state-centric’ and ‘societal’ aspects of governance.

The main objectives are to equip you with the ability to: critically assess competing theories of the role of the public sector and public finance in social and economic development; understand the significance of current globalisation processes for international and national institutions; and develop and implement policies for improving the effectiveness, accountability and legitimacy of governance in specific settings.

Programme structureAutumn term: the second core course is Governance, Politics and Development (see page 77 for details on the first core course).

Spring term: you take two core courses from: Empowering Society; Public Management and Organisational Development; Global Governance; and Democracy and Development.


MA in Participation, Power and Social Change 18 months (full-time)This programme aims to deepen knowledge, innovation and practice of participatory approaches for engaging people in decision-making and citizenship in diverse contexts. Designed for experienced practitioners, the programme combines intensive coursework with work-based learning, action research and processes of critical reflection and analysis.

The programme will provide you with an understanding of conceptual, theoretical and methodological approaches to participation as applied to practical challenges in development and governance; practical skills in participatory processes and action research, including design, management, facilitation, communication, networking, evaluation and teamwork; and abilities of critical thinking, analysis and reflective practice, as well as personal development of values and attitudes useful in pursuing participatory approaches.

Note: applicants are responsible for arranging their own placements for work-based learning. Applications must be accompanied by an initial letter of support from the host organisation.

Making hats in Thua Thien Hue province, Vietnam

Dev

elop

men

t stu

dies

(in

IDS

)

78

79

Programme structureAutumn term: the second core course is Poverty and Development: Disciplinary (see page 77 for details on the first core course).

Spring term: you take Poverty and Inequality; and Vulnerability and Social Protection.


MA in Science, Society and Development 1 year full-timeThis programme is designed for people interested in the intersection between science, policy and development. The degree is appropriate for both natural and social science graduates wishing to enhance their interdisciplinary understanding and policy-related skills. It will provide you with a theoretically informed understanding of debates in development, sociological studies of science and technology, governance and policy processes, while promoting a people-orientated approach. It will equip you with the ability to: critically examine and reflect on the role of science in environmental, health and agricultural issues within development, using a cross-disciplinary perspective; engage in an informed and critical way with other professionals; apply practical methods and frameworks to research problems; and advance policy debates on key issues relating to food and agriculture, health and disease, water and sanitation, and agricultural research problems.

Programme structure Autumn term: the second core course is Sociological Perspectives on Science, Technology and Sustainability (see page 77 for details on the first core course).

Spring term: you take Science, Knowledge and the Politics of Development; and Science and Policy Processes: Issues in Health, Environment and Agriculture.


Programme structureThis programme is a combination of two 10-week full-time blocks of study based at IDS (parts 1 and 3), and 12 months of part-time work-based learning (part 2).

Part 1 (October to December) Autumn term, year 1 Foundations of Participation; Policy, Evidence and Practice; and Ideas in Development – a 10-week intensive study at IDS used to explore concepts and approaches and to design an individual learning plan.

Part 2 (January to December) Work-based learning.

Part 3 (January to March) Spring term, year 2 Critical Reflection and Analysis: integrating theory and practice, a final 10-week period at IDS to undertake further course work, reflect on work experience and write a synthesis paper linking concepts and practice.

You also take a second core course from: Economics for Development; Poverty and Inequality; Vulnerability and Social Protection; Empowering Society; Public Management and Organisational Development; Global Governance; Managing Globalisation; Science, Knowledge and the Politics of Development; Science and Policy Processes: Issues in Health, Environment and Agriculture; The Politics of Implementing Gender and Development; Key Issues in Gender and Development.

Professional skills training will run throughout the year and includes study skills.

AssessmentThe assessment strategy develops your capacity to reflect, self-evaluate, and monitor your own learning in consultation with your supervisor. Methods will include written assignments, a learning plan, course participation, progress reports, portfolio items and presentations generated through field work, individual and peer review sessions, as well as a 10,000-word synthesis paper.

MA in Poverty and Development 1 year full-timeThis programme aims to provide you with a solid grounding in the concepts and theories and analytical and practical skills needed to engage critically in current debates on poverty and development issues from a cross-disciplinary perspective. Upon completion you will understand the main theories, concepts and debates of development in their historical and contemporary context, with specialised knowledge of the treatment of poverty reduction within the development discourse. You will approach issues in poverty reduction and development with confidence and knowledge through a practical understanding of how established techniques of research and inquiry are used to create and interpret knowledge. You will engage in an informed and critical way with other professionals from diverse social science backgrounds concerned with poverty reduction and development issues. You will also understand and use commonly applied research methods and skills, drawing on both qualitative and quantitative methods.

Research programme

Research students are based in the Institute of Development Studies.

IDS runs a small DPhil programme for research in areas of strong current interest to fellows. Prospective applicants, and those applying for the MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Development Studies) (see page 75) with a view to subsequently enrolling for a doctorate, are strongly advised to familiarise themselves with the research priorities of fellows, and to enter into dialogue prior to application with fellows working in the relevant area. Information on fellows’ research priorities can be obtained at www.ids.ac.uk/ids/teach

Alternatively, a current annual report can be obtained from the IDS teaching area: T +44 (0)1273 606261 F +44 (0)1273 621202/691647 E [email protected]

RegistrationStudents are required to register (and pay full-time fees) for a minimum of three years.

FundingFor information on ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

CourseworkResearch training needs will be assessed at the time of application and admission. You may be required to undertake coursework on research skills.

FieldworkResearch degrees normally require fieldwork.

Recent thesis titlesGender sensitive accountability of service delivery NGOs: BRAC and PRIOSHIKA in Bangladesh

Locating citizenship in everyday life: perceptions and experiences from Kwoi, northern Nigeria

Opportunities and obstacles for industrial upgrading of Brazilian foot wear and furniture firms: a comparison of global and national value

Cows who choose domestication. Generation and management of domestic animal diversity by WoDaaBe pastoralists (Niger)

The role of the private sector in modern biotechnology and rural development: the case of the Monsanto smallholder programme

Philander Beukes, asbestos-related disease sufferer, South Africa

Developm

ent studies (in IDS

)


The information resources at IDS are a major asset. Known for the strength of its library – the British Library for Development Studies (BLDS) is Europe’s most comprehensive research collection on economic and social change in developing countries – IDS is now a world leader in online information services. It hosts the Eldis development information gateway, the id21 research dissemination service and the gender advisory and information service, BRIDGE as well as other specialist thematic services such as the Governance and Social Development Resource Centre, and Livelihoods Connect. IDS students have access to a wide range of online databases, CD-ROMs, and a fully computerised library catalogue.

IDS faculty and research interests

The range of faculty research activities is illustrated below. More information is available at www.ids.ac.uk

IDS fellowsNiagale Bagayoko Political scientist. She has done field research in francophone countries in Africa and now concentrates on the interface between security and development. Her thematic expertise includes French and American security policies in West Africa.

Marc P Berenson Political scientist. His work focuses on public policy in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union, with particular attention to the comparative analysis of post-communist governing institutions. He has also worked as a research analyst for a number of NGOs, as well as founding a rule-of-law project for Freedom House in Ukraine.

Gerald Bloom Physician and social scientist with an interest in the adaptation of health systems to rapid economic and social change. Focuses on finance, performance of markets for health-related goods and services, and the changing role of government. Experience in China, South East Asia and a number of African countries.

Eun Kyong Choi Political scientist. Research interests in the sociopolitical impact of economic transformation; state capacity in developing countries focusing on tax collection; social welfare, particularly social health insurance; decentralisation, accountability and capability of local governments; state-business relations. Research focus on China and East Asia.

Xavier Cirera Economist with a particular interest in the impact of trade reform and regional integration. Recent research focuses on the impact of different regional and preferential trade agreements. Other interests also include the analysis of spatial price variations and the functioning of markets. Research experience in southern Africa.

Sarah Cook Economist/social scientist focusing on the social impact of economic reform and transition; employment and human resources and their interaction with poverty and income distribution; special emphasis on gender, household economics and intra-household resource allocation. Research focus on China and South East Asia.

Professor Andrea Cornwall Social anthropologist. Interest in gender, sexuality, rights and democracy. Focus on participatory governance in the health sector, sexual rights and women’s empowerment. Field-work experience in Brazil, southern and West Africa and the UK. Director of the Research Programme Consortium, Pathways of Women’s Empowerment (www.pathways-of-empowerment.org).

Stephen Devereux Economist working on food security, rural livelihoods, social protection and poverty reduction. Research experience mainly in Africa, especially Ethiopia, Ghana, Malawi and Namibia.

Jerker Edstrom A development social scientist and worker. Formerly a Director at the International HIV/AIDS Alliance. Interests include gender and masculinities, the informal economy of sex, HIV-related citizenship and policy, intergenerational transmission of vulnerability, and children affected by HIV and AIDS.

Rosalind Eyben Feminist social anthropologist with a career in international development policy and practice. Long-term experience of working and living in anglophone and francophone Africa, India and, most recently, in Latin America. Research and teaching interests concern power relations and theories of change, particularly in the field of international aid.

Marzia Fontana Economist with particular interest in social and economic dimensions of inequality. Recent research focuses on gender inequalities, employment, unpaid work and international trade. Field experience in South Asia, Fiji and North Africa.

Professor John Gaventa Political sociologist working on citizen participation, power, participatory research and education methodologies, and participatory governance. Interest in linking participation to policies and programmes of larger institutions, and in training and capacity building for strengthening civil society.

Professor Anne-Marie Goetz Political scientist specialising in the politics of pro-poor and gender-equitable development. Research areas: gender and the state, accountability and good governance. Studying grassroots anti-corruption struggles in India, judicial activism, women’s political leadership, and gender and corruption.

Ricardo Gottschalk Economist with research interest in the developmental impact of capital flows to emerging economies. Other interests include the empirics of economic growth, macro-economics of developing countries, economic reforms and sustainability in Latin America, and issues concerning exchange-rate-based stabilisation programmes. Long-term work and research experience in Brazil.

In a rapidly changing world, studying at IDS will equip you with knowledge of a broad range of development issues

Marching for women’s rights, Brazil

Dev

elop

men

t stu

dies

(in

IDS

)

80

81

Martin Greeley Development economist.Main areas of interest: aid and public policy, agricultural development, programme and project impact evaluation, poverty measurement and assessment, and microfinance. He has researched and published extensively on poverty and public policy in Africa and Asia.

Jing Gu Political economist with a background in law and finance. Research interests: issues of governance and accountability, international trade disputes settlement, institutional, political and legal aspects of trade policy-making. Concerned with the role of the private sector in the Chinese economy. Focus on the implications of China’s economic growth for developing countries from political economy perspectives.

Professor Lawrence Haddad Director of IDS; his main research interests have been at the intersection of poverty, food insecurity and malnutrition – including poverty dynamics, social capital, HIV/AIDS, social protection, agriculture and poverty, and women’s empowerment. An economist, he was selected for the latest Who’s Who in Economics (Elgar).

Naomi Hossain Research includes the political effects of discourses of poverty and governance; social change in gender and childhood; political culture among poor and marginal people; people’s experiences of governance with respect to social protection, crime and violence; peace-building and human security; and identities and rights, poverty, marginality and governance.

Peter Houtzager Political scientist with broad training in comparative politics and historical-institutional analysis. Areas of specialisation: analysis of political empowerment strategies and democratisation processes; research on state-society relations; institutional roots of collective action; social movement theory; democratisation and political development in Latin America.

Professor John Humphrey Sociologist working on global value chains and their impact on employment and trade in developing countries. Interests in the automotive and horticulture industries, global concentration in retail and its impact on developing country manufacturers and how e-commerce is being used to link firms in developed and developing countries.

Anuradha Joshi Urban planner with a focus on public policy and extensive experience in institutional analysis of development programmes. Has worked in a variety of sectors including poverty, low-income housing, urban public services, taxation of the informal sector and environmental policy. Convenor of the research theme on Collective Action and Service Delivery as a part of the DFID-funded Development Research Centre for the Future State at IDS.

Patricia Justino Economist specialising in quantitative development economics. Interests: the micro-level causes and effects of violent conflict, the measurement of inequality and poverty, and the role of social security and redistribution on economic growth. She is the Director of MICROCON (www.microconflict.eu) and co-directs the Households in Conflict Network (www.hicn.org).

Professor Naila Kabeer Economist working on the social and economic interactions between households, communities and the wider economy. Specialisms: poverty, social exclusion and gender in relation to labour markets and livelihood strategies in the context of globalisation. Engaged in research on social protection strategies and struggles for citizenship among workers in the informal economy.

Professor Melissa Leach Social anthropologist and director of the ESRC STEPS (Social, Technological and Environmental Pathways to Sustainability) Centre. Interests: social and institutional dimensions of environment and health; knowledge, power and policy processes; and citizenship and participation. She works in West Africa, the Caribbean and the UK.

Professor David K Leonard Political scientist specialising in governance and organisation theory, particularly the delivery of agricultural, development, education, human health, and veterinary services in rural areas. Also works on conflict and governance in Africa. Formerly served at the Universities of Nairobi, Dar es Salaam and California, Berkeley (Dean of International and Area Studies).

Henry Lucas Information and research methodology and M&E (monitoring and evaluation) specialist with an interest in the health sector. Long-term research and consultancy experience in Africa, China, South East Asia and the Pacific. Current activities focus on social protection and health, PRSP monitoring and the impact of new information and communications technologies on the health sector.

Hayley MacGregor Social anthropologist with a background in clinical medicine. Specialisation in medical anthropology, with interest in psychiatry and mental health services in post-conflict and low-income settings. Research concerns: human rights discourses and citizen mobilisation in the context of health provisioning, and the ethnography of biomedical research and health technologies.

Neil McCulloch Economist with a focus on the quantitative analysis of poverty dynamics using large household survey data sets. Interests: the relationship between poverty, growth and inequality and the impact of trade liberalisation upon poverty. Research experience in Africa and Asia especially Pakistan, China and Zambia.

Rosemary McGee Development social scientist.Participation and policy change; qualitative and quantitative poverty research and epistemology; civil society participation in local and national governance. Interests: institutional trans-formation; southern ownership and partnership in development cooperation. Ethnographic and RRA experience in Colombia; field research in Honduras; policy research and PPA experience in Uganda.

Merylyn McKenzie Hedger Social scientist. Research in international governance of climate change; the science-policy interface of climate change; the interface between climate change adaptation and development; and the integration of climate change into sectoral planning such as water. Long-term experience in Ecuador and Papua New Guinea. Worked in government on UK and European climate-change policy-making.

Lyla Mehta Sociologist working on forced migration, environment/development linkages and science/society relations. Research: the politics of water and scarcity; linkages between gender, displacement and resistance; rights and access to resources; ‘public’ and ‘private’ aspects of water; and community-led total sanitation.

Andrés Mejía Acosta Political scientist studying the impact of natural resource revenues on budgetary politics and state capacities in Latin America. Publications include journal articles and book chapters on electoral systems, political parties, legislative politics, budget governance, the policy-making process, informal institutions, and democratic governance in the Andean region and the Caribbean.

Tom Mitchell Geographer working on climate change, disaster management, participatory processes and governance. Practical experience: conducting deliberative processes for improving disaster resilience and working with small island developing states to assess disaster policy. Other interests: volcanoes, livelihoods, education and social vulnerability. Experience in the Caribbean and shorter assignments in the Indian Ocean.

Joy Moncrieffe Political /social scientist working on citizenship and power, particularly among children growing up in violent contexts; democratisation and accountability; ethnicity and identities; politics and inequalities; and religion and development. Research experience in Africa and the Caribbean.

Professor Mick Moore Political economist working on political and institutional aspects of ‘good government’, especially the international dimensions; taxation and accountability; service delivery; and government-business relations.

Zander Navarro Sociologist working on theories of development and related topics on collective action and social movements, with a specialisation in agrarian studies. He also works on theories of democracy and processes of democratisation and participatory experiments, as well as having an interest in the sociological theory proposed by Pierre Bourdieu.

Celestine Nyamu Lawyer with training in legal anthropology. Interests: overlap between formal and informal legal regulation of land relations, access to justice at the local level; gender equity in resource control; local implementation of international human rights standards; rights-based approaches to development; and integrating participatory approaches into rights advocacy.

Professor Sherman Robinson Professor of Economics at Sussex. Interests: international trade, macroeconomic policy, income distribution, poverty, and policy-oriented general equilibrium modelling. Has held appointments at the US Department of Agriculture; the US Congressional Budget Office; and the President’s Council of Economic Advisers (Clinton administration).

Rachel Sabates-Wheeler Development economist with training in agricultural economics, econometrics and survey design. Specialisms: comparative law; post-socialist transition; the gendered implications of newly acquired land; and land reform implementation and the policy implications of land reform.

Developm

ent studies (in IDS

)

Anna Schmidt Political scientist with an interest in humanitarian aid evaluation and effectiveness, humanitarian emergencies and forced migration, conflict analysis and post-conflict reconstruction, as well as human rights and security matters, and social network analysis. Field experience across sub-Saharan Africa.

Professor Hubert Schmitz Political economist specialising in: industrialisation and employment; industrial clusters and collective efficiency; governance and upgrading in global value chains; value chain analysis for policy-makers. Projects: implications of China’s economic rise; the changing knowledge divide in the global economy; the politics of investment and growth.

Professor Ian Scoones Natural resource ecologist interested in exploring the links between ecological dynamics and local resource management with a focus on dry-land areas in Africa. Interdisciplinary research has involved examining issues of rangeland and pastoral development, soil and water conservation, and forestry and woodland management, as well as biodiversity and protected area issues.

Esha Shah Main areas of work involve anthropology and history of science and technology. Other research interests: risk, uncertainty, regulation of emerging technologies, and social context of collective participation in natural resource management. Her main research experience is in India and South Asia.

Hilary Standing Social scientist/social anthropologist specialising in health and development. Interests: household-level and gender aspects of health, formal and informal care systems, gender and equity in health reforms, the management of organisational change in health-sector restructuring and improving accountability within health systems. Has worked extensively in South Asia.

Andy Sumner Economist doing cross-disciplinary research. Working on childhood poverty, policy- making processes, and knowledge generation. Previously he has worked on various aspects of multidimensional poverty. His work has focused on East Africa and South and East Asia. Interest in the relationship with growth and international trade and investment policy. He has worked at SOAS, LSHTM, LSBU and UEL.

Mariz Tadros Research and teaching interests in gender empowerment; advocacy, participation and development; state-society relations and citizenship; and moderate Islamist political parties and the politics of inclusion.

Thomas Tanner Social scientist specialising in the policy and practice of adaptation to climate change, particularly in linking approaches to development, disasters and climate change. Research interests include climate risk management, child-centred approaches, social protection, organisational change, and adaptation policy processes.

Peter Taylor Interests in participatory and contextualised approaches in teaching and learning, curriculum development and evaluation, and teacher/trainer training at various levels of education. Research and advisory work in education for agriculture, forestry and rural development.

John Thompson Resource geographer specialising in understanding the dynamics of nature-society interactions and power, knowledge and sustainability issues. Research: the political ecology and governance of agri-food systems, community-based natural resource management, water-environment-health interactions, deliberative policy processes, citizen action and social change.

Linda Waldman Social anthropologist with research experience in racial classification, ethnicity, identity, ritual and gender in South Africa. Previous research focused on indigenous identity and nationalism among the Griqua of South Africa. Recent research interests: a study of asbestos environmental pollution, together with its socio-cultural ramifications in South Africa and the UK; citizen mobilisation and international litigation.

Dirk Willenbockel Economist with research interests in international economic integration, trade, growth and development. Experience and publications in quantitative economic policy modelling, with particular expertise in computable general equilibrium analysis under imperfect competition.

Professor Fiona Wilson Research interests: understanding dynamics of provincial societies, seen in relation to the state and global relations; changing economies; discrimination rooted in ‘race’ and political violence in Andean Peru; social/political position of new professionals; public authority, citizenship, and ‘doing politics’ in the context of decentralisation policy in Andean Peru.

Farhana Yamin International lawyer with a background in politics and philosophy. Working on global environmental issues. The boundaries between law, ethics and politics informs her work, which has focused on legal, institutional and procedural aspects of environmental policy-making, including international issues relating to participation and justice.

Research associatesProfessor Robert Chambers Knowledge in development, including perceptions, concepts and realities of poverty and wellbeing; the development and dissemination of participatory methodologies for workshops and training, and for the empowerment of poor people; and relationships in development, including procedural, institutional and personal change.

Professor Sir Richard Jolly Development economist. Currently working on long-run trends in global inequality and the history of UN contributions to economic and social development. Before this, he worked for two decades as Deputy Executive Director of UNICEF and as Principal Coordinator of UNDP’s Human Development Report.

Robin Luckham Sociologist/political scientist working on legal systems and the legal profession; Third World and African military institutions, disarmament and development; democratisation in Africa and the Third World; and relationships between strategic culture and popular culture.

Top: traditional junk boat in a commercial setting Middle: Asian welder working on the street Bottom: shipping containers, Hong Kong

Dev

elop

men

t stu

dies

(in

IDS

)

82

83

• Economics at Sussex offers teaching and research at graduate level in applied economics.

• Our faculty are engaged in research across a range of applied areas, including international economics, development, labour, macro-economics, social policy and the public sector.

• While much of the research is policy oriented, and therefore responsive to external events (such as European economic integration and reform of the former socialist economies), the highest importance is attached to basing applied work on sound theoretical foundations, as well as utilising best-practice quantitative techniques in estimating and testing models.

• Our focus on applied economics should therefore be interpreted broadly, to include work on developing the applicability of theory and computable general equilibrium modelling, as well as the analysis of empirical questions.

• Members of faculty have attracted project funding from the Ford Foundation, the ESRC, the Nuffield Foundation, the Department for International Development, the Department of Trade and Industry, the European Commission, and the Commonwealth Secretariat.

Taught programmes

All Economics MSc students may be required to take a pre-sessional course in Mathematics and Statistics in the September before beginning the main programme. An exemption may be given if you have recently obtained an equivalent qualification. An additional fee (£250 in the academic year 2009-2010) is charged for this course.

All of our MSc programmes are recognised by the ESRC under its 1+3 scheme (see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15). Courses taken from these programmes make up the coursework component of the New Route DPhil in Economics (see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15).

All our MSc programmes have ‘internship’ variants. These allow you to take a three-month ‘internship break’ from May onwards for an approved purpose such as a placement in an international organisation or a research assistant post in a university. The registration period for the MSc is then lengthened by three months. If you are interested in the MSc with an internship, you should apply for the standard MSc as described below, and will be transferred to the MSc with an internship after starting the standard MSc. See www.sussex.ac.uk/economics for more details.

MSc in Development Economics 1 year full-timeFunding You may be eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship to cover fees and maintenance. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureThe degree comprises three two-term courses – Development Economics; Economic Analysis; and Econometric Methods – and a dissertation. For descriptions of the courses, see the MSc course outlines section over the page.

AssessmentYou are assessed by unseen written examinations and a dissertation of 20,000 words.

MSc in Economics 1 year full-timeFundingYou may be eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship to cover fees and maintenance. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureThe degree comprises two compulsory two-term courses – Economic Analysis, and Econometric Methods – plus one course in each term that may be freely chosen from a range of options, and a dissertation. The options will include both parts of Development Economics and International Economics, as well as other courses, the availability of which may vary from year to year.


MSc in International Economics 1 year full-timeFunding You may be eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship to cover fees and maintenance. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureThe degree comprises three two-term courses – International Economics; Economic Analysis; and Econometric Methods – and a dissertation. For descriptions of the courses, see the MSc course outlines section below.


Economics

Taught programmesMSc degreesDevelopment Economics EconomicsInternational Economics International Finance (see page 105) Graduate diploma Economics

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Economics New Route DPhil Economics

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in economics MPhil and DPhil A Masters degree in economics



Further informationTaught programmesProfessor Andrew McKay, Economics, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9SN, UKE [email protected]

Research programmes Professor Richard Dickens, (contact details as above)T +44 (0)1273 678889F +44 (0)1273 673563 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/economics

Essentials

Economics

MSc course outlinesDevelopment EconomicsThe first part of this course focuses on three linked topics: the measurement, profile and reduction of poverty; the institutional and technical bases for economic development in agriculture and the rural sector; and the role and workings of factor markets.

The second part concerns growth, trade and macroeconomic issues for developing countries, including financial repression, foreign exchange controls, dual labour markets, structural adjustment, stabilisation and external debt, and the growth and equity impact of macroeconomic adjustment programmes and trade policy options.

Econometric MethodsThe first half of this course covers the basic techniques of modern econometrics, making use of applied studies to illustrate the material, particularly from the fields of development and international economics. You are also introduced to the analysis of data sets using the STATA software package, as well as the interpretation of the resulting output. The emphasis is upon the appropriate application of econometrics to practical problems arising in economics.

The second half of the course is devoted in part to further topics in econometrics, including maximum likelihood techniques, qualitative response models, models with limited dependent variables, and panel-data estimation.

Economic AnalysisThe microeconomics part of this course covers the theory underlying a variety of topics, together with its application in policy analysis and empirical work. Topics covered include: decision-making under uncertainty; asymmetric information; oligopoly; efficiency and productivity measurement; externalities and public goods.

The macroeconomics part of the course is oriented towards the design of macroeconomic policy in open economies in the short and medium term. Among the topics covered are: concepts of equilibrium unemployment; causes and consequences of real and nominal wage rigidity; rational expectations in models with and without market clearing; and nominal income versus inflation targeting.

Economics of the Labour Market This course aims to make you familiar with the theoretical and empirical methods of contemporary research in labour economics. It is especially suitable for students who wish to conduct empirical research into labour and household issues, as well as those who might wish to specialise in labour issues as a government economist. Topics will include: the economics of non-wage labour costs; the demand for skills; the design and impact of performance-related pay schemes; the supply of hours and the time allocation of households; education, wages and work; the economics of migration; and job search and unemployment.

European Economic IntegrationThis is a policy-oriented course, which covers theoretical issues such as customs union theory, regional convergence and divergence, and Keynesian and Monetarist approaches to monetary union, as well as the basic institutional and legal aspects of the EU relevant to economists (including the EU treaties and decision-making processes with special reference to trade competition and industrial policy).

Although this is a policy-oriented course, economics students are encouraged to use the opportunity to explore the quantitative aspects of the material.

Financial and Time-Series Econometrics This course aims to make you familiar with a variety of applied time-series econometric techniques, enabling the confident and independent use of these techniques. An important emphasis of the course is to provide you with hands-on experience of econometric analysis through using a variety of economic data sets. The course emphasises the importance of the time-series properties of economic data and outlines econometric procedures appropriate to modelling these series. The course covers topics on unit root testing, cointegration and dynamic modelling within an error correction mechanism (ECM) framework. The course also explores ARCH and GARCH modelling, with particular reference to their use in the context of financial markets’ data.

International EconomicsThe first part of this course covers the theory of international trade, including comparative advantage, gains from trade, and trade under imperfect competition; trade policy, including tariffs and other trade restrictions; effective protection theory and the political economy of trade policy.

The second part addresses macroeconomic and monetary issues, including theory and evidence on the performance of flexible exchange rate regimes; alternative policies for the international coordination of macroeconomic policies in the light of historical experience; issues raised by the prospect of monetary union in the EU; and the operations of international institutions such as the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the World Trade Organization.

DissertationThe dissertation involves individually supervised research on a particular aspect of your special subject. It is undertaken in the second half of the academic year and counts for one-third of your final mark.

Graduate Diploma in EconomicsThis programme is designed both for graduates of other disciplines who wish to change their academic direction, and for Economics graduates whose training is insufficient to enable them to enter an MSc programme immediately.

Students with no previous training in the subject attend an intensive three-week pre-sessional Primer in Economics to equip them with the basic knowledge required to undertake the remainder of the programme. An additional fee (£250 in the academic year 2009-2010) is charged for this course. All students then study macro- and microeconomic principles, statistics, introductory mathematics for economists, computer literacy and The Economics of Development. The courses are assessed by a combination of examinations, and (for statistics) a project report.

Successful completion of the Diploma with an average mark of at least 60 per cent (excluding computer literacy) is a qualification for admission to an MSc programme in the following academic year.

Is international trade good for development?

Econ

omic

s

84

85

Stock prices on tickers streaming by

Research programmes

Coursework There are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for its studentship support (see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15). Third is the New Route DPhil (see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15) offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills together with supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in the programme of research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research (exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level).

FundingFor information on ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Limited funding from Sussex, which may involve some teaching, may be available for outstanding research students. Please contact Professor Richard Dickens at the address listed in Essentials.

You may be offered tutorial teaching in the undergraduate economics programme, and sometimes research assistantship work is available. In neither case are the sums involved of a sufficient scale to provide full support.

Recent thesis titlesA study of the regional distribution of unemployment in Poland’s economic transition

Four essays on economic growth in Venezuela: 1950-99

Impact of changes in the unemployment insurance programme on the duration of insured unemployment in Atlantic Canada

Exchange-rate and output dynamics in Mexico: an econometric study

Essays on Bangladesh’s exports

Factor proportions, market size and the location of economic activity

Essays on the causes and effects of fiscal decentralisation

Productivity growth, imitation and product variety

The economic effects of Mercosur: an empirical analysis

Four essays on trade and labour standards

An empirical analysis of the formal and informal labour markets in FR Yugoslavia


The University has an excellent library and widely available computing facilities. In addition, graduate students have access to specialist software such as Stata, Microfit and GAMS.

Interdisciplinary research conducted at Sussex is often of particular significance to economics students. There is close academic collaboration between specialist centres and the relevant departments at Sussex.

Peter Holmes International economics; indicative planning; French industrial policy; the interaction of trade, competition and technology policy in the EU. Author of ‘Competition policy and the future of the multilateral trading system’ (with Dumont) in Journal of International Economic Law (2002).

Julie Litchfield Poverty, inequality and income distribution. Author of ‘Agricultural trade liberalization and poverty dynamics in three developing countries’ (with N McCulloch and A Winters) in American Journal of Agricultural Economics (2003).

Professor Andy McKay Chronic poverty in developing countries, trade and poverty, pro-poor growth. Author of ‘Combining quantitative and qualitative methods in assessing chronic poverty: the case of Rwanda’ (with G Howe) in World Development (2007).

Andrew Newell Labour economics; in particular unemployment in OECD and transition countries. Author of ‘The Polish Wage Inequality Explosion’ in Economics of Transition (2007).

Barry Reilly Applied econometrics, especially with reference to the microeconomics of labour markets; economics of crime and unemployment. Author of ‘Education, employment and earnings of secondary school-leavers in Tanzania: evidence from a tracer study’ (with S Al-Samarrai) in Journal of Development Studies (2008).

Professor Sherman Robinson International economics, development economics. Author of ‘Structural change and economic growth in China’ (with S Fan and Z Xiaoko) in Review of Development Economics (2003).

Professor Alan Winters International trade, regional integration, effects of trade on poverty. Author of ‘How regional blocs affect excluded countries: the price effects of MERCOSUR’ in American Economic Review (2002).

Academic activities

The Economics faculty organise regular seminars at which external speakers present papers, faculty report on current activities, and research students present their thesis proposals in order to obtain advice on the preparation of their formal research outlines. They also provide a forum for discussing substantive results when a thesis is close to completion.


The range of faculty research activities is illustrated below. More information, including links to our recent discussion papers, is available at www.sussex.ac.uk/economicsMike Barrow Public-sector economics; housing and local government. Author of ‘An Economic Analysis of the UK Landfill Permits Scheme’ in Fiscal Studies (2003).

Professor Richard Dickens Economic impact of minimum wages; earnings and income mobility. Author of ‘Spikes and spillovers: the impact of the national minimum wage on the wage distribution in a low-wage sector’ (with A Manning) in Economic Journal (2004).

Rob Eastwood Demographic change, poverty and inequality in developing countries. Author of ‘Premature de-agriculturalisation and its consequences: rural dependency among African households in Limpopo province, South Africa’ (with J Kirsten and M Lipton) in Journal of Development Studies (2006).

Michael Gasiorek International economics; economics of integration; 20th-century economic history. Author of ‘The impact of rules of origin on trade flows’ (with P Augier and C Lai-Tong) in Economic Policy (2005).

Economics



Further information and admissions For all programmes except the MA in Lifelong Learning and the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) We consider applications from September in the year before the one in which the programme begins, and try to offer places as early as possible. Please apply early, even though places on part-time programmes may be available until the summer preceding the programme.

Contact the Sussex School of Education at: The Sussex Institute, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QQ, UK T +44 (0)1273 876560 F+44 (0)1273 678568 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/education For the MA in Lifelong Learning Contact the Centre for Continuing Education at the address above. T +44 (0)1273 872584 F +44 (0)1273 877534 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/cce For the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Admissions: Graduate Teacher Training Registry, Rosehill, New Barn Lane, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire GL52 3LZ, UK T+44 (0)1242 544788 www.gttr.ac.uk Further PGCE subject information: Contact PGCE Admissions at the Sussex School of Education address below left. T +44 (0)1273 678405 F +44 (0)1273 678411 Or Contact employment-based routes at the Sussex School of Education address above. T+44 (0)1273 873238 F +44 (0)1273 678411 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/education

• Education at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), and was awarded a very high grade in the latest QAA Review of Education.

• Education hosts three international research centres.

• Our high-quality Initial Teacher Education has been established over 40 years.

• Experienced social science researchers are involved in teaching core programmes.

• We offer innovative interdisciplinary teaching and research with social work, law and continuing education.

• There are exciting teaching and research opportunities for mid-career and senior professionals.

Teacher trainingWe provide teacher training via our PGCE and Graduate Teacher Programmes. We have always prided ourselves on our partnerships with schools, with local education authorities and with our sister universities. We strengthen the practice of school-based teacher training, which has existed in Sussex for over 40 years, through a consortium of partnership schools and the University of Sussex.

Taught programmes

Masters-level programmes in education and teaching are designed to meet the needs of professionals in teaching, management, and education and development. We aim to provide programmes that are grounded in research; recognise and build upon prior knowledge and experience of students; develop professionally relevant knowledge, skills and understanding; and enable the acquisition of further qualifications that enhance career prospects.

Some programmes are part-time, combining attendance in the evenings with occasional day schools.

Assessment is through coursework assignments. The result is that you acquire greater confidence, enhanced capabilities and different ways of thinking.

Please note that some MA and postgraduate diploma programmes run occasional Saturday workshops.

Additional admissions requirementsWe consider applications from non-graduates who can demonstrate that they are sufficiently prepared for, and able to benefit from, the programme.

MA in Education StudiesThe MA in Education Studies is a research-based MA and offers a flexible approach to Masters-level work. This MA is distinctive because:

• you choose your area of study within the broad discipline of education, constructing your own coherent integrated learning experience;

• teaching focuses on one-to-one supervision with a tutor who has expertise in your area of interest;

• each term there is a Saturday school and two evening meetings specifically for Education Studies students;

• there is a wide range of optional seminars and lectures (mostly taking place on weekday evenings) where you can meet other students;

Education and teaching

Taught programmesMA degreesEducation StudiesEnglish Language Teaching (see page 98)International Education and DevelopmentInternational English Language Teaching (see page 98)Lifelong Learning MSc degree Social Research Methods (Education) Postgraduate diplomas Education Studies English Language Teaching (see page 98) Postgraduate certificates Education Studies Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE)

Research programmesEdD, MPhil and DPhil EducationMPhil and DPhil Continuing Education and Lifelong LearningNew Route DPhil Education International Professional Doctorate in Education

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA, postgraduate diploma and postgraduate certificate A second-class undergraduate honours degree or equivalent qualification and normally at least three years’ experience of work in education or a related area MSc An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in education or a related subject, but applicants from other backgrounds may also be considered PGCE In order to qualify for admission to the PGCE programme, you must be a graduate of an approved institution of higher education or validating body, or hold some other qualification (eg from a professional body) that is recognised as being equivalent to an undergraduate honours degree. You must also have passed the equivalent of GCSE English and Mathematics (Grade C). If you are applying for the KS2/3 course, you must also have achieved a Grade C GCSE or equivalent in a science subject. Evidence of having gained these qualifications must be provided at interview EdD, MPhil, DPhil, New Route DPhil and International Professional Doctorate in Education You should hold at least a second-class undergraduate honours degree or equivalent qualification and normally a Masters degree, and have had at least three years’ experience of work in education or a related area

Essentials

Educ

atio

n an

d te

achi

ng

86

87

• you may choose to carry out library-based work, research in the field, or workplace enquiry;

• MA students can pace their studies to suit their circumstances: a full degree can take from two to five years part time or one to three years full time.

The programme also allows for professional responsibilities and staff development activities to be used as a basis for accreditation. Students from one institution or a group of institutions can make an application collectively.

Current faculty areas of research available for supervision include 14-19 curriculum, assessment for learning, Higher Education policy, pupils’ behavioural issues, person-centred education, environmental education, student voice, science education, and special education.

We work in partnership with West Sussex LA, East Sussex LA, the Guerrand-Hermès Foundation for Peace, and a consortium of local schools to provide postgraduate professional development (PPD) for serving teachers and other education professionals.

AssessmentWe award an MA in Education Studies for the accumulation of 180 credits. This is through successful completion of 90 credits by an appropriate combination of 5,000-word (22.5 credits), 6,000-word (30 credits) and 10,000-word (45 credits) assignments, plus a 20,000-word dissertation for a further 90 credits.

Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate in Education StudiesPostgraduate Diploma, 4 terms minimumPostgraduate Certificate, 2 terms minimumThese programmes are research-based, offer a flexible approach to Masters-level work, and allows for professional responsibilities and staff development activities to be used as a basis for accreditation.

AssessmentWe award a Postgraduate Diploma in Education Studies for 120 credits gained through successful completion of one 6,000-word (30 credits) and two 10,000-word (45 credits each) assignments.

We award a Postgraduate Certificate in Education Studies for 60 credits gained through successful completion of a combination of two 6,000-word (30 credits each) assignments.

MA in International Education and Development 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis innovative programme links theory with research, policy and practice, and critically engages with the educational challenges of developing countries. It takes a multidisciplinary development perspective to analyse the complex educational issues of resource-constrained and/or rapidly expanding educational systems. The programme is geared to students with professional experience in education and development, and to those with a strong academic background in a relevant discipline. You have the opportunity to develop research skills and to specialise in one of four areas. Most students aim to develop or strengthen their expertise for work in a government department, development agency, non-governmental organisation, for research or consultancy.

Additional admissions requirementsAppropriate professional experience is taken into account. Admissions tutors can give guidance on evidence required.

Programme structureAutumn term: Debates in International Education and Development; and Policy and Practice in International Education and Development.

Spring term: you choose two of the following four options: Educational Planning and Governance for Development; Gender, Inclusion and Educational Development; Quality Education: Learning, Pedagogies and Assessment for Development; and Teacher Education for Development. Alternatively, you may take one option from within the programme and another from selected development studies courses across the University (eg in the Institute for Development Studies or the School of Social Science and Cultural Studies) upon approval.

Summer term: Research Methods in International Education and Development.

Academic Skills for International Education and Development is a course that runs throughout each of the three terms to provide specific forms of support to students on the programme.

AssessmentYou write an assignment on a chosen subject related to each of the courses taken in the first two terms (30 credits each), a short research proposal (15 credits), and a final dissertation on a topic of your choice during the summer term and vacation (45 credits).

MA in Lifelong Learning 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeWhatever field of lifelong learning you are in, you will be offered an excellent opportunity to step back and reflect critically on your work. You will be exposed to a range of ideas and arguments relating to lifelong learning in general and specifically offered opportunities for your own development in the fields of management and pedagogy. You will also explore the rich and growing field of auto/biographical approaches, which offers considerable potential for the development of new approaches to work practices in lifelong learning. Your career progression possibilities will be enhanced by the achievement of this qualification. Classes are four Wednesday afternoons plus two Saturdays per term.

Additional admissions requirementsAppropriate professional experience is taken into account. Admissions tutors will give guidance on the evidence required.

Degree structureYear 1Autumn term: Lifelong Learning – Culture, Politics and Values.

Spring term: Managing Lifelong Learning – Theory and Practice.

Summer term: Teaching and Learning – Reflecting on Theory and Practice.

Year 2Autumn term: Auto/biographical Approaches to Lifelong Learning.

Spring and summer terms: independent study.

AssessmentYou are assessed by essays, portfolio, presentation and supporting papers, totalling 6,000 words for each of the first four courses. The independent study course is assessed by a 15,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Social Research Methods (Education) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The aim of this MSc is to provide you with competence in a broad range of social scientific methods appropriate for researching education, and to equip you to pursue specialist research for a DPhil in the field.


Programme structureThere are three main elements to the MSc programme that run concurrently through the academic year: a research elective, involving supervised reading in your individual research area and the writing of a dissertation; credited courses in the philosophy and methodology of research; and training in both quantitative and qualitative research skills.

Autumn term: you take a research elective; Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in the Social Sciences.

Spring and summer terms: you choose from a selection of courses in data analysis and collection. The research elective continues across all terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation.


The Sussex School of Education offers a hands-on approach to educational innovations and kinaesthetic learning


The Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) programme (11-18, 11-16 and 7-14) 1 year full-time (English, Geography, History, Mathematics, Modern Foreign Languages, Music, Science)2 years part-time (Music)You are normally based in schools in East and West Sussex and Brighton & Hove. School-based training by mentors and professional tutors is supported by University-based work. There are three elements of the PGCE programme:

Professional Knowledge for SchoolsThe focus of this course is to encourage the development of key professional attributes. This course develops your understanding of:

• broad educational issues;

• national priorities, for example, 14-19 curriculum;

• whole-school policies;

• teachers’ duties, legal liabilities and responsibilities.

Part of the course is taught in schools, through meetings with your professional tutor (the senior teacher responsible for all trainees in a school); the rest is covered at the University. Topics include the Every Child Matters Agenda, the remodelled school workforce, special educational needs, teaching and learning styles, equal opportunities issues, and presentation skills.

Curriculum StudiesThe central focus of this course is subject-specific professional knowledge and understanding.

University tutors and school mentors teach this component. It extends the knowledge and understanding both of your subject and of how pupils learn, enabling you to explore a variety of

teaching and learning strategies. You learn about national curriculum requirements and about ways of covering these in imaginative lessons, aimed at a wide range of abilities.

Through school-based research we encourage you to develop your own understanding of your subject’s specific pedagogy.

School ExperienceOn this course the focus is on the practical application of professional skills. Experience of placements in two schools gives you the opportunity to develop your teaching skills with the close supervision of a subject mentor. This includes:

• developing your knowledge of the school curriculum in your subject;

• planning lessons and schemes of work, with clear learning objectives;

• managing the classroom, ICT and other resources;

• organising a range of well-paced activities to suit different learning styles;

• presenting topics and using effective questioning strategies;

• monitoring and assessing pupils’ work.

AssessmentYou are assessed to ensure you meet national standards.

Evidence of your professional skills comes from:

• classroom observations, usually performed by your school mentor and professional tutor in addition to your University tutors;

• a record of evidence of achievement, which charts your development during the year;

• a portfolio of professional development, which you collate, based on your school placements, presentations and written assignments;

• written assignments for your specialist subject (and core subjects for the 7-14 route).

TimetableThe programme is full time and runs from mid-September until late June. Winter and spring vacations are fixed by the term dates of the schools in which you undertake teaching practice.

PGCE award levels Students register on the Postgraduate Certificate in Education and are assessed at Masters level. Successful students may obtain a Postgraduate Certificate in Education, while students who fail to obtain enough M-level credits are able to exit with a Professional Graduate Certificate in Education. Further details are provided in the Initial Teacher Education (ITE) prospectus (see www.sussex.ac.uk/education).

Admissions and applicationsPlaces on the programme are offered following interview, subject to availability of school placements. Applications are through the Graduate Teacher Training Registry for home students and by direct enquiry for overseas students.

Qualified Teacher Status (QTS)Teachers in state-maintained schools must have QTS, and qualified teachers in England are registered with the General Teaching Council for England (GTCE). For the purpose of registration with the GTCE, all successful students from the 11-18 or 11-16 programmes are registered on an 11-16 track.

QTS is awarded to teachers who meet nationally agreed standards. The standards are specified to ensure that all teachers have the appropriate professional knowledge and skill. This includes reaching a high standard of literacy and numeracy, and use of information and communications technology. Our programmes have been redesigned to meet the new QTS standards from 2007. Details are available from the government, and include online help and self-study materials.

Details of the Standards, Requirements and Regulations can be seen on the website of the Training and Development Agency for Schools: www.tda.gov.uk

PGCE fees and supportFees for full-time 2009 PGCE entrants are aligned with those for our undergraduate programmes, at £3,225. PGCE students are able to defer payment until after completing their studies. Students deferring fee payment will have that fee converted and addeed to any existing student loan, which becomes repayable after you have left and are in paid employment

Offsetting the new fee, home PGCE students may be able to get a maintenance grant or special support grant (up to £2,835 in 2008/9), and a tax-free bursary; the value of this depends on the subject you train to teach, but in 2008/9 ranged between £4,000-£9,000. Full-time students are also eligible for a University bursary of £320. When you have successfully completed your course and accepted a newly qualified teacher (NQT) position, you may be eligible for a one-off taxable golden hello payment (currently between £2,500 and £5,000). As funding schemes frequently change, we strongly recommend that you inform yourself thoroughly by consulting www.teach.gov.uk and www.dfes.gov.uk/go4itnow

The Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) programme. Experience of placements in two schools gives you the opportunity to develop your professional skills with the close supervision of a subject mentor

Educ

atio

n an

d te

achi

ng

88

89

How to apply for the PGCEYou should apply to the Graduate Teacher Training Registry for an application form (see contact details in Essentials). Please do not apply directly to the University.

You must provide an appropriate written reference on your application form, which should be an academic reference if you are at university or college. If you finished your studies in the last five years, your principal referee should be a tutor or lecturer who can comment on your academic achievements and your personal qualities. If you finished your studies more than five years ago, your principal referee should be a responsible person who knows you well enough to write with authority about you, such as an employer, a training officer or a careers officer.

No candidate will be offered a place without being interviewed. This serves not only as a selection device, but also as an opportunity for further explanation and questions. Unfortunately, we are unable to reimburse travelling and other expenses incurred in attending for an interview.

Trainees with disabilitiesWe welcome applications from students with disabilities, although the availability of suitable school placements may be limited. Contact PGCE admissions at the Sussex School of Education (details in Essentials) for further information.

Working with childrenThe Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) now provides access to records held nationwide by the police, Department of Health and Department for Education and Skills, through its disclosure service. All trainees must be checked with the CRB before starting an initial teacher-training programme as it involves working with children. The fee is currently £36 for an Enhanced Disclosure.

Mental and physical fitness to teachAll trainees must be screened for mental and physical fitness to teach by the University’s Occupational Health Department. A small charge is made for the service.

Employment-based routes• Graduate Teacher Programme

• Overseas Trained Teachers

For further information, contact the address in Essentials.

Withdrawal of offerThe University will make all reasonable efforts to provide the programme as set out in this prospectus. However, it may be obliged to withdraw an offer of a place if it cannot obtain sufficient placements for the school experience component of the programme, where trainees are placed in a school within a 50-mile radius of the University or of the student’s home.

See Terms and conditions on page 188-189 for more information.

Research programmes

Research centresThe School of Education contains three research centres that provide the intellectual bases for its research, consultancy and teaching activity. These centres reflect its interdisciplinary and international character:

• The Centre for International Education has an international reputation for its work on educational development, mainly in Africa, Asia and Latin America.

• The Centre for Research on Cognition, Learning and Teaching (CIRCLETS) examines the nature of learning and teaching. Current research includes formative assessment, personalised learning (Becta-funded), teachers’ professional learning, and student voice.

• The Centre for Higher Education and Equity Research (CHEER) is a new centre, which provides a platform for the growing field of higher education and aims to be a world-leading centre for research and scholarship in this area.

Routes into doctoral studyThere are four routes into doctoral study in education. These are:

• The MPhil/DPhil programmes

• The New Route DPhil/1+3 DPhil (see page 15)

• The Professional Doctorate in Education EdD

• The International Professional Doctorate in Education.

Doctoral research at Sussex has ESRC recognition.

FundingFor information on ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186. Various bursaries, including University-sponsored graduate assistantships may be available for full-time research study. For further details, contact the relevant address listed in Essentials.

MPhil/DPhil programme in EducationResearch degree studies in education are carried out across a wide range of fields.

The aim of the MPhil/DPhil programme is to provide the support and resources necessary to complete a substantial piece of research which, in most cases, has an empirical component. To this end, students are normally required to take courses offered within the MSc in Social Research Methods (Education) (see page 87). The MSc courses are supplemented by education-specific inputs, including individual tutorial support, termly research student seminars to discuss work in progress, weekly open seminars and student self-support groups.

Additional admissions requirementsIn exceptional cases, we consider applications from non-graduates who can demonstrate that they are sufficiently prepared for, and able to benefit from, the programme. This usually means extensive relevant professional experience.

CourseworkDepending on previous experience and qualifications, you may be required to undertake coursework in addition to attendance at research methods seminars.

FieldworkFor students working overseas on fieldwork, a reduced fee structure may be available (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.)

International education graduates have volunteered for the project ‘Impact of the tsunami on poverty in Sri Lanka’, which focuses on how the tsunami and the post-tsunami relief and reconstruction activities affected the Sri Lankan economy and social structure


Recent thesis titles Teachers’ participation in community development in Ghana

Mathematics student teachers’ anxieties: case study of a Malaysian teacher training college

Cyber-education: the impact of computers on the interaction between lecturers and students in a university setting: a case study of the ITESM, Mexico

Gender and equity in teacher education: a case study from Nigeria

New Labour’s reform of the Advanced level curriculum in England and Wales, with particular reference to its implementation in Sussex

Pluralism in education. Waldorf education – an alternative vision of learning and teaching methods and its relevance in the 21st century

Choices: why not science? A study of why most young people do not choose science in their post-16 options

Developing reading and creative writing skills amongst children at risk

An evaluation of the validity of the assessment methods used in schools to measure reading progress

Teachers judging each other’s competence: experience of performance management

Ideal nurses: the social construction of emotional labour

Accountants learning in the workplace

MPhil/DPhil in Continuing Education and Lifelong LearningSuitable topics include the use of life history in lifelong learning, gender and learning, feminist theory and research, citizenship and lifelong learning, adult learning, community-based learning, participation and inclusion/exclusion. Other topics in this very large field of scholarship can be considered. These topics are most suitable for direct supervision in the Centre for Continuing Education. Other topics can, however, be considered, as joint supervision may be available elsewhere in the University.

Research degrees can be taken full or part time, providing maximum flexibility. A degree at Masters level is normally required for admission to an MPhil or DPhil.

Professional Doctorate in Education (EdD)4 years part-timeThe part-time EdD is offered for senior professionals who already hold a relevant Masters degree and want to pursue research in the context of a structured programme. It provides the opportunity to work at doctoral level on problems that are of direct relevance to professional concerns and interests.

Programme structure and assessmentYear 1 The common taught component. Research and the Professional (assessed by a 5,000-word essay); and Research Methods and Methodology (5,000-word essay); Research and Evaluation in Professional Organisations (7,000-8,000-word research or evaluation project).

Year 2 Study becomes more focused on an area of specialisation, supported by a range of theoretical, substantive and methodological seminars chosen from a range of options. It is assessed by a critical analytic study of an area of professional practice (18,000-20,000 words).

Years 3 and 4 The research component. A research-based thesis/dissertation to be completed over six terms (35,000-45,000 words).

The programme is taught through twice-termly residential weekend workshops (ie six weekends per year) plus occasional Saturday day schools.

Additional admissions requirements Candidates who do not hold a Masters degree may be admitted to the programme on the basis of a portfolio of prior professional work of Masters-level equivalence. Applicants may be considered for admission with advanced standing to the second year of the programme if they have successfully completed appropriate courses on research design and methodology, as part of a comparable doctoral programme or on a Masters-level research programme associated with doctoral studies (eg the Sussex MSc in Social Research Methods). Such admission will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Anyone wishing to apply on this basis is advised to contact the programme convenor in advance.

International Professional Doctorate in Education (EdD) 3-4 years This innovative programme offers structured study at the doctoral level through a series of taught components followed by a research thesis. The intensive courses are taught at an annual summer school (lasting three to four weeks) on the University of Sussex campus, allowing you to remain in your home country for the rest of the year. You are registered as an Independent Distant Student of the University.

Programme structure and assessmentThe programme will develop your research skills and will place a major emphasis on understanding the nature, conduct and use of research and evaluation in professional and organisational settings within an international context.

Year 1 The common taught component. Research and the Professional (assessed by a 5,000-word essay); Research Methods and Methodology (5,000-word essay); and Research and Evaluation in Professional Organisations (7,000-8,000-word research or evaluation project).

Year 2 The specialist component. Selected from a range of options and assessed by a critical analytic study of an area of professional practice (18,000 words).

Years 3 and 4 The research component. A research-based thesis/dissertation to be completed over six terms (35,000-45,000 words).

Additional admissions requirementsYou should be able to satisfy selectors that you have the basic infrastructure to support your studies, including email access for ongoing communication with the programme team and research supervisors. If you do not hold a Masters degree, you may be permitted to register, based on an examination of a portfolio of prior professional work at a level equivalent to a Masters.


You will have access to extensive library support through the main University Library and, with prior permission, certain specialist research libraries on the campus.

For full-time research and MA students, we provide access to computing facilities (including personal computers), which supplement those available through the University Computing Centre. There is a research student workroom, equipped with PCs.

Academic activities

We encourage and, if possible, support research students in attending conferences, especially where they are presenting material based on their research. Students are encouraged to publish material from their higher degree work.

Faculty

The major research interests include: international education; student and professional learning; and higher education and equity issues. For full information on faculty for all programmes except the MA in Lifelong Learning, visit www.sussex.ac.uk/education

For full information on faculty (including research interests) for the MA in Lifelong Learning, visit www.sussex.ac.uk/cce

Recent faculty publicationsKwame Akyeampong ‘Vocationalisation of Secondary Education in Ghana’, in R Maclean and J Lauglo (eds) Vocationalisation of Secondary Education Revisited (2004).

Professor Jo Boaler ‘Promoting “relational equity” and high mathematics achievement through an innovative mixed ability approach’, British Educational Research Journal (2007).

Pat Drake ‘A case of learning mathematics the hard way as a teaching assistant’, Review of Mathematics Education 7, 19-31 (2005).

Máiréad Dunne, John Pryor and Paul Yates Becoming a Researcher: A Companion to the Research Process (2005).

Máiréad Dunne and Fiona Leach Gendered School Experiences: The Impact on Retention and Achievement (2005).

Angela Jacklin, Vivienne Griffiths and Carol Robinson Beginning Primary Teaching: Moving Beyond Survival (2006).

Professor Fiona Leach ‘Gender Violence in Schools in the Developing World’, Gender and Education 18, 1, 75-98 (2006).

Professor Keith Lewin with Y Sayed ‘Non-State Secondary Schooling in Sub-Saharan Africa?’, Exploring the Evidence in South Africa and Malawi (2006).

Professor Louise Morley ‘Gender Equity in Commonwealth Higher Education’, Women’s Studies International Forum, 28, 209-221 (2005).

Linda Morrice ‘Lifelong Learning and the Social Integration of Refugees in the UK: the Significance of Social Capital’, International Journal of Lifelong Education 26,2 (2007).

John Pryor and Barbara Crossourad ‘ A Sociocultural Theorization of Formative Assessment’, Oxford Review of Education 33,5 (2007).

Pauline Rose ‘Is there a fast track to achieving the Millennium Development Goal in Education?’, International Journal of Education and Development, 25, 4, 381-394 (2005).

Professor Judy Sebba ‘Policy and Practice in Assessment for Learning: the Experience of Selected OECD countries’, in J Gardner (ed) Assessment and Learning (2005).

Educ

atio

n an

d te

achi

ng

90

91


Admissions and further informationPostgraduate Coordinator (Mathematics and Engineering), Room 4C1, Pevensey 3 Building, School of Science and Technology, University of Sussex, Falmer,Brighton BN1 9QH, UK T +44 (0)1273 678108 F +44 (0)1273 877873 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/engineering

• The Department of Engineering and Design received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• Our MSc degrees are very popular and our graduates are successful in gaining employment in leading engineering and design companies throughout the world.

• Our five strong research groups, each international leaders in their fields, offer MPhil/DPhil research degree opportunities for our MSc graduates and well-qualified direct-entry applicants.

• The Department has well-equipped research laboratories and excellent teaching laboratories dedicated to Masters-level courses.

• We offer excellent supervision to our research students, who are strongly encouraged to publish their research in leading international journals.

• We have a vibrant international community within the Department, with students and faculty coming from all over the world.

Engineering and design

Taught programmes MSc degrees Advanced Mechanical Engineering Aerospace Technology Automotive Engineering Embedded Digital Systems Mechanical Engineering Modern Communication Technologies with Business Management Modern Digital Communication Systems Satellite Communications and Space Systems Scientific Computation (see page 132) Security Technologies and Systems Turbomachinery Postgraduate diplomas Advanced Mechanical Engineering Automotive Engineering Communications and Space Systems Embedded Digital Systems Modern Communication Technologies with Business Management Modern Digital Communication Systems Security Technologies and Systems Turbomachinery Postgraduate certificates Automotive Engineering Embedded Digital Systems Modern Communication Technologies with Business Management Modern Digital Communication Systems

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Engineering

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MSc, postgraduate diploma and postgraduate certificateA first- or second-class undergraduate honours degree in engineering, mathematics or an applied science. For the programmes Embedded Digital Systems, Modern Communication Technology with Business Management, and Modern Digital Communication Systems, the undergraduate honours degree will normally be in the fields of electronics or computing

Note that the MSc, Postgraduate Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate in Automotive Engineering are admitted by the University of Brighton. For more information, see www.brighton.ac.uk/prospective/postgrad/application

MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in an engineering discipline. Candidates from other backgrounds may be considered if they have suitable qualifications and interests


Essentials

Taught programmes

MSc programmes are made up of a total of 180 credits from a combination of taught courses and a dissertation. The taught courses are assessed by a range of methods, including laboratory reports, essays and unseen examinations. The project dissertation comprises approximately one-third of the programme.

MSc in Advanced Mechanical Engineering 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeMechanical engineering plays an essential role at every level in society. The MSc in Advanced Mechanical Engineering at the University of Sussex aims to provide you with in-depth skills in computational fluid dynamics, advanced manufacture techniques, engine testing, vehicle design and modelling, and heat transfer. Included in the taught courses is a significant proportion of project work to allow the development of practical skills. The taught element is followed by an individual project where you devote your time to investigating a particular aspect of mechanical engineering. The combination of taught subjects and project work provides an excellent platform to further your career in engineering.

Programme structureAutumn term: core courses: Computational Fluid Dynamics; and Mechanical Dynamics. Options include: Engine Testing and Instrumentation; Automotive Design; Marketing Analysis; and Financial Strategic Planning.

Spring term: core courses: Advanced Manufacturing Technology; and Heat Transfer Applications. Options include: Finite Element Modelling; Turbomachinery and Turbocharging; and Strategic Management.

Summer term and vacation: continue and complete MSc project. Examinations.

Specialist facilitiesThe Thermo-Fluid Mechanics Research Centre (TFMRC), incorporating the Rolls-Royce supported University Technology Centre in Aero-Thermal Systems, forms one of the University’s

The Department has well-equipped research laboratories and excellent teaching laboratories dedicated to Masters-level courses


strongest research groups with excellent experimental and analytical facilities. Activities include specialist research of fundamental fluid flow and heat transfer phenomena, generation of design data for the major jet engine manufacturers, and specialist development of technologies for microturbines and combined heat and power (CHP) units. Practical project work may be undertaken in the TFMRC, the Fluids Laboratory and at sponsor companies, as well as in the Department of Engineering and Design.

The TFMRC is equipped with a wide range of air supplies including a 0.8 kg/s, 7.5 bar screw compressor, two 1 kg/s, 1.5 bar blowers, a 10 kg/s, 3 bar centrifugal compressor and standard shop air line supplies and smaller fans and blowers. In addition, instrumentation and measurement systems are given a high priority in the Centre with both high- and low-speed data loggers, vacuum deposition of thin-film instruments and high-speed pressure sequencers. The Centre has a variety of jet engines including a 2400 hp engine and microturbines. The Centre specialises in high-speed computing with Silicon Graphics and HP workstations, and high-speed parallel processing PC clusters.

MSc in Aerospace Technology1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe modern aerospace industry relies on advanced technology and on engineering practice that demands significant interdisciplinary skills. Newer aircraft such as the Airbus A380 and the Boeing Dreamliner are built on technology and systems that are integrated, often at both component and system levels. This MSc enhances the interdisciplinary capabilities of aerospace engineers. You will develop engineering skills over a range of engine and related technologies covering jet engines to rocket technology, computational fluid dynamics,

You will benefit from the research expertise and industrial links of both Universities. The Heat Transfer Research Unit at the University of Brighton has strong links with Ford, ND Marston, Delphi and Ricardo Consulting Engineers.

Engineering is a hands-on experience and on this programme you will benefit from the combined laboratory facilities of both Universities, especially the Ricardo Universities IC Engines research facility hosted by the University of Brighton.

Note that the MSc, Postgraduate Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate in Automotive Engineering are admitted by the University of Brighton. For more information, see www.brighton.ac.uk/prospective/postgrad/application

Programme structureAutumn term: core courses: Engine Testing and Instrumentation; Automotive Design; and Power Train Engineering. Options include: Computational Fluid Dynamics; Mechanical Dynamics; and Marketing Analysis and Financial Strategic Planning.

Spring term: core courses: Automotive Control Systems; Automotive Electronics; and Vehicle Design. Options include: Advanced Manufacturing Technology; Finite Element Modelling; and Heat Transfer Applications.

Summer term and vacation: MSc project.

MSc in Embedded Digital Systems 1 year full-timeThe aim of this programme is to develop academic and professional excellence for newly qualified, as well as practising, engineers who wish to extend their knowledge and skills in the field of embedded digital systems. The programme uses a combination of taught courses (including lectures, workshops, and practical laboratories) and a large variety of projects in the subject areas related to research and commercial applications.

Programme structureAutumn term: core courses: Real-Time Embedded Systems; and Digital Signal Processing (Advanced). Options include: Advanced Network Technologies; RF Electronic Design; and Mobile and Satellite Communication Technologies.

Spring term: core courses: Advanced Microprocessor Systems; and High-Level IC Design. Options include: Advanced Digital Communications; Fibre Optic Communications; Robotic Sensory Systems; Advanced Space Systems; and Strategic Management.

Summer term and vacation: continue and complete individual project full time from March-September. Examinations.

ProjectsYou undertake individual project work on a full-time basis for the summer term and vacation. All projects are designed to enable individuals to excel in their personal and professional development and to consolidate the material covered in the taught courses. The projects normally emanate from academic research associated with the research groups as well as industry. Each year a number of projects will be offered to individuals, who will be expected to work closely with a supervisor.

At the end of the project you will be expected to give a demonstration and complete a project dissertation.

MSc students working in the newly refurbished postgraduate communications laboratory

embedded systems, communications, space systems, finite element modelling, manufacturing technologies, and heat transfer.

The programme draws upon the substantial experience of the Thermo-Fluid Mechanics Research Centre at the University of Sussex – a research unit that includes the Rolls-Royce supported University Technology Centre in Aero-Thermal Systems. University faculty from the Communications Engineering and the Industrial Informatics research teams teach key components of this MSc programme.

Programme structureAutumn term: four core courses: Computational Fluid Dynamics; Mobile and Satellite Communication Technologies; Real-Time Embedded Systems; and Marketing Analysis and Financial Strategic Planning.

Spring term: three core courses: Advanced Manufacturing Technology; Turbomachinery and Turbocharging; and Advanced Space Systems. Options include: Finite Element Modelling; and Heat Transfer Applications


MSc in Automotive Engineering 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe automotive sector is a key contributor to society. The modern automotive product requires the application of diverse interdisciplinary skills and expertise in order to provide competitive and innovative solutions to an increasingly sophisticated and changing market. The MSc in Automotive Engineering, run jointly by the Universities of Sussex and Brighton, provides key skills with a design theme forming the core element of the programme, supported by a range of specialist courses including computational fluid dynamics, engine testing, dynamics, modelling, control, power-train and automotive electronics. The MSc programme culminates in a project, which may be either industrial or research based.

Engi

neer

ing

and

desi

gn

92

93

MSc in Mechanical Engineering1 year full-timeEngineering is an exciting activity and vital to society. Mechanical engineers are responsible for a huge range of designs, equipment and systems. Examples include fuel cells, diesel and petrol reciprocating engines, jet engines, suspension systems, generation equipment, aerospace technology and a host of gadgets and mechanisms. Mechanical engineering requires the use of design, and generative and evaluative skills, as well as analysis. This MSc aims to expand your skills set across a wide range of related disciplines. Over the autumn and spring terms, you are required to take eight courses from a number of options. A particular feature of this MSc is the group project, usually with direct industrial involvement, undertaken from the end of the spring term.

Programme structureAutumn term: core course Mechanical Dynamics. Options include: Computational Fluid Dynamics; Engine Testing and Instrumentation; Automotive Design; and Real-Time Embedded Systems.

Spring term: core course Advanced Manufacturing Technology. Options include: Finite Element Modelling; Heat Transfer Applications; Turbomachinery and Turbocharging; and Strategic Management.

Summer term and vacation: continue and complete group project.

MSc in Modern Communication Technologies with Business Management1 year full-timeThe aim of this programme is to develop academic and professional excellence for newly qualified, as well as practising, engineers who wish to extend their knowledge and skills in the fields of modern digital communications and business management. The programme uses a combination of taught courses (including lectures, workshops, and practical laboratories) and a large variety of projects in the subject areas related to research and commercial applications.

Programme structureAutumn term: core courses Advanced Network Technologies; Mobile and Satellite Communication Technologies; and Marketing Analysis and Financial Strategic Planning. Options include: Real-Time Embedded Systems; RF Electronic Design; and Digital Signal Processing (Advanced).

Spring term: core course Strategic Management. Options include: Advanced Microprocessor Systems; Advanced Digital Communications; Fibre Optic Communications; Robotic Sensory Systems; and High-Level IC Design.




MSc in Modern Digital Communication Systems 1 year full-timeThe aim of this programme is to develop academic and professional excellence for newly qualified, as well as practising, engineers who wish to extend their knowledge and skills in the field of modern digital communications. The programme uses a combination of taught courses, including lectures, workshops, and practical laboratories, as well as a wide variety of projects in the subject areas related to research and commercial applications.

Programme structureAutumn term: core courses: Advanced Network Technologies; and Mobile and Satellite Communication Technologies. Options include: Real-Time Embedded Systems; RF Electronic Design; and Digital Signal Processing (Advanced).

Spring term: core courses: Advanced Digital Communications; and Fibre Optic Communications. Options include: Advanced Microprocessor Systems; Robotic Sensory Systems; Advanced Space Systems; High-Level IC Design; and Strategic Management.




MSc in Satellite Communications and Space Systems 1 year full-time/2 years part-time Satellite systems are now the pre-eminent communications technology. Satellites are used for TV broadcasting, mobile communications, internet access, navigation (Global Positioning System), environmental monitoring, surveillance, and defence.

Space systems (launch vehicles, guidance systems, etc) are vital technologies that have permitted the development of the global communications revolution that is now a part of everyday life, having developed into a multi-billion dollar international commercial activity.

The subject is taught by a combination of lectures, workshops and laboratory sessions, including a wide variety of practical projects. A close association with the latest research and with industrial and commercial contexts is maintained throughout the programme. As with other engineering degrees at Sussex, there is a major component of project work, ensuring a sharp focus on developing practical skills.

As a graduate of this degree, you will be a multidisciplinary engineer, and will be competitively placed in the international job

MSc project students working with high-speed exhaust gas analysis equipment attached to a Diesel engine test rig

market for opportunities in the communications, media and aerospace industries. You will also be eligible to apply for openings in the space agencies, or in a research institute involving the design or construction of satellites, spacecraft, space instruments, or space-related systems.

Programme structureAutumn term: core courses Mobile and Satellite Communication Technologies; and Digital Signal Processing (Advanced). Options include Real- Time Embedded Systems; Advanced Network Technologies; Electrical Power Systems; and RF Electronic Design.

Spring term: core courses Advanced Digital Communications; and Advanced Space Systems. Options include Advanced Manufacturing Technology; Advanced Microprocessor Systems; Advanced Electronic Systems; Fibre Optic Communications; and Strategic Management.


MSc projectThe major project for MSc candidates runs through two terms and is assessed on the final report of about 12,000 words. The purpose of the project is to provide independent learning, research, and skills enhancement through a major practical exercise. The topic selected is relevant to the needs of the satellite communications and space systems industry and is supervised by one of the University faculty. Through close supervision, you are able to contribute to the level of understanding in the subject area and to fulfil the individual objectives in their project brief. In their project report, you are expected to show evidence of technical achievement, understanding of the subject, self-organisation, planning, and the ability to write coherently and informatively.


Programme structureYou take eight core courses, a group project, and three options (two in the autumn term and one in the spring term).

Core courses: Security Systems; Mobile and Satellite Communication Technologies; Cryptography; Advanced Space Systems; and Robot Sensory Systems.

Group project: Security Group Project.

Options: Digital Signal Processing; Real-Time Embedded Systems; Advanced Network Technologies; Cybernetics and Neural Networks; Fibre Optic Communications; Advanced Digital Communications; Advanced Electronic Systems; and Strategic Management.

AssessmentCourse work and exams.

MSc in Turbomachinery 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe aim of this MSc is to develop academic and professional skills in the subject of turbomachinery relevant to the needs of the UK and international jet gas turbine engine and turbocharger industry. Turbomachinery is a broad subject area requiring advanced skills for improvement of existing engines and components, extension to new applications or development of new concepts. Design of jet and industrial gas turbine engine elements involves concept generation, applications of thermodynamics, fluid dynamics and aerodynamics, heat transfer, stress analysis and the consideration of manufacturing technologies within an integrated design strategy. This MSc will address the broad subject of turbomachinery by considering each area within a number of taught courses and project work. The courses address the need for skills in the specific engineering science subjects, as well as developing an understanding of the holistic design process, performance characteristics of gas turbine engines, environmental issues and benefits.

A supply vehicle approaches the International Space Station over the equator west of Africa. Image taken by Commander Leroy Chiao, who lived aboard the Station for six months (image courtesy of NASA)

MSc in Security Technologies and Systems1 year full-time/2-4 years part-timeThe security sector has developed into a multibillion dollar commercial activity that has lead to a significant requirement for graduates with knowledge and skillls in the area. There are four global international priorities: making the world safer from global terrorism and weapons of mass destruction; preventing and resolving conflict through a strong international system; achieving climate security by promoting a faster transition to a sustainable, low-carbon global economy; and crime prevention. This degree allows you to explore all aspects of global and national security issues.

The European Security Research Advisory Board (ESRAB) has four security missions relating to specific security threats: security of citizens; security of infrastructures and utilities; intelligent surveillance and border security; and restoring security and safety in case of crisis. This degree addresses many of these issues with a focus on security technologies and integrated systems that can be deployed for the protection of citizens and infrastructure.

The degree has employability and graduate skills as its priority. The programme should enable graduates to operate as major innovators within a large company or government department, or give graduates the skills to start up a company providing security solutions to various clients.

Project work is key to this programme. Projects will be conducted in small groups. Project planning will start in the spring term and continue in the summer term. This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Programme structure Autumn term: core courses: Computational Fluid Dynamics; Engine Testing and Instrumentation; Mechanical Dynamics; and Marketing Analysis and Financial Strategic Planning.

Spring term: core courses: Turbomachinery and Turbocharging; and Heat Transfer Applications. Options include: Advanced Manufacturing Technology; Finite Element Modelling; and Strategic Management.

Summer term and vacation: continue and complete MSc project. Examinations.

Related centres on campus/ specialist facilities Engineering at Sussex has an excellent standing in the area of mechanical engineering and the related areas of turbomachinery and automotive engineering. Resources and facilities include a concurrent engineering laboratory with high-speed workstations running Fluent, Ansys, Pro-Engineer and AutoCAD, extensive mechanical workshops, clean rooms and rapid prototyping equipment, the Rolls-Royce supported University Technology Centre for Aero-Thermal Systems with the TFMRC, the Centre for Industrial Informatics and Manufacturing Systems and the Centre for Automotive Systems, Dynamics and Control.

Postgraduate diplomas and postgraduate certificatesThe aim of these programmes (see the list in Essentials on page 91) is to develop academic and professional excellence for newly qualified, as well as practising, engineers who wish to extend their knowledge and skills in the fields of communications, embedded systems, and business management. The programmes use a combination of taught courses, including lectures, workshops, and practical laboratories, as well as a large variety of course-related projects in the subject areas related to research and commercial applications.

The postgraduate diplomas, which are taken full-time over two terms (or in the case of Automotive Engineering and Turbomachinery, can be taken part-time over two years), are the same as the corresponding MScs, but without the project.

The postgraduate certificates, which are taken full-time over two terms (or in the case of Automotive Engineering can be taken part-time over two years) are awarded for successful completion of the four modules from the MSc programme, of which at least two must be core modules.

Research programmes

FundingEPSRC studentships, including CASE awards, are available. Various projects are funded by industry, research organisations, government departments and medical charities. Bursaries may be available for research students (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Recent thesis titlesA laser centred CASE tool for software engineering

A neural death model for visual cortex

A pattern recognition Wiener filter for realistic clutter backgrounds

Advances in quality of optical waveguides on Nd:YAG and LiNbO3

Analysis and representation of heart sounds and murmurs

Engi

neer

ing

and

desi

gn

94

95

16-element two-dimensional imaging array of electric potential sensors, designed and built in the Centre for Physical Electronics and Quantum Technology

Analysis and test of a centrifugal compressor

Applications of ambulatory body surface potential mapping to the diagnosis of coronary heart disease

Attenuation of thermal radiation by water sprays

Clinical application of automated CRT based grating systems

Colour image segmentation and restoration with non-linear local operators

Comparison of interpolation techniques for polar to rectangular coordinate transformation with application to real-time image processing

Computer-enhanced network design

Design of optimal neural network control strategies with minimal a priori knowledge

Diagnosis of pump faults and flow regimes

Electric motor assisted turbocharger

Electromagnetic levitation and propulsion for spacecraft launch

Enhanced sensitivity and speed in photomultiplier tubes

Evaluation of a turbocharger for use as a small gas turbine

Experimental investigation of roughness effects on centrifugal compressor performance

Experimentally verified fluid loading models for slender horizontal cylinders in waves

Flow and heat transfer in gas turbine high-pressure (HP) compressor internal air systems

Flow and heat transfer in rotationally induced buoyancy flow

Heat transfer and fluid flow in the high pressure compressor drive cone cavity of an aeroengine

Insulin sensitivity estimates from a linear model of glucose disappearance

Integrated vector encoding/decoding designs for non-stationary sources and noisy channels

Ion beam induced luminescence of materials

Joint diversity trellis-coded modulation for frequency selective environments

Luminescence spectra of lead tungstate, spodumene and topaz crystals

Magnetic suspension systems, motor/ generators and power electronics for flywheel energy storage

Modelling and simulation of integrated operational and information processing systems in manufacturing

Modelling of automotive damper characteristics

Multiphase flow measurement based on conventional flowmeters using signal analysis

Non-invasive circuit and material imaging using the electric potential sensor

Non-invasive imaging of metal structures using electric potential probes

Non-linear behaviour of a superconducting quantum interference device coupled to a radio frequency oscillator

On the design of a processor node for the direct manipulation of asynchronous transfer mode cells

On-line diagnosis of faults in induction motor and pump

Optimisation of construction implemented as a manufacturing process

capability as for electric field NMR; novel machine interfaces for controlling prosthetic devices or biometric signal acquisition; and interfacing with biological systems at the cellular level for hybrid bioelectronic systems.

Centre facilities include electromagnetically shielded rooms; cryogenic facilities; clean rooms; electron beam lithography fabrication; electronic systems spanning dc to the millimetre waves; and surface-mount facilities.


Chris Harland Non-invasive electromagnetic sensors; biomedical electronics; human body electrophysiological monitoring; electric field array imaging; biological cell imaging; and neural signal propagation.

Helen Prance Superconducting circuits for quantum technologies; ultra-low noise receivers from RF to microwave; cryogenic electronics, non-linear circuit dynamics; and non-invasive sensors.

Robert Prance Pervasive sensors; imaging arrays; electric and magnetic field imaging; biological cell imaging; geophysical measurements; non-destructive testing of composites; nuclear magnetic resonance; low-noise instrumentation; quantum technologies; and non-linear dynamics.

John Torry Heart-sound monitoring, software to aid diagnosis of heart valve conditions; spectral analysis; time-frequency and wavelets; and neural networks.

Professor Peter Townsend and David Hole Understanding of imperfections and application of ion implantation in insulating materials, including fundamental studies of defect properties of insulating materials; optical absorption; thermoluminescence emission spectra; and the role of nanoparticles in non-linear optics (www.sussex.ac.uk/pei).

Communications research groupThe communications research group covers a wide range of topics within the fields of communications and networking, with more than 15 research staff and postgraduate students. The group is supported by three laboratories with dedicated hardware and software.

Quantum dynamics and measurement of single quantum objects

Relay feedback identification and model-based controller design

Statistical classification of magnetic resonance imaging data

The development of robust heat transfer instrumentation for rotating turbomachinery

The investigating and stochastic modelling of cyclic cylinder pressure variation during combustion in spark ignition engines

The role of femoral broaches in the creation of cement mantles in total hip replacement

The validation and coupling of computational fluid dynamics and finite element codes for solving ‘industrial problems’

Theoretical modelling of quantum circuit systems

Specialist research areas

Research in the Department of Engineering and Design is organised into several groups, briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/engineering/research

Centre for Physical Electronics and Quantum TechnologyThe Centre is a strongly performing research group currently comprising six full-time faculty plus research assistants, postgraduate students and technicians. It has an excellent track record in attracting funding from diverse sources, with a broad spread of research projects and a healthy publication record. Current funding includes a platform grant from the EPSRC on sensor technology, as well as significant industrial support.

Research projects encompass activities as diverse as electrophysiology, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), quantum technologies, non-destructive testing, remote sensing, ion implantation, and optoelectronics. The sensor research has the potential to impact on a number of strategically important areas such as security, safety, healthcare, manufacturing and environmental monitoring. Examples are: ease of use as for electrophysiology; new measurement


It has attracted much interest from the industrial sector and has strong links with national and international companies. In addition it has demonstrated its leading research with a strong funding income from government and industry.

The communications research group has expertise in the fields of computer networking, wireless and mobile communications, and embedded systems for multimedia applications. The work involves theoretical studies, modelling, simulations, development and implementations with advanced digital hardware and software systems.


Falah Ali, Elias Stipidis Networking: data communications, protocols, local- and wide-area networks; IP, ATM, CAN, xDSL and ethernet networks; distributed real-time systems; intelligent and automated systems; wireless ad hoc networking; mobile networks; and integration of mobile and wireless networks.

Mobile wireless communications: advanced digital transmission techniques; multiple access; error correction coding; source coding; single and multicarrier modulation; adaptive and reconfigurable DSP (digital signal processing) algorithms; adaptive and blind equalisation; smart antennas; software radio; video coding and streaming; 3/4G mobile systems; wireless broadband access; and wireless local-area networks.

Embedded systems: embedded digital hardware design; FPGA/DSP systems; real-time distributed software; computer architectures; parallel structures; fault tolerance; reconfigurable systems and real-time computing; and vetronics.

Industrial Informatics and Manufacturing Systems Research CentreProfessor Chris Chatwin, Rupert Young, Tai Yang, Lionel Ripley, Phil Birch. This multidisciplinary Centre was created in 1995 in response to the Government’s Technology Foresight programme. The Centre’s areas of activity are:

Advanced manufacturing (Chatwin, Young) We are active in manufacturing and enterprise simulation and modelling, and characterising virtual enterprises in order to create low-cost service-oriented architecture (SOA) IT designs exploiting the business process execution language (BPEL) in integrated total quality management.

Biomedical engineering (Ripley) We have close working relationships with visiting academics and medical personnel from other research institutions and hospitals. Excellent progress has been made in the areas of eye disease, cardiology and orthopaedics. Colour-vision deficit is being used to measure the progress of various ophthalmic and neurological conditions, and especially screening for sight-threatening diabetic retinopathy. Neurology with the Royal Sussex County Hospital, especially diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease via tremor analysis.

Links with the local orthopaedic community have centred on the supervision of specialist registrars who have carried out projects to investigate such problems as the failure of total hip replacements. New techniques for cutting and drilling bone. Development of an expanding femoral nail.

Image processing (Young, Chatwin, Birch) Computer-assisted diagnosis with Prof K Miles of the Brighton and Sussex Medical School. The research provides imaging biomarkers in cancerous tissue by wavelet filtering an apparently normal contrast-enhanced CT image of the liver.

We are currently extending the technique to 3D texture analysis of the whole liver and lung. This research is the subject of a patent application and commercialisation of the software.

Networks and Control Systems (NCS) (Yang) NCSs are being investigated for power generation control applications and in vehicle control systems. This research is motivated by its potential for wide application within the engineering infrastructure. NCSs are being explored for use in cars, manufacturing plants, aircraft, HVAC systems, etc.

Optoelectronic and lasers (Chatwin, Young Birch) Research activities include: fibre optic communications; Q-switched Yb-YAG lasers, photo-refractive holography; holographic optical memory; four-wave mixing; spatial light modulators; dynamic light-shaping elements; phase-modulation spatial light modulators for kinoforms; optical pattern recognition; hybrid optical computing; optical filtering; and electro-optic systems design.

Security systems (Chatwin, Young, Birch) Machine vision and image-processing: algorithm development covering a wide range of techniques suitable for DSP or hybrid optical/digital implementations; neural networks; Wiener filtering; foveating systems; security and surveillance, mobile image acquisition; autonomous mobile robots; and biometrics.

We have created mobile-phone hardware and software to the point where we can use the phone to scan and recognise human irises using novel algorithms that have been patented. This has led to a spin-out company called xVista Ltd.

InQbate – The Centre of Excellence in Teaching and Learning in Creativity (CETL)This £4.1 million HEFCE-funded investment, is focused on technology-enabled innovation and design. A major research effort, under the direction of Professor Peter Childs, concerns the application of creative design methods wherein the status of a product is kept fluid for longer in the design process, enabling better and more cost-effective design.

Professor Peter Childs Creativity; creative methods and their application in industry including structured brainstorming, lateral thinking, six hats, boundary shifting; synectics, functional analysis, TRIZ and morphological analysis; styling; product design; detailed design; mechanical design; sustainable energy component, concept and system design; fluid flow in rotating applications; and heat transfer.

The MSc in Turbomachinery develops skills relevant to the needs of the international aerospace and gas turbine industry

Engi

neer

ing

and

desi

gn

96

97

Space Science Centre The University of Sussex Space Science Centre is an interdisciplinary, cross-departmental research centre. Currently the Centre has instruments on the four European Space Agency Cluster spacecraft and the Chinese Double Star Probe. In 2008 a Sussex instrument will be mounted on the outside of the International Space Station.

Faculty members include Andrew Buckley, Professor Paul Gough and Natalia Beloff and their research interests cover a wide range of topics: space instrumentation, space plasma diagnostics, space weather science interpretation and exploitation, particle correlation technique, intelligent instruments, smart autonomous instruments, real-time data analysis within space instruments, embedded systems, data compression, parallel processing and fault tolerance, artificial neural networks for data classification and analysis, associative list memory, fuzzy logic for control of instruments, evolutionary instruments to adapt to unforeseen environments, graphical display and dissemination of complex datasets for rapid human-machine interaction, knowledge accumulation from databases, and remote data gathering and processing for unmanned instruments in inhospitable locations.

Many of the above instrument aspects are being implemented directly in hardware using reconfigurable Field Programmable Gate Arrays. The Centre has a Clean room, Vacuum chamber and Thermal Chamber for the development and testing of space instruments.

The Automotive Dynamics and Control Group (ADC)The ADC is internationally known for its high-quality automotive research and fundamental work in dynamics and control. A particular strength of the Group lies in the combination of advanced theory and practical applications. The Group has strong capability to address a range of IC-engine issues, which impact on global warming, in particular on thermal and emissions management, turbocharging, combustion technologies and power-train controls.

Reducing vehicle carbon-dioxide emissions is the most pressing transport issue – the ADC is meeting this challenge through better modelling and control. This complements the activities within the Rolls-Royce University Technology Centre and SPRU – Science Technology and Policy Research (Energy Group).

The Group’s activities focus on advanced power-train modelling, control, condition-monitoring (including emissions control via after-treatment, automotive turbochargers, and steam traps); vehicle dynamics; vibro-accoustic analysis; stochastic computation; non-linear dynamics; target tracking; control-system design and rapid prototyping.

The laboratory infrastructure includes: heavy-duty engine-test facility; full range of emissions measurement – high speed (50Hz) and low speed; calibration equipment (ETAS-INCA) for engine control; dSpace rapid prototype equipment; E6 single-cylinder test engine; and four further test beds. The Centre for Automotive Systems, Dynamics and Control at the University of Sussex has links with Ford, Jaguar, BMW, Johnson Matthey, Caterpillar, Ricardo Consulting Engineers and BP.


Professor (Emeritus) Derek Atherton Control engineering. Non-linear control theory; computer-aided control system design; and simulation and target tracking.

Julian Dunne Engineering dynamics. Non-linear system modelling and analysis; optimal control; vehicle, engine and rotor dynamics; and NHV applications in automotive and aerospace engineering.

Zhijin Peng Automotive systems. IC engine combustion; performance and emissions control; engine in-cylinder flow and combustion diagnostics; fuel injection and heat transfer; HCCI combustion on gasoline and diesel engines; gasoline-lean combustion and stratification combustion; characterisation of diesel sprays, and effective use of exhaust gas recirculation on diesel and gasoline engines.

William Wang Machinery condition monitoring; digital signal processing techniques; solving phase-angle distortion problems in nuclear magnetic resonant scanners; vibration analysis and structural dynamics; vibration reduction in hand-held vibration power tools; wavelets and neural networks for condition monitoring; measurement fault diagnostics for flows in pipes; and flapping-wing flight.

Thermo-Fluid Mechanics Research CentreThis dedicated research laboratory specialises in energy concepts and technology, and rotating flow and heat transfer. Its experience represents over 1,000 person years of accumulated research. A particular focus is flow and heat transfer in prime movers such as gas turbine engines and other rotating machinery applications, as well as large- and small-scale research programmes on flow, heat transfer, computational fluid dynamics and energy technology concepts.

Research grants received from the Research Councils, industry and the European Union totalled over £10 million over the last 10 years.

The Centre incorporates both the Rolls-Royce supported University Technology Centre for Aero-Thermal Systems and the Dantec Centre of Excellence in Non-Invasive Instrumentation. The expertise available within the group in heat transfer and fluid flow and energy solutions enables us to tackle a wide range of energy concepts, with applications ranging from domestic combined heat and power units to industrial units as well as aviation power-plant applications.

A speciality of the Centre is non-invasive instrumentation including pyrometry and thermal imaging, particle image velocimetry (PIV), laser Doppler anemometry (LDA), and phase Doppler anemometry (PDA).

As the Dantec Centre of Excellence in non-invasive instrumentation, we provide a direct route for the development and application of non-invasive measurement capability. The recent appointment of Professor Abdulnaser Sayma brings more than 14 years’ experience with computational fluid dynamics, and aeroelasticity to the research group, and the appointment of Nick Atkins augments our skill base in heat transfer with state-of-the-art blade tip heat transfer and transient measurement capability.


Nick Atkins Heat transfer modelling; general turbomachinery; aerodynamics; computational fluid dynamics; unsteady flows, high-pressure turbines; turbine efficiency measurements in transient turbine test rigs; instrumentation; internal flow; valve technology; two-phase flow; non-invasive instrumentation; temperature measurement; and design.

Professor Peter Childs Sustainable energy concepts, wind turbine optimisation, saturated vapour cycles, recuperation, solar collectors, energy audits and thermodynamics cycles; fluid flow, especially rotating applications in machinery and geophysical flows; heat transfer; gas turbine engine technologies including turbomachinery design, internal air systems, seals; creativity, creative methods; styling, and product design.

Christopher Long Experimental heat transfer and fluid-flow measurements; computational fluid mechanics and heat transfer in rotating systems; turbulence; application of optically based measurements in gas turbine engine applications including laser Doppler anemometry (LDA) and particle image velocimetry (PIV); turbomachinery; and sustainable and renewable energy.

Professor Abdulnaser Sayma Computational fluid dynamics; modelling of unsteady compressible flow aeroelasticity and aeroacoustics; turbomachinery performance, forced response and flutter; unstructured grid generation; parallel computing; and renewable and sustainable energy.

Research students and their supervisors meet regularly to discuss progress


Essentials • The Sussex Language Institute (SLI) is concerned with all aspects of language teaching and learning, including teacher education, translation training and language classroom research.

• SLI runs a state-of-the-art digital multimedia language learning centre, for use by teachers and learners.

• SLI offers two Masters degrees and a Postgraduate Diploma, taught by highly experienced, qualified and practising language teachers and teacher trainers.

• The hallmark of these programmes is the practical and relevant application of theory and research, designed to enhance students’ professional standing and career prospects in English language Teaching (ELT) and related fields of work.

Taught programmes

MA in English Language Teaching 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is aimed at experienced language teaching professionals worldwide, native or non-native speakers of English. The programme will give practising teachers the opportunity to explore research methods together with current research and issues in ELT, as well as to deepen their understanding of the theoretical and practical questions that impact on the classroom. Core courses examine: research methods in second-language teaching and learning; the principles and practice of ELT pedagogy; the social, psychological and cultural aspects of second-language acquisition; language analysis.

There will be a number of option courses, which may include: Using Technology in the ELT Classroom; Advanced Practical Teaching Methodology (this course includes at least five hours’ supervised teaching practice, which will grant experienced, TEFL-initiated teachers* full TEFL-qualified status as required by the British Council ‘English in Britain’ Accreditation Scheme); ELT Management; and Teaching Young Learners.

You are expected to undertake a research-oriented project, to be written up as a dissertation.

Additional admissions requirements A recognised ESL/ESOL teaching qualification, such as the Cambridge CELTA or the Trinity College London Cert in TESOL, plus two years’ experience of teaching English to speakers of other languages.

*TEFL-initiated teachers have a Certificate in English language teaching from Cambridge/Trinity or equivalent.

MA in International English Language Teaching 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MA in International English Language Teaching is aimed at native and non-native speakers of English who wish to make a career in teaching English overseas (or in a related field such as ELT publishing) but who may have little or no teaching experience. This programme gives students the opportunity to explore research methods, current research and issues in ELT, and to acquire an understanding of the theoretical and practical questions that impact on the classroom.

Core courses examine: research methods in second-language teaching and learning; the principles and practice of ELT pedagogy; the social, psychological and cultural aspects of second-language acquisition; and language-analysis. It also includes the core course Practical Teaching Techniques.

There are a number of options, which may include: Teaching Young Learners; ELT Management; and Using Technology in the ELT Classroom.

You will also undertake a research-oriented project, to be written up as a dissertation, as part of the programme.

Postgraduate Diploma in English Language Teaching 2 terms full-time/4 terms part-timeThe Postgraduate Diploma aims to increase experienced teachers’ knowledge and critical understanding of current theories and research in language acquisition, as well as to deepen their understanding of the linguistic, theoretical and practical issues that impact on classroom practice. The programme is identical to the MA in English Language Teaching except that an option course and the dissertation are omitted.


Specialist areas are described briefly below. For further information on SLI and SLI faculty, see www.sussex.ac.uk/languages/postgrad

Andrew Blair Teacher education and teacher development; phonology and pronunciation; second-language acquisition; English as an international language; research methods in education; English for business; and uses of technology in language teaching and learning.

Jennifer Book Teacher training; materials development; young learners; English for Academic Purposes; and technology in language teaching and learning.

Alison Chisholm English for Academic Purposes; English language and study skills support for international students in Higher Education; and teacher training.

Ray de Witt Teacher training; English for Specific Purposes; testing and assessment; and IELTS materials development.

Jeremy Page Testing and assessment; uses of literature in language teaching; teacher training; intercultural teaching and learning; curriculum development; and educational management.

Sue Sheerin Self-access and autonomous learning; learning strategies; intercultural teaching and learning; listening comprehension; phonology and pronunciation; vocabulary teaching and learning; curriculum development; action research; teacher education; and educational management.

English language teaching

Taught programmesMA degreesEnglish Language TeachingInternational English Language TeachingPostgraduate diplomaEnglish Language Teaching

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175

An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree and two years’ experience of teaching English as a foreign language



Further informationSue Sheerin, Director, Sussex Language Institute, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, East Sussex BN1 9SH, UKT +44 (0)1273 877715E [email protected]/languages

The Sussex Language Institute runs a state-of-the-art digital multimedia language learning centre, for use by teachers and learners

Engl

ish

lang

uage

teac

hing

98

99

Taught programmes

The Department of English offers nine MA programmes described in detail below.

Full-time programmes can also be followed part time over two years, with taught seminars in the autumn and spring terms.

Funding (for all programmes)UK and EU applicants may be eligible to apply for AHRC studentships (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186 for more information).

Programme structure (for all programmes)Each programme consists of four one-term courses chosen from a range of options, and a dissertation. Courses are taught as weekly seminars, two in the autumn term and two in the spring term, and it is normally possible to choose up to two other courses from another MA programme.

Assessment (for all programmes)You are assessed by four 5,000-word term papers and a dissertation of up to 20,000 words.

MA in Colonial and Post-Colonial Cultures 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for Colonial and Post-Colonial Studies (www.sussex.ac.uk/hums/cscpc).

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four options from Race and Colonialism in Early Modern English Literature; Post-Colonial Locations (an introductory course recommended to newcomers to this field of study); Contemporary Post-Colonial Women’s Writing; The Migrant Writer: Post-colonialism and Creativity; Sexuality and Identity in 20th-Century Post-Colonial Cultures; and Writing the New South Africa.

Summer term and vacation: supervised and independent work on the MA dissertation.

MA in Creative and Critical Writing 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MA in Creative and Critical Writing at Sussex is the first of its kind in the UK. It develops out of long-standing teaching and research interests in creative writing, as well as in psychoanalysis, eco-poetics, cultural materialism, post-colonialism, deconstruction, feminism, and queer theory.

This programme is designed to enable you to combine an interest in intellectually challenging critical and theoretical ideas with an interest in creative writing. The MA is based on the supposition that theory and practice are not opposites, though the relations between them may entail productive tensions and paradoxes. It is impelled by the sense that the critical and the creative are necessarily intertwined.

English literature

Taught programmesMA degreesColonial and Post-Colonial CulturesCreative and Critical WritingCreative Writing and Personal Development (see page 73)Critical TheoryEarly Modern Literature and CultureLiterature and Culture 1700-1900Literature and PhilosophyLiterature, Film and Visual CultureModern and Contemporary Literature, Culture and ThoughtSexual Dissidence in Literature and Culture

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Colonial and Post-Colonial CulturesMPhil, DPhil Creative and Critical WritingMPhil, DPhil Creative Writing (see page 73)MPhil, DPhil Creative Writing and Personal Development (see page 73)MPhil, DPhil Critical Theory MPhil, DPhil Early Modern Literature and CultureMPhil, DPhil Literature and Culture 1700-1900MPhil, DPhil Literature and PhilosophyMPhil, DPhil Literature, Film and Visual Culture MPhil, DPhil Literature, Religion and PhilosophyMPhil, DPhil Modern and Contemporary Literature, Culture and Thought MPhil, DPhil Modern French Thought MPhil, DPhil Modern German Studies MPhil, DPhil Renaissance Studies MPhil, DPhil Sexual Dissidence in Literature and Culture

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a subject relevant to the chosen Masters degree. In addition, applicants to the MA in Creative and Critical Writing will need a portfolio of creative writing MPhil and DPhil A Masters degree in a literary subject or another discipline relevant to your chosen area of research

Overseas applicants who apply after 31 March should submit a sample of their written work with their application

English language requirementsIELTS 7.0, with not less than 6.5 in each section. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see pages 174


• English at Sussex has a well-established international reputation for producing research that develops and extends the boundaries of the subject.

• We received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• English runs a wide range of innovative MA programmes, taught by faculty working at the forefront of English studies.

• We support research centres such as the Centre for Modernist Studies and the Centre for Early Modern Studies, which focus on interdisciplinary research and teaching, and attract high-profile speakers from around the world.

• We have a diverse and thriving community of postgraduate students who contribute to an outstanding research culture.

Essentials Further information www.sussex.ac.uk/english

Research programmesMargaret Reynolds, School of Humanities,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UKT +44 (0)1273 678098 F +44 (0)1273 625972E [email protected]

MA in Creative and Critical WritingProfessor Nicholas Royle, School of Humanities, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UK T +44 (0)1273 606755 ext. 7396 F +44 (0)1273 623246E [email protected]

All other MA informationHumanities Graduate Centre, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UKT +44 (0)1273 678468F +44 (0)1273 625972E [email protected]

English literature

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you choose two options in each term from the following list: Psychoanalysis and Creative Writing; Autobiography, Culture and the Emergence of Self; Deconstruction and Creative Writing; On (Not) Being Able to Write; Marxism and Creative Writing; the Migrant Writer: Post-colonialism and Creativity; Sexuality and Creative Writing; and Creativity and Utopia.

Writing workshop: this runs through the autumn and spring terms and is designed to enable students to meet, talk, read and exchange ideas about their creative writing.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the dissertation, which will normally include both critical discussion and creative writing.

Additional assessment informationYou are assessed by term papers and either a dissertation of up to 20,000 words or a portfolio of creative writing of between 10,000 and 15,000 words.

MA in Critical Theory 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for Literature and Philosophy (www.sussex.ac.uk/clp).

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four of the following options: Benjamin and Adorno; Deconstruction and Creative Writing; Derrida; Detective Fiction: Texts and Theories; Freud; Marxism and Creative Writing; Marxist Literary Theory; Music, Critical Theory and Modernity; The Photograph in Modernism; Post-structuralism; Psychoanalysis and Creative Writing; Psychoanalysis, Literature and the Cinema, Part 1 and Part 2; Sexuality/Sexual Difference; Sexuality, Fiction and Subculture; Space and Representation; Text-Music-Drama; Critical Issues in Queer Theory; and Fragments: Theory, History, Visual Culture.

Summer term and vacation: supervised work on the MA dissertation.

MA in Early Modern Literature and Culture 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for Early Modern Studies (www.sussex.ac.uk/cems).

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four of the following options: Marriage; The Idea of the Renaissance; Public Shakespeare; Edmund Spenser; Race and Colonialism in Early Modern English Literature; The Renaissance Body; Sexuality in Early Modern England; and All’s Well that Ends Well: Comedy and Laughter in Early Modern Europe.


MA in Literature and Culture 1700-1900 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeProgramme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four of the following options: Culture and Intellect in the 19th Century; Image and Text 1780-1880; The Fin de Siècle; The Visual Culture of Romanticism; and Romantic and 19th-Century Sexualities.


MA in Literature and Philosophy 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA provides an advanced programme of study for those interested in questions that arise at the intersection of the two disciplines. The core course addresses explicitly the question of the relation between philosophy and literature in contemporary thought. Three further courses are chosen from a range of options.

This MA is associated with the Centre for Literature and Philosophy (www.sussex.ac.uk/clp).

Programme structure Autumn term: Explorations in Philosophy and Literature, and one further course from the following list: Analytic Aesthetics; Contemporary Philosophy of Religion; Derrida; Phenomenology; and Fragments: Theory, History, Visual Culture.

Spring term: two courses from the following list: Continental Aesthetics; Frankfurt School and Critical Theory; Freud; Image and Text; Wittgenstein and Cavell: Literature and Scepticism; Philosophy of Film; Postmodernism and Contemporary Literature; and Power and Religion: Nietzsche, Foucault, Kafka.

You may substitute courses from other MAs.

Summer term: supervised work on the MA dissertation

Additional assessment informationTaught courses are assessed by term papers of 5,000 words. The dissertation of 15,000 words is submitted at the end of the year.

MA in Literature, Film and Visual Culture 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for Visual Fields (www.sussex.ac.uk/cvf).

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four of the following options: Psychoanalysis and the Image; Photography and Fiction; Cinema and the Domestic; Fragments: Theory, History, Visual Culture; Image and Text; Theorising Modernism: The Avant-Garde in Literature and Film; and The Visual Culture of Romanticism.

With the consent of the programme convenor, you may take one or more courses from related MA programmes.


MA in Modern and Contemporary Literature, Culture and Thought 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for Modernist Studies (www.sussex.ac.uk/modernist).

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four of the following options: Anglo-American Modernism: Poetry and Poetics; Contemporary Writing I; Contemporary Writing II; Reading and Time: The Long Modernist Novel; Modernist/Post-modernist Fiction 1900-1995; The Photograph in Modernism; Sexuality and Identity in 20th-Century Post-Colonial Cultures; Theories of Representation: Memories of the Holocaust; Theorising Modernism: The Avant-Garde in Literature and Film; Modern European Theatre; Modern European Lyric; Postmodernity and Fiction; Aspects of 20th-Century Drama; and Victorian Fin de Siècle.


MA in Sexual Dissidence in Literature and Culture 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is associated with the Centre for the Study of Sexual Dissidence (www.sussex.ac.uk/cssd).

Programme structureAutumn and spring terms: you take four of the following options: Critical Issues in Queer Theory; Sexuality, Fiction and Subculture; Queering Popular Culture; Sexuality and Creative Writing; Sexualities in Early Modern England; Sexuality and Identity in 20th-Century Post-Colonial Cultures; and Romantic and 19th-Century Sexualities; and Querying the Unconscious.


The University of Sussex Library curates several collections relating to the ‘Bloomsbury Group’, including an important collection of Virginia Woolf’s manuscripts and letters

Engl

ish

liter

atur

e

100

101

Andy Medhurst Post-1945 British cinema; popular television genres; film and television comedy; and constructions of masculinity in the media.

Richard Murphy Modernism and post-modernism; cultures of the avant-garde; and film, visual culture and theory.

Stephanie Newell West African literature; west African popular culture; post-colonial theory; and the social history of reading in Africa.

Peter Nicholls 19th- and 20th-century English and American poetry; 19th- and 20th-century American fiction; and literary radicalism of the 1930s and 1960s.

Catherine Packham 18th-century literature and philosophy; political economy and moral philosophy in the Scottish Enlightenment; 18th-century natural philosophy and physiology; and Erasmus Darwin.

Vincent Quinn Lesbian and gay studies; the history of sexuality; 18th-century studies; Irish studies, especially the relationship between nationalism and sexuality; and the history and theory of biography.

John David Rhodes Italian cinema, especially post-World War II; Pier Paolo Pasolini; modernist and avant-garde cinemas of Europe and the US; cinema and the city; cinema and architecture; queer art cinema; Hollywood’s relation to the avant-garde; realism; and place.

Nicholas Royle Modern literature and literary theory, especially deconstruction and psychoanalysis; the uncanny; and creative writing.

Martin Ryle 19th- and 20th-century fiction; the politics of ‘culture’, with especial reference to education; and topographical and travel writing, especially travel writing about Ireland.

Minoli Salgado Post-colonial literature and theory, particularly relating to south Asia and the south Asian diaspora; memory and migrant identity; the short story; Rushdie; and Ondaatje.

David Barnett Post-war European drama and theatre, especially German and English language; post-Brechtian political theatre; post-dramatic theatre, especially theatre texts, their treatment and direction; documentary theatre; metadrama and metatheatre; playwrighting and the representation of business; Heiner Müller; and Rainer Werner Fassbinder.

Adriana Bontea 17th-century French literature; literary genres in relation to philosophy, grammar and rhetoric; and foundations of modern discourse genres.

Peter Boxall Modern and contemporary fiction and drama; aesthetics and cultural politics, particularly in the work of Samuel Beckett; the utopian function in 20th-century Irish writing; and creative writing.

Sara Crangle Codirector of the Centre for Modernist Studies. 20th-century literature, including Joyce, Woolf, Stein, Hardy, Beckett.

Brian Cummings 16th- and 17th-century literature and history (especially poetry); medieval and Renaissance philosophy and theology; and theories of language.

Alistair Davies Modernism and postmodernism, 20th-century English and American literature; and post-war European cinema.

Denise DeCaires Narain Post-colonialist writing, particularly that of Africa and the Caribbean; feminist cultural theory; contemporary women’s writing in English, especially poetry.

Katerina Deligiorgi Kant, Hegel, moral philosophy and its history, the relation between ethics and literature, and contemporary aesthetics.

Matthew Dimmock 16th- and 17th-century literature and history, especially cultural, racial and religious ‘otherness’, Shakespeare; Marlowe; national identity; and Islam.

Mary Dove Medieval literature, especially religious literature; Biblical interpretation and translation, and the Middle English (‘Wycliffite’) Bible.

Elena Gualtieri European and Anglo-American modernism; Virginia Woolf and feminist literary history; and the representation of photography in modernist literature.

Andrew Hadfield Renaissance literature and politics; Britishness; Shakespeare; Spenser; and national identity.

Margaret Healy Renaissance literature and culture; the political stage; Shakespeare; Dekker; medicine and literature; and theory of the body.

Margarete Kohlenbach Walter Benjamin; The Frankfurt School; Romanticism; and religion, literature and politics.

Jeremy Lane English and European modernist literature; the poetics of narrative fiction; theatre studies; and the geographical imagination in early modern Europe.

Vicky Lebeau The convergence of psychoanalysis, literature and cinema; and feminist theory.

William McEvoy Contemporary British and European theatre; literary and critical theory; site-specific performance; theatre, theory and ethics; theatre criticism and journalism; the theatre work and/or theory of Brook, Mnouchkine, Cixous, Warner; and contemporary fiction.

Alice in Wonderland, Carroll’s fantasy for children, is a vital part of Victorian culture

Research programmes

The English faculty encompasses research strengths and interests that span most periods of English literature and contemporary critical theory.

Particular areas of expertise include Renaissance writing; culture and ideology; the novel from the 18th century to the present; romantic, Victorian and modern poetry; and all aspects of modernism and post-modernism.

There is a strong commitment to the inter-disciplinary study of literature in its historical and discursive context in relation to philosophy; history of art and the history of ideas; to post-colonial and feminist criticism; to gay and lesbian criticism; and to recent developments in psychoanalytic, Marxist, post-structuralist and ‘new historicist’ criticism.

FundingHome applicants may be eligible to apply for AHRC studentships; 13 of the current Sussex English research students did so successfully. A limited amount of funding, which could entail some teaching, may be available from the University for outstanding research students. For further information see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Recent and current thesis titles The body in sickness in England 1558-1640

Shakespeare and cyberspace

The poetic culture of English Republicanism

Gossip: gender and genre from Pepys to Woolf

The hotel in fiction 1870-1939

Thomas Hardy’s relations with contemporary readers

TS Eliot, mass culture and the music hall

Virginia Woolf’s essays: a woman writer’s production of literary history

Law and form: Joyce, Beckett and philosophy

Temporality in modernist literature

Waking nightmares: a critical study of Ian McEwan’s novels

More intimate than violence: rape, representation and the civic bond

Rewriting the Nation: nationalist interventions in literary history


Faculty research interests are described briefly below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/english/people

The following list includes all the English faculty, and other contributors to English MA programmes.

Peter Abbs Poetry, autobiography, creative writing, and arts education.

Gavin Ashenden 20th-century myth and metaphysics; psychology, psychoanalysis and belief – C G Jung, Sigmund Freud, William James; Charles Williams, C S Lewis and the Oxford Inklings.

Sara Jane Bailes Contemporary experimental theatre practice (US and Europe); the historical avant-garde; Live Art and body-based practices; critical theory; autobiography and the ‘self’ on stage; the city/urban studies; feminist approaches to representation; and writing for performance.

English literature

Alan Sinfield Lesbian and gay studies; modern theatre; Shakespeare and his uses in our society; post-1945 politics and culture; and Sidney.

Lindsay Smith 19th-century literature and painting; photography in Victorian culture; and visual perception in the 19th century and the Renaissance.

William J Spurlin Queer theory; post-colonial queer studies, especially southern Africa; critical theory; 20th-century literature; South African literature; and comparative literature, especially francophone and Germanic 20th-century texts and cultures.

Daniel Steuer Goethe; Wittgenstein; and philosophy and science.

Céline Surprenant Aesthetics and literary history; 19th- and 20th-century European philosophy and literature (especially Marcel Proust and Flaubert); and philosophical reception of psychoanalysis (Freud).

Keston Sutherland Contemporary and 20th-century English and American poetry; Marxism and Frankfurt School critical theory; phenomenology and philology; poetics; and the history of aesthetics.

Jenny Bourne Taylor 19th-century literature and culture; literature and science (especially psychology); feminist epistemology and criticism; and illegitimacy, law and culture.

Sophie Thomas Romantic period literature and visual culture; literary and aesthetic theory; and fragments and ruins.

Pamela Thurschwell Codirector of the Centre for Modernism Studies. The intersection of psychoanalysis, interest in the supernatural at the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th, and new technologies.

Norman Vance 19th-century literature, religion and society; Anglo-Irish literature; and classical and Biblical influences on British writing.

Marcus Wood Satire in the romantic period; the representation of slavery; and colonial and post-colonial literature and theory.

Recent faculty publicationsPeter Boxall Don DeLillo: The Possibility of Fiction (2006)

Brian Cummings The Literary Culture of the Reformation (2002)

Katerina Deligiorgi Kant and the Culture of Enlightenment (2005); Hegel: New Directions (2006)

Matthew Dimmock New Turkes: Dramatizing Islam and the Ottomans in Early Modern England (2005)

Mary Dove The First English Bible (2007)

Andrew Hadfield Shakespeare and Republicanism (2005)

Margaret Healy Fictions of Disease in Early Modern England: Bodies, Plagues and Politics (2001)

Vicky Lebeau Childhood and the Cinema (2008)

Margarete Kohlenbach Walter Benjamin: Self-Reference and Religiosity (2002)

Laura Marcus and Peter Nicholls, eds The Cambridge History of Twentieth Century Literature (2005)

Stephanie Newell The Forger’s Tale (2006); West African Literature (2006)

Peter Nicholls George Oppen and the Fate of Modernism (2007)

Courses from the English literature MAs are taught as weekly seminars

John David Rhodes Stupendous City, Miserable City: Pasolini’s Rome (2007)

Nicholas Royle The Uncanny (2003)

Minoli Salgado Writing Sri Lanka (2007)

Alan Sinfield On Sexuality and Power (2005)

Lindsay Smith The Politics of Focus: Women, Children and 19th-Century Photography (1998)

William J Spurlin Imperialism within the Margins: Queer Representation and the Politics of Culture in Southern Africa (2006)

Céline Surprenant Freud’s Mass Psychology (2003)

Jenny Bourne Taylor (ed) The Cambridge Companion to Wilkie Collins (2007)

Sophie Thomas Romanticism and Visuality: Fragments, History, Spectacle (2007)

Norman Vance Irish Literature since 1800 (2002)

The journals Renaissance Studies; Textual Practice; The Oxford Literary Review and The Year’s Work in Critical and Cultural Theory are edited within the English Department.

Engl

ish

liter

atur

e

102

103

FundingRecent students have been funded by Research Council studentships (NERC, EPSRC, BBSRC, including CASE awards) the EU, UK government (FSA and DTI), and charities (eg Leverhulme). Limited funding may be available for outstanding research students who are prepared to undertake demonstrating and teaching.

Recent thesis titlesUncertainty of geochemical measurements of contaminated land: causes, estimation and cost-based optimisation

Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons: their speciation and fate in marine water and sediments

The fate of 4-tertiary octylphenol in soil and plant systems

The hydrology and sediment dynamics of the Sussex Ouse Estuary, UK

The fate of oestrogenic contaminants in the roach (Rutilus rutilus)

Eicosanoid biosynthesis in the gonads of the mussel Mytilus edulis

Optimising uncertainty from sampling and analysis of foods and environmental samples

Development and application of cross-flow ultrafiltration in the study of the interactions between colloids and organic micropollutants

Uncertainty in the estimation of bioavailability and its implications for human health-risk assessment


Research centres around the processes controlling the mobility, persistence, availability and biological effects of toxic substances in soil and aquatic systems. Areas of current research are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/biology

Elizabeth Hill Chemical pollution and chemical ecology. Identification and fate of endocrine disrupting chemicals, including (anti)estrogenic and (anti)androgenic contaminants, in aquatic biota and the environment. Metabolite profiling (metabolomics) to investigate the mechanisms of toxicity of contaminants to aquatic organisms and to study plant signalling mechanisms in response to insect or fungal attack.

Michael Ramsey Environmental geochemistry. Estimating the inevitable uncertainty in the measurement of contamination in the environ-ment, primarily that caused by heterogeneity and its effect on the sampling process. Applications include human health, risk assessment and characterisation of contaminated land, and the reliable detection of contaminants in foods.

Jeanette Rotchell Aquatic toxicology. Molecular level effects of environmental contaminants on detoxification mechanisms, cell cycle control components and endocrine function in aquatic organisms; biomarker development of endocrine disruption in molluscs and bleaching in corals; cancer gene characterisation in molluscs and fish; development of a retinoblastoma knockout fish; and DNA damage in tumours.

John Zhou Environmental organic geochemistry. Understanding the sources, fates and bioaccumulation of organic micropollutants in aquatic and terrestrial environments; developing analytical methods for trace organics; marine pollution; novel technologies for the removal of endocrine-disrupting chemicals from water and wastewater; and air-quality monitoring.

There are also several other areas of interdisciplinary research within ESPRG and the School, for example the examination of the effects of heterogeneity of contaminant and nutrient concentrations in soil on the uptake of heavy metal by plants. This has applications for human health risk assessment and the phytoremediation of contaminated land (Michael Hutchings, Elizabeth John and Michael Ramsey). Another new collaboration seeks to investigate the extent to which plants take up silica in order to defend themselves against herbivory by grazing animals (Sue Hartley and Michael Ramsey).

Environmental science

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Environmental Science

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas degrees that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175

A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in environmental science, chemistry, geography, geology, biology or related subjects




• Environmental science at Sussex was awarded grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• Environmental science forms a central part of the Environmental Systems and Processes Research Group (ESPRG), which acts as a focus for interdisciplinary environmental research across the University.

• ESPRG has been recognised as a Marie Curie Training Site by the EU.

Research programmes

Diverse research projects are available that often involve collaboration with other research groups across biology and chemistry. Areas include:

• assessment of contaminated land;

• uptake of heavy metals in soils by plants and its implications for risk assessment;

• uncertainty of measurements caused by primary sampling of food and of the environment;

• biological effects of various classes of environmental contaminants in fish;

• fate of endocrine-disrupting chemicals in the aquatic environment;

• geochemical cycling and reactivity of contaminants in estuarine and coastal systems;

• behaviour of heavy metals in the environment.

Essentials

Researchers are investigating how grasses use silica, taken up from the soil and deposited in their leaves, to protect themselves. Silica affects herbivores, including voles and sheep, by deterring feeding and reducing their ability to extract nutrients from food, slowing their growth and reproduction

Environmental science

Taught programmesMSc degreesCorporate and Financial Risk Management Financial Mathematics International Accounting, Finance and Strategy International Finance Management and Finance Postgraduate diploma Financial Mathematics

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc in Corporate and Financial Risk Management; MSc in Financial Mathematics A first- or second-class undergraduate honours degree in mathematics, finance, economics, business, science, engineering or computing. Non-standard qualifications combined with suitable experience can also be considered MSc in International Accounting; MSc in Finance and Strategy; MSc in International Finance; MSc in Management and Finance A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree

For all programmes: if your background is not in finance or a related discipline such as economics, you may be required to complete the one-month (pre-sessional) Primer in Economics programme in September, before starting the MSc. This is useful for understanding the economic framework in which financial institutions work

English language requirementsMSc in International Accounting; MSc in Finance and Strategy; MSc in International Finance; MSc in Management and Finance IELTS 6.5, with not less than 6.5 in Writing and 6.0 in the other sections MSc in Corporate and Financial Risk Management; MSc in Financial Mathematics IELTS 6.0, with not less than 6.0 in each section

For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174

Pre-Masters for non-EU studentsIf your qualifications (including English language) do not yet meet our entry requirements for admission direct to the MSc in International Finance, we offer a Pre-Masters entry route. For more information, see page 35


Essentials

Finance Taught programmes

MSc in Corporate and Financial Risk Management1 year full-timeThis programme is designed to cover the main aspects of risk management in businesses, focusing on quantitative analysis, regulation, implementation and management structure in business organisations.

This MSc covers topics such as financial portfolio theory, risk modelling, risk management and implementation within corporate structures. It also provides options in programming, probability, statistics and a range of management courses offered at Sussex. This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Funding The University has a number of award schemes that you may be eligible for. For more information, refer to Fees and funding on pages 176-181. From time to time, we have industrial funding from investment companies for well-qualified students who can undertake mathematics/statistics and programming projects.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Financial Portfolio Analysis, Corporate and Financial Risk Management, plus an option chosen from mathematics, management or computing courses.

Spring term: you take Mathematical Modelling in Finance and Industry, Corporate and Financial Risk Analysis and options chosen from mathematics, management or computing courses.

Summer term and vacation: MSc dissertation (usually in banking risk assessment or investment risk assessment).

MSc in Financial Mathematics 1 year full-timeThis MSc is designed to cover the main aspects of quantitative finance including general finance theory, finance models and programming for graduates with a science, engineering or economics/business background.

The programme includes topics such as: interest rate theory, arbitrage theory, GARCH models, corporate finance, the Black-Scholes model and numerical analysis, programming in C and Java, and the use of mathematical computing software. Some options offer probability and statistical theory that are essential for further development of the mathematical analysis of financial problems.

Funding The University has a number of award schemes that you may be eligible for. For more information, refer to Fees and funding on pages 176-186. From time to time, we have industrial funding from investment companies for well-qualified students who can undertake mathematics/statistics and programming projects.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take the core courses Monetary Theory Analysis; Financial Portfolio Analysis; and Corporate Finance; plus one option chosen from Java programming; statistics courses; or other options.

Spring term: you take the core courses Mathematical Models in Industry and Finance; Financial and Time Series Econometrics; Matlab Programming; plus options from C programming; statistics courses; or other options.

Further informationFor further information about Corporate and Financial Risk Management, and Financial Mathematics, contact: Dr Q Tang, Department of Mathematics, Mantell Building, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RF, UK T +44 (0)1273 877457 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/maths

For further information about the Primer in Economics programme, contact: Professor Andrew McKay, Department of Economics, Arts E, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SN, UK T +44 (0)1273 678889 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/economics

For further information on all other programmes, contact: Teaching Office, SPRU – Science and Technology Policy Research, The Freeman Centre, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QE, UKT +44 (0)1273 678168 E [email protected]/spru

• Our finance programmes are taught jointly by the Departments of Economics and Mathematics and SPRU – Science and Technology Policy Research, ensuring that a wide variety of knowledge and skills are available.

• In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), Mathematics and SPRU were awarded a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence), and Economics received a grade 4 (recognising research of national excellence).

• Both departments and SPRU are active across a diverse range of research areas, from corporate risk modelling to international economics.

• Sussex has good links with financial institutions. The Financial Mathematics programme currently has co-operation from City firms who provide sponsorship. Activities also include: - an industrial consultation programme in banking risk assessment; and

- investment fund sponsorship on hedge fund investment risk assessment.

• Our graduates have progressed to successful careers in many fields, including banking, hedge funds, fund management firms and international organisations such as the World Bank, as well as further research. Our teaching is designed to provide you with the knowledge and skills to compete effectively in these kinds of areas.

Fina

nce

104

105

Summer term and vacation: MSc dissertation (usually in banking risk assessment or investment risk assessment).

Assessment Assessment modes vary, with a mixture of unseen examinations and dissertation/projects.

Postgraduate Diploma in Financial MathematicsFunding See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structure The structure is identical to that of the autumn and spring terms of the corresponding Masters programme.

MSc in International Accounting, Finance and Strategy1 year full-timeThis programme provides you with the essential skills and knowledge for a successful career in management or finance, and will develop the managerial and technical analytical skills required by employers in the private and public sectors. Distinctive features of the programme are:

• the global perspective on the interactions between business, management and finance – critical to the sustainability of the advanced economies; and

• growth and development of emerging economies.

This contemporary programme brings into focus, among other things, the themes of sustainability, ethics, corporate and social responsibility and the growing need for accurate reporting of company information in an international context. Current debates concerning the need for the measurement of change will be examined and placed within appropriate contexts, both national and international.

A case study approach is taken to facilitate the development of skills and understanding. The University is in the process of seeking accreditation for the programme from relevant professional bodies. This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take two foundation courses to help you develop an understanding of basic management concepts – Fundamentals of Global Management and Managing Innovation. In addition, relevant skills and techniques are developed in a course on Management Methods and Tools. Financial Institutions in the Global Market is a course that offers a first introduction to your chosen specialisation.

Spring and summer terms: subject-specific knowledge is further developed in the courses International Accounting and Financial Reporting; and Strategy and Corporate Governance. In addition, a Business Analysis Report offers the opportunity to pursue selected issues in greater depth, and to integrate these with broader theoretical and analytical work.

AssessmentAll courses contribute to the final mark, in line with their credit weighting.

MSc in International Finance 1 year full-timeThis is a demanding degree that has been designed in consultation with senior professionals from London’s financial sector to provide you with essential skills and knowledge for a career in international finance. You will develop the technical and analytical skills

required by the contemporary finance industry and learn about the impact and uses of finance, as well as more technical aspects such as corporate finance and risk management.

Funding The University has a number of award schemes that you may be eligible for. For more information, refer to Fees and funding on pages 176-186. You may also be eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship to cover fees and maintenance.

Programme structure The degree comprises six core courses, (three taught in the autumn term and three taught in the spring term), plus a dissertation, completed during the summer term and vacation.

Autumn term: you take the core courses Corporate Finance; Quantitative Methods for Finance; and Monetary Theory and Policy.

Spring term: you take the core courses International Finance and Macroeconomics; Finance for Development; and Financial and Time Series Econometrics.

Summer term and vacation: you concentrate on supervised research leading to the writing of your MSc dissertation.

Assessment The six core courses are assessed by unseen examinations. The dissertation is the final assessment unit.

MSc in Management and Finance1 year full-timeThis degree provides you with the essential skills and knowledge for a successful career in management or finance, and will develop the managerial and technical analytical skills required by employers in the private and public sectors. Distinctive features of the programme are:

• the global perspective on the interactions between business, management and finance, critical to the sustainability of the advanced economies and to the growth and development of emerging economies;

• an awareness of the use of quantitative techniques in finance; and

• the study within finance of how it is applied internationally and to developing countries.

This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take the foundation courses Fundamentals of Global Management; Managing and Working Across Cultures; and Managing Innovation. In addition, you develop relevant skills and techniques in Management Methods and Tools; and Quantitative Methods for Finance.

Spring and summer terms: subject-specific knowledge is further developed in International Finance and Macroeconomics; and Finance for Development. In addition, a Business Analysis Report offers the opportunity to pursue selected issues in greater depth, and to integrate these with broader theoretical and analytical work based on Financial and Time Series Econometrics.

AssessmentAll courses contribute to the final mark in line with their credit weighting.


For faculty research interests in the Department of Economics, refer to the economics subject entry on pages 83-85, or go to www.sussex.ac.uk/economics

For faculty research interests in the Department of Mathematics, refer to the mathematics subject entry on pages 132-133, or go to www.sussex.ac.uk/maths

For faculty research interests in SPRU – Science and Technology Policy Research, refer to the Science and technology policy and management subject entry on pages 158-161, or go to www.sussex.ac.uk/spru

Finance

• The Centre for Gender Studies encompasses research on gender and sexuality and on gender, inequality and work, as well as covering many other areas of gender research.

• Gender studies is quintessentially interdisciplinary. It is an excellent area for lifelong learning, providing perspectives and information that will illuminate personal experience and enhance career prospects.

• Gender studies at Sussex draws together faculty and graduate researchers, and offers opportunities to work on issues of representation, identity and sexuality, as well as politics and social relations.

• You will explore the ways in which gender intersects with other markers of difference such as ‘race’, ethnicity, class and sexuality.

• The subject also familiarises you with feminist research methods appropriate to the examination of gender issues across a wide thematic range, within different social, historical and cultural contexts.

Taught programmes

MA in Gender Studies 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MA applies historical, sociological, anthropological, political and cultural perspectives to the field of gender studies. The programme aims to cater equally for those seeking to develop an existing research interest, those in a career in which issues of gender play an important role – such as personnel or equal opportunities – and those who simply wish to explore a broad range of issues concerning gender.

The MA explores the following:

• the contribution of feminist theory to a range of academic disciplines;

• the use of life histories in feminist research and practice;

• identity and the social construction of ‘gender’ across different cultures and societies;

• cultural representations of femininity and masculinity;

• gender, media, nation;

• visual representations of gender;

• history of British feminism;

• gender, power and politics in Europe;

• emotions, embodiment and health.

The MA is taught by a combination of seminars, tutorials and individual supervision.

FundingYou may be eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structure (full-time)Core courses aim both to familiarise you with key debates on gender issues and to present feminist challenges to the theories and concepts of a broad range of established disciplines. You take two core courses and two options, and you also write a dissertation.

Autumn term: you take two core courses Gender and Representation; and The Politics of Gender.

Spring term: you take two options from: Women and Human Rights; Queering Popular Culture; Gender, Nation and Identity; and Race and Critical Theory.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake work on the MA dissertation under faculty supervision.

AssessmentAll courses are assessed by 5,000-word term papers. You are also required to submit a dissertation of 20,000 words.

MA in Gender and Media 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme offers a rare opportunity to focus on the relationship of the media to questions of gender and sexuality. You will examine the production and reception of media representations of masculinity, femininity and sexuality; engage with theories of identity, subjectivity, culture and narrative; and have the chance to engage with some of the key social, cultural and policy issues of the present day.

This MA provides perspectives and information for people already in the media field or wishing to enter it, or for any occupation where gender awareness would be an advantage.

FundingSee Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Gender and Representation, which introduces conceptual frameworks (particularly from feminist, postmodern and queer theory) and offers medium-specific case studies; and Media Theory and Research I, which introduces a range of conceptual, institutional and methodological perspectives on the media.

Spring term: you take two options from a list that has previously included Feminism and Film; Gender, Nation and Identity; Media Audiences; Competing Equalities; Gender and Globalisation; History of British Feminism; Viewing Women; Women and Human Rights; Gender and Race; Queering Popular Culture; Emotion, Representation and Culture; Culture, Experience, History; Media Theory and Research II; Space and Representation; Rethinking Radio; European Media in Transition; Science, Technology, Culture; Video Documentary in Contemporary History; Rethinking European Cinema; and Latin American Cinema.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake work on the MA dissertation under faculty supervision.

AssessmentAll courses are assessed by 5,000-word term papers, except Video Documentary, which has a practical element. You are also required to submit a dissertation of 18,000 words.

Gender studies

Taught programmesMA degreesGender Studies Gender and Development (see page 78 )Gender and MediaMSc degreeComparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Gender Studies)

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Gender Studies

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA We encourage applications from a diverse range of backgrounds. Applicants normally have an upper second-class undergraduate honours degree or comparable experience MSc and MPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in a subject relevant to your research. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of the research project



Further informationDr Alison Phipps, Director of Gender Studies, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 877689E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/gender

Essentials

Gen

der s

tudi

es

106

107

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Gender Studies) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of gender studies. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.

FundingSee Fees and funding on pages 176-186 for information.


Autumn term: you take a research elective, Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice, and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.



The way we look, dress, walk and talk are all clues to how we self-define


Research programmes

Research and teaching in gender studies crosses the subject boundaries of anthropology, art history, sociology, English, history, politics and international relations, and media and film studies, and there is a wide range of potential research supervisors for DPhil students in gender studies. The Mass Observation Archive on campus is an invaluable research resource.

Current faculty areas of research available for research supervision include: • issues of gender and citizenship, nationalism

and globalisation;

• cultural representations of gender in art, literature and the media, including cyberspace;

• gender, inequality and work;

• gender and health;

• 19th- and 20th-century British women’s history and literature;

• gender, power and politics in Europe;

• gender, culture, identity;

• gender and education;

• gender and social anthropology, gender and development;

• feminist life history work;

• feminist movements/women’s activism;

• gender and sexuality.

FundingAlthough gender studies is not itself recognised as an ESRC outlet, students working on gender-related topics may apply for ESRC funding through the departments of most supervisors. This includes access to three interdisciplinary Quota awards in 2009. See also Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Recent thesis titlesGender, law and public policy in post-authoritarian regimes: the cases of Chile and Brazil

Hostile environments? Surveillance and the impact of everyday experiences on the emotional well-being of lesbians

Breaking the silence – lesbian clients speaking out about their experiences of counselling

Recreating ourselves as readers: women engaging with electronic texts

Women’s social movements: the intersection of the local, the national, the global

Lone mothers and social policy in Korea

Women, migration and social change: migrant women workers from the Philippines

Gender studies

Academic activities

The Centre for Gender Studies runs a lively Research-in-Progress seminar series, with local and visiting speakers. Skills workshops for MA students are also available.

Recent seminars have included joint seminars with Sociology, Migration Studies, Engineering and Design, Geography, Anthropology, Media and Film, and History. Topics covered included:

• gender and emotions

• gender and migration

• women in eastern Europe

• women and creativity

• femicide in Mexico.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/gender

Caroline Bassett Gender and new media; and gender in science, technology and culture.

Professor Gillian Bendelow The biological/cultural divide, and gender and the body.

Professor Jane Cowan Gender, nationalism, memory and identity in Greece and the Southern Balkans; current work on the League of Nations.

Denise deCaires Narain Postcolonial and feminist discourses, especially in Caribbean (diasporic) texts.

Professor Barbara Einhorn Gender and citizenship; gender and nation; and gender, landscape, nation and identity in German-Jewish women’s life histories.

Anne-Meike Fechter Gender, migration and anthroplogy.

Marzia Fontana Gender inequalities in development.

Elizabeth Harrison Discourses of gender and development, especially in relation to sub-Saharan Africa.

Gerry Holloway The history of women’s work, late 19th- to early 20th-century women’s organisations; women’s life histories; and local women’s history.

Amber Jacobs Psychoanalysis; feminist theory; feminist re-readings of Greek myths; and representations of maternity, and mother-daughter narratives.

Beate Jahn Issues of gender and culture in contemporary political and international theory.

Professor Liz James The representation of women in the classical and medieval world, with a specialist focus on Byzantine art and culture.

Kate Lacey Gender, media and public sphere theory; history of the media in Germany; history and theory of radio.

Claire Langhamer Women’s leisure; popular culture, life histories; and courtship in 20th-century Britain.

Vicky Lebeau Gender and psychoanalysis; 19th- and 20th-century novels; theories of cinema and visual representation; and images of childhood.

Andy Medhurst Popular culture, sexuality, gender, and Englishness.

Filippo Osella Migration, masculinity and consumption, especially in India and popular religion (Hinduism).

Alison Phipps Gender and aspects of social policy, including labour market segregation, abortion and sexual violence.

Vincent Quinn Lesbian and gay studies; 18th-century literature; and Irish literature.

Jacqueline O’Reilly Gender, work and care, comparative cross-national research.

Maya Unnithan Gender, culture and identity; poverty and women’s reproductive health in India.

Professor Ann Whitehead Changing gender relations and social transformation, especially in rural Africa; family, kinship and marriage; and race, gender and difference.

Janice Winship Gender and representation; advertising, promotional culture and consumption.

Ruth Woodfield Gender in higher education and gender in employment.

Makes you think: gender research at Sussex offers opportunities to work on issues of representation, identity and sexuality

Gen

der s

tudi

es

108

109

• Geographical research at Sussex is characterised by its interdisciplinary links, its openness to the full range of philosophical and methodological approaches, and its policy relevance.

• Our teaching was awarded top grades in all areas in the most recent Governmental quality assurance audit.

• A range of external funding sources supports the research activities in geography. Over the past few years, geographers have secured funding amounting to over £5 million.

• We offer research degrees in physical and human geography, and an ESRC-recognised MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Human Geography) that is designed to provide in-depth research training. The MA in Landscape History and Culture builds upon research strengths in cultural and historical geography.

• All of our programmes provide a strong intellectual grounding and sophisticated analytical skills appropriate to a wide variety of careers in the academic and policy fields and in the private sector.

Taught programmes

MA in Landscape History and Culture 1 year full-time/2 years part-time This programme offers you the opportunity to explore the ways in which landscapes reflect, enact and shape cultures and histories. It is designed to balance conceptual understandings of landscape history and culture with practical hands-on research on specific landscapes.

The MA draws on Geography’s research strengths in modern historical and cultural geography and the geographies of colonialism, but maintains an interdisciplinary outlook with contributions from Media and Film, History and Art History. It combines an in-depth coverage of theoretical advances in the understanding of landscape history and culture with a practical engagement with landscape based upon field, archival and textual research training.

The programme consists of three interrelated strands, each characterising a particular approach to landscape: cultural landscapes; British landscape history; and colonial landscapes.

The MA in Landscape History and Culture will be invaluable to those working for, or wishing to work for, local authority or private company departments of arts heritage, planning, tourism, environment or museum services, or a range of other governmental and non-governmental bodies such as the Countryside Agency, English Heritage, English Nature and the National Trust.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take Approaches to Landscape History and Culture, and one of the following options: Transformation of Rural Economies, Societies and Spaces 1850-2000; Skills and Methods in Local and Regional History 1520-1780; Globalisation and European Representations of Africa and India; or Modernism and the Cinematic City.

Spring term: you take Practising Landscape History and Culture, and one of the following options: Skills and Methods in Local and Regional History 1780-2000; Geographies of Colonialism; or Space and Representation.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on a long dissertation.

AssessmentCourses are assessed by a variety of modes including learning diaries, field and laboratory notebooks, short term papers, and the dissertation.

Taught programmesMA degreeLandscape History and Culture MSc degreeComparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Human Geography)

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Geography New Route DPhil Geography

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in geography or related disciplines with a focus on landscape, such as anthropology, archaeology, art history, environmental management, history, cultural studies, or landscape studies. Applicants with relevant professional experience will also be considered MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil The normal requirement is a Masters degree in geography or a related subject such as environmental science or planning, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of the research project



Further informationDr Ben Rogaly, Postgraduate Convenor, Geography,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RQ, UK T +44 (0)1273 873710 E [email protected]/geography

Geography

Essentials

The Long Man of Wilmington, mysterious guardian of the South Downs, has baffled geographers, archaeologists and historians for hundreds of years

Geography

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Human Geography) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of human geography. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.



Autumn term: you take a research elective, Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice, and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.



AssessmentTaught courses are variously assessed by term papers of 3,000-5,000 words or equivalent coursework portfolios. The research elective is assessed by a dissertation of 10,000 words.

Research programmes

Applications for research degrees are welcomed across any of our four research clusters, each of which maintains a strong international reputation.

Geographers also provide interdisciplinary doctoral supervision in subject areas such as contemporary European studies, development studies and migration studies.

FundingResearch students in geography are supported by a number of grant-awarding bodies. We have full 1+3 and +3 recognition from the ESRC, including one Quota Award in 2009, and a track record of successful CASE studentship applications. Geographers have been successful in obtaining interdisciplinary Quota and competition awards from the ESRC. Studentships may also be available from the AHRC and NERC (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

We also offer departmental bursaries. Please contact the Postgraduate Convenor, Geography (see Essentials) for further information.

Snow vortex: intervention on the South Downs, Sussex

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills and supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research.

(Exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level; students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research; see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.)

Geo

grap

hy

110

111

Recent thesis titlesCities in motion: towards an understanding of the cinematic city

The impact of the Second World War on the rural landscape of Britain

Traditional leadership and the modern South African state

Homosexuality and everyday life in post-war London

The global-local interplay and foreign direct investment in the European Union

The internationalisation of productive capital: Korean textile and clothing foreign direct investment in China

Pastoral-farmer conflict in the Hadejia-Nguru wetlands of north-eastern Nigeria

Food crop marketing and local economic development in Eastern Cape Province, South Africa

Institutional needs for natural resource conservation in mountain areas

Greek American return migration and identity construction

Representations of diversity and cultural participation: performances of multiculturalism in Bologna and Barcelona

Media, imagination and migration: the role of Italian television in the Albanian migration to Italy

An evaluation of GIS as a countryside management tool to inform the creation of a large scale, near forest habitat network in West Sussex

Sediment transport in the Ouse-Newhaven Estuary

ESRC-funded research in the Larkman housing estate in Norwich showed that social identities are in flux, influenced by relationships between classes, generations, genders and ethnic groups, and by categories used about people by others and by organisations, including the state

Threats to coastal shingle biodiversity in the Rives Manche

The response of shingle beaches to storm events: a managed approach


We have a Geography Resource Centre supervised by a full-time map curator; a well-equipped Geography Soils Laboratory; a computer laboratory with IBM-compatible PCs, Macs, Plotters, etc; and a Land Rover and mini MPV. All facilities are supervised by technicians. Specialist cartographic facilities are also available.


Geography faculty enjoy reputations for world-class academic research as well as policy-relevant studies on global socio-economic and cultural transformations, and on sensitive environmental systems. Our research includes a number of research projects funded by UK research councils such as the ESRC, AHRC and NERC, as well as major contributions to policy debates within the UK government, EU and other international organisations.

Research in Geography is divided into four research clusters, which have strong relationships with interdisciplinary research centres at Sussex:

Economic geographies of globalisation and developmentThis research cluster focuses on global value chains, developing country industrialisation, industrial change and regional economic performance, the nature and impact of the emergence of China and spatial price formation.

The cluster was recently ranked 1st in the UK for impact in economic geography, see Jamie Foster, Chris Muellerleile, Kris Olds and Jamie Peck, ‘Circulating economic geographies: citation patterns and citation behaviour in economic geography, 1982-2006’, in Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 32(3), (2007).

Current research on regional inequality and regional economic performance has focused on regional economic performance in Europe, including governance and cohesion in an enlarged Europe. ESRC-funded research has concentrated on the Three Italies and on the comparative performance of continental, Nordic, Mediterranean, east European and ‘neo-American’ economies. This research is underpinned by an interest in the relationships between globalisation, integration, transition, convergence, inequality and social cohesion (including analyses of the structural and cohesion policies of the EU). It draws upon theories of regulation in which the group has a strong interest. Current plans centre on an extension of this research to a comparative study of the EU and China.

Our research on global value chains involves close relationships with the research of the Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Globalisation Group. This research includes the development of theoretical frameworks for global value-chain analysis, analyses of the role of value chain governance in shaping the upgrading strategies for clusters, and research on sectors that include food retailing, the automotive industry, the steel sector and the textile and clothing industries. Scope exists for joint supervision with IDS in this area.

Geography

Highlights of this research effort include a six-year ‘Development Research Centre’ funded by the Department for International Development on the relationship between migration, globalisation and poverty; research on issues of integration, social cohesion and identity among migrants to the UK, funded among others by the ESRC, the Home Office, the Joseph Rowntree Foundation and the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs; and extensive research of migration issues in Europe that is facilitated by our leading role in the EU’s Network of Excellence on ‘International Migration, Integration and Social Cohesion in Europe’. The group also supervises a number of doctoral students working on migration issues around the world.

The Centre is home to the internationally established Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, edited by Russell King. Alongside Richard Black’s co-editorship of the Journal of Refugee Studies, the world’s leading journal in the field of forced migration, this makes Sussex the main agenda-setting centre for journal-based empirical research outside the US on all aspects of migration.

The Centre also facilitates extensive interdisciplinary connections with researchers in politics, economics, law, history and social anthropology.

Associated faculty include:

Professor Richard Black Migration, globalisation and poverty; refugees and displaced persons in Africa and Europe; and migration and entrepreneurship.

Mike Collyer Migration policy; refugees and asylum; and Europe and North Africa.

Jamie Goodwin-White Geographical contexts of social and economic inequality; North America; Europe; and quantitative methods.

Research on value chains links closely with a third main area of research: developing-country industrialisation and spatial price formation. Much of this research concentrates on Chinese economic reform and, in particular, on the impact of WTO accession and international standards on manufacturing performance and state-owned enterprises in China. This work is being expanded to explore intra-national aspects of parallel trade involving the use of transaction-cost economics and agency theory to develop a principal-agent-subagent framework to examine the spatial pricing behaviour and conduct of Coca-Cola in the competitive Chinese beverage market.

Associated Geography faculty include:

Professor Mick Dunford Comparative regional and urban economic performance; inequality and social cohesion in Europe; and theories of regulation.

Godfrey Yeung Globalisation and the Chinese economy, including foreign direct investment and Chinese competitiveness after WTO accession.

Geographies of migrationThis cluster constitutes the core of the Sussex Centre for Migration Research, co-directed by Richard Black and Russell King since 1997. It is a unique venue for migration research in Britain: centered on creating a close-knit, interdisciplinary environment for faculty and graduate researchers alike, linking research with its now well-established MA in Migration Studies. In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), this cluster was a ‘flagged’ research group, meaning it was assessed as equivalent to the highest possible level of quality.

Central to this effort has been high-quality original research, which has drawn funding from research councils, government departments and charitable foundations.

The Sussex Centre for Migration Research looks at the migration of agricultural, horticultural and packhouse workers

Map of population density in Europe. Geographers at Sussex use Digimap, the online mapping data service of the Ordnance Survey, the UK’s national mapping agency

Metropolitan and Urban Regions

© EuroGeographics Association for the administrative boundaries

0 500 Km

Population of main LUZ*250'000 - 500'000

500'000 - 1'000'000

> 1'000'000

REGIOgis

Canarias (ES)

Guadeloupe Martinique Réunion

Guyane

(FR)

Açores (PT)

Madeira

* Larger Urban Zones (LUZ) as defined in the Urban Audit

Geo

grap

hy

112

113

Modelling and monitoring of sensitive earth systemsThis research cluster focuses on modelling and monitoring of sensitive earth surface and atmospheric systems. The study of sensitive systems such as mountains, coasts, the atmosphere and the arctic is becoming a critical issue to societies, as they adjust to the impacts of environmental change. Our research investigates sensitive systems by field monitoring, physical and numerical modelling, geotechnical analysis of sediments and rocks, and reconstruction of quaternary environments.

Our expertise concerns:

• Climate systems

• Coastal and estuarine systems

• Permafrost and Arctic systems

• Quaternary palaeoenvironments

• Soil systems

Key achievements Recognition for the high quality of our research has led to several recent achievements:

• Papers in Science, Geology and Geophysical Research Letters

• Grants: more than £3.5 million (for example from the EU, INTERREG, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, NERC, Royal Society, Environment Agency)

• Beaches At Risk project – a showcase Franco-British project

• Chair of NERC Grant awarding panel

• Chair of the British Society for Geomorphology

• Associate editor of Journal of Geophysical Research – Earth Surface

• Dorothy Hodgkins Royal Society Research Fellowship to a former DPhil student

Professor Russell King International migration in Europe; rural geography; the Mediterranean; and islands.


Professor Ronald Skeldon Population migration in the developing world, especially Asia.

Katie Walsh Migration, home and belonging; transnational spaces and identities; British expatriates; and Gulf region.

Histories, cultures, networksThis cluster coheres thematically around the connections between culture and landscape. This is orchestrated around two interdisciplinary research centres: the Centre for Colonial and Post-Colonial Studies and the Centre for World Environmental History.


Grace Carswell Rural livelihoods in eastern Africa, population-environment interactions and agricultural change under the influence of colonialism. Associated research in the Department has focused on colonial forestry and natural resource management in Mozambique.

Professor Alan Lester works on the historical geography of the 19th-century British Empire, emphasising the traffic in people, ideas and materials between different colonial and metropolitan spaces. Together with Fae Dussart, he is currently completing a Leverhulme-funded project on the trans-imperial history of Aboriginal Protection, particularly in Australia and New Zealand.

Simon Rycroft is a leading geographer of radical urban cultures in the 1960s, especially in Los Angeles and London. He has pioneered the analysis of such cultures from a countercultural perspective and shown, for the first time, how they engage with ‘nature’, an engagement that drew upon a series of influences. He is currently working on a monograph entitled Swinging City: The Cultural Geographies of London 1950-1975.

Professor Brian Short has mapped contested ideologies of rural landscape conservation and the politics of landownership in Victorian and Edwardian England, examining for the first time the place of micro-history within historical geography. He has recently begun to explore the impact of the Second World War on English rural communities.

Katie Walsh works at the intersection of migration, home and belonging; transnational spaces and identities; British expatriates; and Gulf region.

Cecil Rhodes statue, Cape Town: researchers at Sussex focus on the intersections between colonialism and landscape in former colonies


Professor Bob Allison Mass movement; geotechnical properties of sediment; and arid environments.

Mick Frogley Quaternary palaeoecology, and climatic history of lake basins.

Dominic Kniveton Climate systems; and hydrological cycle in Southern Africa.

Cherith Moses Rock weathering; coastal processes; and karst landforms in the British Isles, the Mediterranean Basin and Australia.

Julian Murton Permafrost; physical modelling; and Quaternary environments in Arctic Canada and UK.

David Robinson Rock weathering; coastal processes; soil erosion and conservation; and landform evolution.

See www.sussex.ac.uk/geography for more information.

Geography

• Globalisation is an important process of contemporary social and economic change and a major new interdisciplinary field of study.

• Our MA programme seeks to bridge the gap between social science and humanities approaches to globalisation, ethnicity and cultural difference.

• The degree aims to explore the history of globalisation and European expansion as well as globalisation as a critical issue of our times.

Taught programme

MA in Globalisation, Ethnicity and Culture 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeDrawing on contributions from history, anthropology, politics and geography, this programme will be of interest to those working in the fields of ethnic and cultural studies in global, regional and national contexts including southern Africa, South Asia, Latin America and the UK. The programme tackles the key issue of globalisation as a process of social change, its impact on ethnic identities, the politics of representation and cultural production, the rise of fundamentalisms, including terrorism, and the way in which these are rooted in historical contexts.


Programme structureAutumn term: you take Globalisation and Culture; and Globalisation and European Representations of Africa and India.

Spring term: you take two from Contemporary Post-Colonial Women’s Writing; Idea of Race; Migration, Inequality and Social Change; The Ethics and Politics of Globalisation; and Transnational Migration and Diaspora. Other options are also available.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on a dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed by term papers of 5,000 words, and a 20,000-word dissertation.

Globalisation, ethnicity and culture

Taught programmeMA Globalisation, Ethnicity and Culture

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175

An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a relevant social science or humanities subject



Further information Dr Vinita Damodaran, Globalisation, ethnicity and culture, Arts B 368,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UKE v.damodaran@sussex. ac.ukwww.sussex.ac.uk/development

From Hollywood to Bollywood – culture in a social, historical and global context

Essentials Faculty research interests


Vinita Damodaran is convenor of the MA in Globalisation, Ethnicity and Culture, and Lecturer in History. Her work focuses on modern India, especially protest and nationalism, and she is currently studying the way in which environmental change constrains and shapes social and cultural protest. She is author of Broken Promises (1992) and Post-Colonial India (2000).

Geert De Neve lectures in social anthropology. His research focuses on Tamil Nadu, India, and is concerned with labour relations, power, gender, industrialisation and modernity.

Professor Saul Dubow is Professor of History. His interests are race, colonialism and the history of modern Africa, South African racism and the politics of apartheid. His books include Scientific Racism in Modern South Africa (1995).

Katy Gardner is a social anthropologist and author of Global Migrants, Local Lives: Travel and Transformation in Rural Bangladesh (1995), Development, Anthropology and the Post-Modern Challenge (1996) and Age, Narrative and Migration: the Life Course and Life Histories of Bengali Elders in London (2002); Editor, with Filippo Osella, of Migration and Modernities in South Asia (2004).

Professor Alan Lester is an historical geographer. Interests include British colonial discourses in the 19th century, with a particular focus on the Cape Colony, and the geographies of 19th-century humanitarianism. He is author of Imperial Networks: Creating Identities in 19th-Century South Africa and Britain (2001), and co-editor of Colonial Lives Across the British Empire: Imperial Careering in the Long 19th Century (2006).

Peter Luetchford is a social anthropologist with a particular interest in coffee producers and fair trade in Costa Rica. He is the author of Fair Trade and a Global Commodity: Coffee in Costa Rica (2007).

Ben Rogaly is a human geographer and a member of the Sussex Centre for Migration Research. His research in India and the UK connects analysis of global and national political economy with the lifeworlds of migrant agricultural workers and those who recruit and employ them.

Glo

balis

atio

n, e

thni

city

and

cul

ture

114

115

Essentials • History is a vibrant, ambitious and highly research-active department with major strengths in contemporary history, intellectual history and early modern history. Cultural, social and economic history are particularly well represented.

• History is home to a number of innovative research centres, including the Centre for War, Representation and Society; the Centre for Modern European Cultural History; the Centre for German-Jewish Studies; and the Sussex Centre for Intellectual History. Sussex historians also play leading roles in cross-departmental Centres in Colonial and Postcolonial Studies, Life History, and Early Modern Studies.

• Sussex students have access to an impressive range of archives including the internationally renowned Mass Observation Archive, which is housed in the University Library.

Taught programmes

Teaching methodsMost courses are taught in weekly small-group seminars, for which you prepare written work and oral presentations. Lectures, workshops and conferences organised by the History Department give you further access to the latest historical research and debate.

Taught courses include training in appropriate research techniques, including the development of skills in using concepts and sources likely to play a part in the research project for the dissertation. Teaching is also available, where required, in languages, palaeography, statistics and computing.

You may, on certain programmes and subject to the approval of the programme convenor, write any or all of their assessment exercises in a language other than English. Please note that all teaching is in English. For further information contact the programme convenor at the address given in Essentials.

The range of option courses may vary depending on demand and the availability of faculty.

European cooperationThe History Department at Sussex is one of 27 European history departments that are developing a joint European curriculum. Within the framework of this European pilot project, many exchanges are possible with the SOCRATES programme.

MA in Contemporary History 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeSussex has a long-established reputation for cutting-edge historical research in contemporary history. The MA in Contemporary History is different in scope from those available at other universities. Its distinctiveness lies in the emphasis on social and cultural, economic as well as political history, and in providing opportunities to study important aspects of the contemporary history of Asia, Africa and north America, as well as Britain. It aims to provide you with the knowledge, understanding and conceptual, intellectual and subject-specific skills to analyse problems of importance in the contemporary world historically, ie in their long-run context as distinct from the necessarily shorter focus of the contemporary social sciences. There is a strong emphasis upon the comparative study of different countries or regions. A highly distinctive feature of this programme is the training it offers in making video documentaries relating to the recent past, as in the spring term all students are offered the option of taking the course Video Documentary in Contemporary History. Former students have produced films of outstanding quality and have gained external acclaim for their work.

The MA in Contemporary History draws upon our expertise in modern British, north American, Asian and African history to offer a carefully constructed programme of study split into two pathways. Each pathway through the programme is linked to a Sussex Interdisciplinary Research Centre. In this way students are integrated into the research culture of the University and are encouraged to attend Centre seminars and symposia.

The Centre for the Study of Colonial and Postcolonial Cultures reflects significant interdisciplinary and cross-school interest in the histories and cultures of colonialism, and in postcolonial studies. It organises annual conferences, a seminar series and provides opportunities for more informal discussions of work in progress among its members.

The Research Centre in War, Representation and Society has strong links with the Imperial War Museum and the internationally recognised Mass Observation Archive, a unique resource for the study of 20th-century Britain. For further details, visit www.massobs.org.uk/index.html The Centre also has close research links with the Sussex Centre for Life History Research (www.sussex.ac.uk/clhr).

FundingSuccessful EU applicants are advised to apply to the AHRC (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureThe options listed below are an example of courses that may be available. You take four courses during the MA.

Autumn term: Historical Skills and Methods; Empire, Nation, State in the 20th Century; and War, Gender and British Society, 1914-1945.

Spring term: Segregated Societies: The American and South African South, 1860-1970; Imperialism, Nationalism and Popular Protest in Late Colonial India; Video Documentary in Contemporary History; The Falklands; and Vietnam War.

You may substitute one of these options with an option chosen from other MA programmes, subject to the agreement of the convenor.

History

Taught programmesMA degreesContemporary HistoryEarly Modern History 1500-1800Intellectual History Life History Research: Oral History and Life Story Documents Modern European HistoryMSc degreeSocial Research Methods (Economic and Social History)

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Contemporary History MPhil, DPhil Early Modern History MPhil, DPhil Intellectual History MPhil, DPhil Life History ResearchMPhil, DPhil Modern European History

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MA and MScAn upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in history or another arts or social sciences subject MPhil and DPhil A Masters degree in history or a related discipline


Fees See page 176-181 for information on fees

Further information History, Arts B, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UK www.sussex.ac.uk/history

Contemporary History, Early Modern History, Intellectual History, and Modern European HistoryDr Claire Langhamer at the address aboveT + 44 (0)1273 606755 E [email protected] History ResearchDr Margaretta Jolly,Centre for Continuing Education,University of Sussex, Falmer,Brighton BN1 9RG, UKT + 44 (0)1273 873585E [email protected]

History

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation, which – subject to agreement – may involve research anywhere in Britain or another country, depending on the topic chosen.

AssessmentHistorical Skills and Methods is assessed by a portfolio consisting of a group submission, an individual essay and a research proposal. Video Documentary is examined on the basis of the documentaries produced as group projects. Each other course is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper, each paper to be written in the vacation following the end of the course in question. All students write a 20,000-word dissertation, which is submitted towards the end of the summer vacation.

MA in Early Modern History 1500-1800 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme draws on the range of expertise in early modern history at Sussex to offer a carefully constructed programme of courses from English, British, European and American history. You take core courses on historical skills and historiography in the autumn term; training in early modern palaeography at the East Sussex Record Office is also available. Spring term courses emphasise our research strengths in early modern England, Britain and France. The University Library is well supplied for the early modern period: it subscribes to Early English Books Online, holds the Hartlib papers CD-Rom and is home to the Travers Collection of rare books, of value to scholars of the history of the book and rich in examples of printing and binding from the 15th to the 19th centuries. There are also rich archival holdings in the local record offices in Lewes and Chichester.

You also benefit from membership of the Sussex Centre for Early Modern Studies (see www.sussex.ac.uk/cems) which, building upon a powerful tradition of early modern studies, pursues interdisciplinary research and postgraduate teaching in all areas of the early modern period. You are therefore encouraged to participate in the cross-disciplinary postgraduate reading group and to attend the seminar series for visiting speakers.

The Sussex Centre for Intellectual History (see www.sussex.ac.uk/cih) provides for additional intellectual exchange through its symposia and seminars.


Programme structure The options listed below are an example of courses that may be available. You take four options during your studies.

Autumn term: Historical Methods and Historiography; Making and Unbreaking Britain, 1600-1800; Skills and Methods in Local and Regional History 1520-1780: Administrative History and Palaeography; and Intellectual History I: Philosophical Ideas.

Spring term: Reading, Writing, Texts; Power and Culture in Early Modern France; Intellectual History II: Political Ideas; and Intellectual History III: Scientific Ideas. You may substitute one of these options with an option chosen from other MA programmes, subject to the agreement of the convenor. You are particularly encouraged to select options offered by other MA programmes associated with the Centre for Early Modern Studies.


AssessmentHistorical Methods and Historiography is assessed by a portfolio consisting of an essay and a research proposal. Each of the other courses is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper, each paper to be written in the vacation following the end of the course in question. All students write a 20,000-word dissertation, which is submitted towards the end of the summer vacation.

MA in Intellectual History 1 year full-time/2 years part-time Intellectual history is one of the liveliest and most rapidly developing subjects in contemporary humanities in Britain. Sussex has been one of the main contributors to the flourishing of intellectual history and is today a leading centre in the field, both in scholarship and teaching. It was one of the first universities in Britain to create a major in Intellectual History and it remains one of the few to offer graduate degrees specifically in this exciting discipline.

The MA in Intellectual History is central to the Sussex programme. It aims, first of all, at giving you the opportunity to acquire a thorough knowledge of the interrelations between philosophy, political thought, science and religion in the early modern and modern period across Britain and Europe. You study the major transformations of the reflective and intellectual life of both thinkers and doers whose ideas are approached through their literary texts as well as their practical contexts.

In addition, the MA programme’s aim is to prepare you for more advanced study. To this end, and to put the whole course of study into broader perspective, you take an intensive pro-seminar in methods and approaches to intellectual history. This course provides methodological research training in addition to detailed knowledge of the major research areas of intellectual history as it is currently practised internationally.

The MA is based in the Sussex Centre for Intellectual History (see www.sussex.ac.uk/cih), which arranges seminars and symposia on the latest research and is home to significant research projects, editorial projects (including ‘The Newton Project’ and ‘Natural Law and Enlightenment Classics’), and two leading academic journals (History of Science and History of European Ideas).


Programme structureAutumn term: The Theory and Practice of Intellectual History; and Intellectual History I: Philosophical Ideas.

Spring term: Intellectual History II: Political Ideas; and Intellectual History III: Scientific Ideas.


Poster from the Paris Commune Collection, which documents the events of 1871 when republican Paris, at odds with Thiers’s government for ratifying a humiliating peace treaty with Bismarck, found itself autonomous for 73 days after the government’s retreat to Versailles

His

tory

116

117

AssessmentEach course is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper, each paper to be written in the vacation following the end of the course in question. All students write a 20,000-word dissertation, which is submitted towards the end of the summer vacation.

MA in Life History Research: Oral History and Life Story Documents 1 year full-time/2 years part-time In the last three decades, life history research has been at the forefront of the development of qualitative research as a legitimate and important research methodology. It has also been part of a significant intellectual, social and political movement in this country and abroad.

Life history research has developed in a range of disciplines, including history, sociology, anthropology, humanistic psychology and education, and one of the strengths of the approach is its multi- and interdisciplinary nature. Though practitioners from different disciplines have particular emphases, there are a number of common features including: the generation and use of life stories to explore particular social and historical issues; a concern for the ethical and epistemological issues posed by the relationship between narrator and researcher; and the ideal of empowering the narrator either indirectly through making their stories heard or directly through participation in collaborative research. Alongside and connected to academic life history research, projects based in particular communities, institutions or social movements have sought to make positive links between theory and practice, between personal experience and social life, and between ideas and social change.

The MA gives you a thorough knowledge of issues in the theory and practice of life history research, and provides support for your own life history research projects.

The University of Sussex is a leading international centre for life history research and teaching. It has the advantage of being able to draw upon the Mass Observation Archive (a major international resource, as well as the base for an ongoing research project in autobiographical and documentary writing), which is housed in the University Library, and has close links with local oral and community history projects.

FundingSuccessful EU applicants are advised to apply to the AHRC for support (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureThis MA consists of three core courses and a fourth course chosen from an array of options. The core courses are taught in a series of day schools in the autumn and spring terms to facilitate access by students living at a distance or studying part time. Over two years, part-time students take one course each in the autumn and spring terms, and work on their dissertation each summer term.

Autumn term: you take the core courses Life History Research: Source, Context and Interpretation; and Critical Approaches to Mass Observation.

Spring term: you take the core course The Theory and Practice of Oral History, and an option from the wide range offered by history, gender studies and related subject areas. Specific options include Public History Placement, which will develop vocational skills, or The Theory and Practice of Life Writing, which will develop (auto)biographical skills.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation, using life history research methods and focusing on an agreed subject matter. Student peer support groups and a work-in-progress day school will also be established. Students are invited to attend the regular Sussex Life Histories Research Forum.

AssessmentThe autumn-term courses are examined by 5,000-word essays. The Theory and Practice of Oral History is examined by a 5,000-word essay plus interview tape and transcript or log. Public History Placement is examined by a 5,000-word report. The Theory and Practice of Life Writing is examined by a 5,000-word portfolio of critical or creative writing.

The summer-term dissertation is up to 20,000 words.

MA in Modern European History 1 years full-time/2 years part-timeSussex has a long tradition of cutting-edge historical research in modern European history. The MA in Modern European History draws explicitly upon this expertise to offer a carefully constructed programme of courses from Spanish, German and French history.

The University Library is well supplied for the study of Modern European History. The Mai ‘68 collection held in the Library’s Special Collections includes printed agitprop, black and white prints, leaflets and handouts, printed papers and contemporaneous editions of a wide range of magazines. The collection also includes material relating to student unrest in Germany. The Library also houses the Eugene W Schulkind Paris Commune collection, the only one of its kind in the UK, and one of the four strongest on its subject in the world. It documents in extraordinary detail (there are around 2,500 items) the events of 1871.

MA students are attached to the Centre for Modern European Cultural History, which has strong connections with European institutions and organises conferences and seminars among other activities. You also benefit from strong departmental links to the Centre for German-Jewish Studies (see www.sussex.ac.uk/cgjs/). Established at Sussex in 1994, this Centre has developed into a major institution for the study of the history, culture and thought of Jews in central Europe and for the training of a new generation of teachers and researchers in this field. The Centre’s archival collection, located in the University of Sussex Library, is being developed in accordance with these main themes. There is a particular interest in materials documenting the histories of German-Jewish families since the Enlightenment, including diaries, letters, oral testimony, survival narratives and other biographical sources recording the history of refugees.

Funding Successful EU applicants are advised to apply to the AHRC (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structure The options listed below are an example of courses that may be available. You take four options during your studies.

Autumn term: Historical Skills and Methods; and Empire, Nation, State in the 20th Century.

Spring term: Modern Germany: Historiographical Problems and Perspectives; Conflict in France from the Paris Commune to the 1960s; Critiques of Modernity; and Video Documentary in Contemporary History.

Taking it easy? Design and material culture are studied in their historical, social and political context

History

You may substitute one of these options with an option chosen from other MA programmes, subject to the agreement of the convenor.


Assessment Historical Skills and Methods is assessed by a portfolio consisting of a group submission, an individual essay and a research proposal. Video Documentary is examined on the basis of the documentaries produced as group projects. Each other course is assessed by a 5,000-word term paper, each paper to be written in the vacation following the end of the course in question. All students submit a 20,000-word dissertation, which is submitted towards the end of the summer vacation.

MSc in Social Research Methods (Economic and Social History) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. Please see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 176-186.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of economic and social history. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.



Autumn term: you take a research elective; and Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice.

Spring and summer terms: you take Methods of Quantitative Data Collection and Analysis; Methods of Qualitative Data Collection and Analysis; and a choice of courses in research methods. The research elective continues across all terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation.

AssessmentTaught course units are variously assessed, including term papers of 4,000-5,000 words, coursework portfolios or unseen examinations. The research elective is assessed by a dissertation of 10,000 words.

British migrant child Susan Miller writing a letter to her grandparents in England while sailing into Sydney Harbour in the early 1960s (from the book Ten Pound Poms: Australia’s Invisible Migrants, by A J Hammerton and A Thomson, 2005)

War begins at home: a Mass Observation publication

His

tory

118

119

Research programmes

We invite research proposals in all aspects of contemporary history, in British and European history since 1500, in intellectual history, and in life history. The History Department lays particular emphasis on social, cultural, political and economic history of the 19th and 20th centuries; on early modern social, intellectual and religious history; on life history and oral history research; and on gender and women’s history. For individual areas of research and potential supervisors, see Faculty research interests on the right.

All research is individually supervised by members of the History Department, and a weekly work-in-progress seminar gives a platform for Sussex historians, visiting speakers and research students to present their ideas and scholarship (see Academic activities below).

Intensive language courses in the major European languages are available.

Library and archivesThe University Library is rich in contemporary publications, periodicals and newspapers and has a large documentary section. The Library also subscribes to a range of electronic resources, including Early English Books Online (EEBO), which provides access to over 100,000 titles published between 1475 and 1700 in facsimile form. Its Special Collections contain: the internationally renowned Mass Observation Archive 1937-present, on which numerous theses and books, written at Sussex and elsewhere, have been based, and which has its own publications list; the important Paris Commune Collection of books, posters, illustrations and newspapers of 1871; literary and political manuscripts of the 20th century including the Rudyard Kipling papers, Bloomsbury Group papers, the New Statesman archive and Kingsley Martin papers; and the History and Popularisation of Science collection including the JG Crowther papers. For full details, see the Special Collections website www.sussex.ac.uk/library/speccoll

Archival sources for local history are stored at the East Sussex County Record Office in nearby Lewes and at the West Sussex Record Office in Chichester; there is the Design Archive at the neighbouring University of Brighton, and most research students regularly use the British Library and the Public Record Office in London.

FundingSuccessful EU applicants are advised to apply to the AHRC for support. Students who are applying for ESRC funding (1+3 years) will take the MSc in Social Research Methods (Economic and Social History). For more information on ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186. There are also a number of individual bursaries and teaching assistantships offered by the University.

CourseworkMost research students will have successfully completed an MA with research training skills and will therefore not be required to take any compulsory coursework. Where it is thought advisable, first-year research students may otherwise be required to participate in the Historical Skills and Methods course, or the Historiography and Intellectual History course, during the autumn term. Theory and Practice of Oral History and Critical Approaches to Mass Observation are also available for researchers using life-history methods.

Recent thesis titles The roots of solidarity: race, religion and the foundations of British anti-apartheid activism, 1946-58

Young women, employment and the family in interwar England

Exile, identity and memory: representations of Spanish republicans in the Southwest of France

Continuity and change in an English rural settlement: Porchester, c1500-c1750

The political thought of the Cordeliers Club

The formation of the public image of the Balkans in Britain between 1912 and 1945

Academic activities

The History Department runs a weekly work-in-progress seminar throughout the academic year, to which visiting historians, research students and faculty contribute. All postgraduate students are encouraged to attend. Sussex history research students have in recent years organised a highly successful annual postgraduate conference, ‘Fresh Perspectives’. Our graduate students also run the well-established University of Sussex Journal of Contemporary History, an innovative online journal of creative and inter-disciplinary historical research by members of the postgraduate and early postdoctoral community (see the perspective on page 9 for more information).

History at Sussex has a thriving and animated research culture, with regular seminars, workshops and conferences on interdisciplinary research, and specific courses on research methods and skills. Intensive language courses in the major European languages are also available. Postgraduate students play an active role within the buoyant research centres that exist within the History Department and throughout the University. These Centres organise seminars and conferences among other activities and include:

• the Centre for the Study of Colonial and Postcolonial Cultures (www.sussex.ac.uk/hums/cscpc);

• the Research Centre in War, Representation, Society (www.sussex.ac.uk/cwrs);

• the Centre for Life History and Life Writing Research (www.sussex.ac.uk/clhr);

• the Centre for German-Jewish Studies (www.sussex.ac.uk/cgjs);

• the Sussex Centre for Intellectual History (www.sussex.ac.uk/cih); and

• the Centre for Early Modern Studies (www.sussex.ac.uk/cems).


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/history

Hester Barron 20th-century British social history with a particular interest in labour history and the history of the working classes in the early part of the century. Her doctoral thesis on the miners’ lockout of 1926 is currently being prepared for publication.

Paul Betts 20th-century Germany, and modern European intellectual and cultural history. Joint editor of German History. Co-Director of the Sussex Centre for Modern European Cultural History. Author of The Authority of Everyday Objects: A Cultural History of West German Industrial Design (2004). Currently completing a book on the history of East German private life.

Peter Campbell 18th-century French political, intellectual and cultural history. Current research focuses on the relationship between patriot ideology or rhetoric and the politics of the end of the old regime. Author of The Origins of the French Revolution (2005) and Conspiracy and the French Revolution (2007).

Vinita Damodaran Modern India, with particular interests in popular protest and nationalism during the final stages of British imperial rule. Currently studying the ways in which environmental change constrains and shapes social and cultural protest. Author of Nature and the Orient; An Environmental History of South and South East Asia (1997) and Postcolonial India, History, Politics and Culture (2000).

Professor Saul Dubow The political and intellectual foundations of modern South Africa, with special reference to the politics of race, nationalism and identity. Chair of the Board of the Journal of Southern African Studies and Co-Director of the Centre for Colonial and Postcolonial Studies. Author of A Commonwealth of Knowledge: Science, Sensibility and White South African Identity, c 1820-2000 (2006).

Professor Carol Dyhouse 19th- and 20th-century British social history; feminism; gender and women’s experiences in the family, education and the workplace. Author of No Distinction of Sex? Women in British Universities, 1870-1939 (1995) and Students: A Gendered History (2006).

Jim Endersby The history of science, with particular interest in the impact of empire on 19th-century Britain, and in the reception and influence of Darwinism. Author of A Guinea Pig’s History of Biology: The Animals and Plants Who Taught Us the Facts of Life (2007) and Imperial Nature: Joseph Hooker and the Practices of Victorian Science (2007).

History

Ian Gazeley British history in the 20th century; living standards and poverty; and employment and unemployment. Co-Director of the Sussex Centre for War, Representation and Society. Author of Poverty in Britain, 1900-1965 (2003) and co-editor of Work and Pay in 20th Century Britain (2007). Currently working on Living Standards in the British Isles in 1904, and Women’s Wages during World War I.

Raphael Gross German-Jewish culture and politics. He is currently writing a book on morality and ethics during the Nazi era. He is the Director of the Leo Baeck Institute in London and is co-editor of the Leo Baeck Institute Year Book. Author of Carl Schmitt and the Jews (2000).

Professor Knud Haakonssen The history of early modern philosophy, with special emphasis on moral, political, and legal thought. His main research project is an extensive study of the history of human rights in the early modern period. Publications include (ed) The Cambridge Companion to Adam Smith (2005); (ed) The Cambridge History of 18th-Century Philosophy (2005).

Gerry Holloway Women’s work and women’s organisations in the 19th and 20th centuries. Current research focuses on changing attitudes towards women as workers since World War II. Author of Women’s Work in Britain since 1840 (2005).

Professor Alun Howkins Rural social history and the cultural history of rural England. Currently working on anti-enclosure movements and popular use of the land in England after 1850 and on the persistence of living in farm-service in England 1850-1920. Publications include The End of Rural England: A Social History of the Countryside Since 1900 (2003).

Professor Robert Iliffe The history of science and in particular The Newton Project (www.newtonproject.ic.ac.uk/), an international undertaking to publish a critical scholarly edition of all of Isaac Newton’s writings. Publications include The Cambridge History of 18th Century Science (2003); Recent Newtonian Research (2004) and Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science (2004).

Claire Langhamer 20th-century British history, specialising in gender, life histories and mass observation. Currently working on a history of love and commitment across the period c1930-1970. Author of Women’s Leisure in England, 1920-1960 (2000) and recent articles on courtship, adultery and the meanings of home.

Margaretta Jolly Co-Director of the Centre for Life History and Life Writing Research. Publications include Dear Laughing Motorbyke: Letters from Women Welders of the Second World War (1997); Encyclopedia of Life Writing (2001); In Love and Struggle: Letters in Contemporary Feminism (2008), exploring feminist relationships as they have been expressed in letters and emails since the 1970s.

James Livesey The cultural history of France and the British Isles, especially Ireland, from 1640 to 1900, with a particular interest in the growth of democratic values in society, the economy and politics. At the moment he is working on popular participation in botany in 18th-century Languedoc.

Lucy Robinson Contemporary British history with a particular interest in the British Left, sexuality and sexual politics, counter-culture and youth culture. Currently working on popular memoir and memory in the Falklands War. Author of Gay Men and the Left in Post-war Britain: How the Personal got Political (2007).

Darrow Schecter 19th- and 20th-century Italian political theory and history. Author of Beyond Hegemony: Towards a New Philosophy of Political Legitimacy (2005) and The History of the Left in Europe from Marx to the Present: Theoretical Perspectives (2007).

Dorothy Sheridan British 20th-century social history; women’s history; autobiographical writing. Archivist of the Mass Observation Archive and director of a project documenting life in Britain in the 1990s. Publications include (with Brian Street and David Bloome) Writing Ourselves: Mass Observation and Literary Practices (2000).

Naomi Tadmor Social and cultural history c 1500-1800, focused mainly on Britain. Publications include Family and Friends in 18th-Century England: Household, Kinship and Patronage (2001). Currently completing a book entitled The Social Universe of the English Bible on the language of social description in early modern biblical translations.

James Thomson Comparative economic and social history – especially Catalonian history and Spanish industrialisation; 20th-century Spain. Author of A Distinctive Industrialization: Cotton in Barcelona, 1728-1832 (1992), and Decline in History: The European Experience (1999). He has recently been researching and publishing on technological transfer to the Catalan cotton industry.

Nicola Verdon Economic and social history of the British countryside in the 19th- and 20th- centuries, with a particular focus on gender and the workforce, the family economy and the farm family. Author of Rural Women Workers in 19th-Century England: Gender, Work and Wages (2002).

An illustration of Brighton from A Voyage Round Great Britain by R Ayton, published in 1814, taken from one of the University of Sussex Library’s collections of rare books

Chris Warne Modern French history, with particular interests in youth and its representation, the cultures of everyday life, and the relationship between theory and wider social developments. Publications include ‘Hip-hop on French television’ in M Scriven and E Roberts (eds); Group Identities on French and British Television (2003); ‘Actuel magazine and the promotion of counter-culture in post 68 France’ in Modern and Contemporary France 15:13 (2007); and ‘The Youth question: generations, stability and social change in France since 1945’ in C Levy and M Roseman (eds) Three Post-war Eras in Comparison. Western Europe 1918-1945-1989 (2002). He is currently completing a book on youth in France since 1945.

Richard Whatmore 18th- and 19th-century French and British intellectual history; Genevan political thought; British radicalism in the 1790s. Author of Republicanism and the French Revolution (2000). Has written numerous journal articles including ‘Adam Smith’s contribution to the French Revolution’ 175 (2002) and ‘Etienne Dumont, the English Constitution and the French Revolution’ 50 (2007).

Christian Wiese Modern German-Jewish history and the Director of the Centre for German-Jewish History. Author of Challenging Colonial Discourse: Jewish Studies and Protestant Theory in Wilhelmine Germany (2005); and The Life and Thought of Hans Jonas: Jewish Dimensions (2007).

His

tory

120

121

• Research in human rights at Sussex goes beyond a narrow legalistic approach and explores how human rights are socially embedded in wider processes of poverty, violence, identity, globalisation and the emergence of global forms of governance.

• The MA in Human Rights reflects this critical perspective and is taught by leading experts from law, international relations, anthropology and migration studies.

• Options enable you to specialise in specific subjects including genocide studies; the European convention on human rights; refugees and development; and women’s rights.

• The MA dissertation, supervised in the summer term and vacation, allows you to pursue further, focused research in the subject of your choice.

• The MA in Human Rights benefits from its affiliation with the Justice and Violence Research Centre, the activities of which include regular seminars by visiting scholars and a film series in the spring term.

Taught programme

MA in Human Rights 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis interdisciplinary programme focuses on human rights, one of the most globalised political values of our time. The programme is aimed primarily at those interested in pursuing postgraduate research in human rights and those involved in or contemplating professional work within human rights agencies.


Programme structureAutumn term: you take Liberalism, Modernity and Globalisation; and Human Rights and the Politics of Culture.

Spring term: you take two options from Genocide in World Politics; Migration under the European Convention on Human Rights; Human Rights in International Relations; The European Convention on Human Rights; Refugees and Development; The Ethics and Politics of Globalisation; Human Rights in Europe; International Law and the Protection of Minorities; War, State and Society; and Women and Human Rights. (Please note that not all options run every year.)

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on a dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed by term papers of 5,000 words for each course and a 15,000-word dissertation.

Research programme

MPhil/DPhil in Human RightsWe recruit students wishing to undertake research in the main areas of faculty interests. You can register for a degree in human rights or in an appropriate academic discipline. Students applying within most disciplines in the social sciences are eligible to apply for one of three ESRC Quota awards in 2009.



Professor Marie-Bénédicte Dembour Professor of Law. Researches the intersection between law and human rights in Europe and Africa. Publications include an edited collection Culture and Rights (2001) and a monograph on law and colonialism Recalling the Belgian Congo (2001).

Nigel Eltringham Lecturer in Anthropology. Researches violence, genocide, memory and international criminal justice in Central Africa. Publications include Accounting for Horror: Post-Genocide Debates in Rwanda (2004).

Zdenek Kavan Lecturer in International Relations. He is concerned with nationalism, democracy and citizenship in Eastern and Central Europe, as well as human rights and issues of international legitimacy. Editor, with Barbara Einhorn and Mary Kaldor, of Citizenship and Democratic Control in Contemporary Europe (2001).

Professor Martin Shaw Professor of International Relations. Researches globalisation of the state, global civil society, media and global crises, military culture and military institutions, sociological approaches to international relations, historical and political approaches to sociology. Publications include War and genocide: Organised Killing in Modern Society (2003) and What is Genocide?: A New Social Theory (2007).

Human rights

Essentials

Taught programmeMA Human Rights

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Human Rights

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in politics, international relations, philosophy, law, history, sociology or anthropology MPhil and DPhil A Masters degree in a discipline relevant to your chosen area of research. Applicants should also submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of the research project


FeesSee pages 176-181 for information on fees

Further information Dr Nigel Eltringham, School of Social Sciences and Cultural Studies, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKE [email protected]/development

Human rights protesters in Pretoria, South Africa, 1999

Hum

an rights

• Sussex offers three taught Masters degrees in the field of international studies, as well as MPhil and DPhil advanced research degrees.

• The hallmark of the International Relations Department is the diversity and distinctiveness of its courses and degree programmes.

• Research and teaching strengths include international history, theory, global political economy; globalisation and social change; conflict and security studies, development, Middle East, and imperialism.

Taught programmes

MA in Global Political Economy 1 year full-time/2 years part-time This MA is concerned with the broader issues surrounding transformations in the world economy and their effects on state and society. Like the MA in International Relations, it is rooted in a progressive, reflexive tradition. The degree offers a specialised introduction to, and preparation for, possible advanced research in the rapidly developing field of global political economy.

We examine the role played by states, business and international organisations in the generation of wealth and its distribution on a global scale. The programme centres on three related themes:

• the globalisation of the state, especially structures of political authority, the deployment and threat of violence, and new forms of political-economic regulation;

• the examination of the shift from a national to a transnational and, ultimately, a global socio-economic framework, with particular reference to global finance, production and trade, and civil society and international institutions;

• analysing the pattern and direction of development trajectories, with specific reference to new forms of political economy that will enable sustainable development.

The programme includes the traditional international political economy focus upon states and firms, but goes beyond this to other dimensions of social practice, such as gender, security and environmental change, seen as central to the functioning of the global political economy.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take two courses: Contemporary Theories in Global Political Economy; and Global Political Economy.

Spring term: you take two options from the list of spring-term options offered on all three MA programmes (see opposite page).

Summer term and vacation: you undertake work on the MA dissertation, which is supervised during the summer term by a member of faculty.

AssessmentThe Global Political Economy and Contemporary Theories courses are assessed by unseen examinations. Each spring term option is examined by a term paper (maximum 5,000 words). You also submit a dissertation of 20,000 words.

MA in International Relations 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe distinctiveness of the Sussex MA in International Relations lies in its combination of coverage of mainstream debates with a variety of critical approaches drawn from history, social theory and political economy. This combination is reflected in the core courses, where the specialised study of international theory is paralleled by the interdisciplinary Foundations of World Politics. It is further reflected in the wide range of spring-term options, which embody a broader conception of the field than is found in most international relations programmes.

The MA is intended both for those who wish to deepen their understanding of international relations acquired in a first degree, and for those who may wish to orient their future academic or other research work to the subject.


Programme structureAutumn term: you take two courses: Foundations of World Politics; and International Relations Theory.

Spring term: you take two options from the list of spring-term options offered on all MA programmes (see page 123).


Assessment Foundations of World Politics is assessed by a term paper (maximum 5,000 words). International Relations Theory is assessed by an unseen examination. Assessment of spring-term options is by term paper (maximum 5,000 words). You also submit a dissertation of 20,000 words.

MA in War, Violence and Security 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeSince the end of the Cold War, issues of war, violence and security have arguably become more complex and contradictory than ever before. The late 20th and early 21st centuries have been scarred by war, violence and insecurity including, but not confined to: genocidal ethnic nationalisms in Rwanda, Bosnia and Darfur; the emergence of global networks of terror; a new western way of war epitomised by US operations in both Afghanistan and Iraq; and the intensification of health, environmental and poverty insecurities associated, for instance, with the AIDS pandemic and water shortages. The diversity of forms of violence, insecurity and war in the 21st century makes the study of world politics more multi-layered and ethically charged than ever.

International relations

Taught programmesMA degreesGlobal Political Economy International Relations War, Violence and Security MSc degree Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (International Relations and Politics) Research programmesMPhil, DPhil International Relations New Route DPhil International Relations

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree, preferably in an arts or social sciences subject, but other disciplines will be considered. Relevant work experience will also be considered, particularly in cases where candidates fall short of the academic requirement MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in international relations or a related discipline, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered

Applications should be accompanied by a 2,000-word research outline indicating the nature, ambition and primary questions of the research project



Further informationDr Jan Selby, International Relations,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9SJ, UKT +44 (0)1273 678892E [email protected]/ir

Essentials

Inte

rnat

iona

l rel

atio

ns

122

123

This MA explores the major theoretical and policy issues posed by war, violence and (in)security, with a specific focus on three areas. First the question of war and its relationship to social, economic and political change, and systems of power/ knowledge. Second, contemporary manifestations of wider forms of political violence such as ethnic violence, genocide and terror. Finally, the implications of novel security issues such as the environment and disease for the nature, meaning and practice of security today.

In addition this programme aims to explore critically how war, violence and insecurity impact on broader interdisciplinary questions of justice, equality, peace and freedom.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the two courses War, Violence and Society; and Security: Concepts and Theories.

Spring term: you take two options from the list of spring term options offered on all three MA programmes (see below).


AssessmentSecurity: Concepts and Theories is examined by a term paper (maximum 5,000 words). War, Violence and Society is examined by an unseen paper. Assessment of the spring-term options is by term papers (maximum 5,000 words). You also submit a dissertation of 20,000 words.

Optional courses common to all MA programmes This list of options is available to students on all three MA programmes, and reflects faculty expertise in international relations; global political economy; and war, violence and security. Please note that not all of these options will necessarily be available in any given year, since the MA options are run according to demand. You may be allowed to take your second option from within other MA programmes at Sussex: for example, those in social and political thought, contemporary European studies, or development studies.

Capitalism and Geopolitics East Asia and the International Political Economy East Central Europe Since 1945 Ethnic Nationalism, Identity and Violence Gender and International Relations Genocide in World Politics Global Politics of Disease Globalisation and Governance Historical Sociology of Geopolitics Human Rights in International Relations International Law in World History International Relations in World Politics International Relations of Global Environmental Change Issues in International Security Modernity and International Relations Peace and Globalisation Political Economy of Global Finance Religions, Cultures and Civilisations The Ethics and Politics of Globalisation The International Relations of the EU The Middle East in Global Order The Political Economy of Development The Politics of Global Civil Society The State in the Era of Globalisation

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (International Relations and Politics) 1 year full-time/2 years part-time A Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of international relations. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.







Research programmes

Advanced research for MPhil or DPhil degrees can be undertaken in international relations. Strengths in research supervision at Sussex include international theory (especially critical theory, Marxism and continental thought); history and development of the international system, including emergence of the state system, globalisation and imperialism; global political economy, including the study of finance, international economic organisations, and transnational corporations; contemporary war and peace studies, including humanitarian intervention, the politics of genocide; resource conflicts and political Islam; environment and development studies; European politics; North African, Middle Eastern and South Asian international relations and politics; nationalism; and human rights.

International relations faculty also supervise doctoral research in the following subject areas: social and political thought, contemporary European studies, development studies, gender studies, science and technology policy and management, and media and film studies. The opportunity exists for joint supervision across disciplines.

International relations

Over recent years, exciting research has been conducted by Sussex research students in a stimulating environment. Our student cohort and faculty aim to provide a welcoming and supportive environment to new research students.

FundingThe Department has full 1+3 and +3 recognition from the ESRC, including access to three interdisciplinary Quota awards in 2009. We will actively help prospective and registered students in their search for, and applications to, funding bodies. When the opportunities arise, we will bring your attention to internal funding schemes, such as bursaries and teaching assistantships. Suitably advanced research students – usually second year onwards – may also be offered paid teaching (and teacher training) opportunities across the academic year. For details of funding opportunities, contact Jan Selby at the address listed in Essentials.

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills and supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by their research supervisor. Exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level. Students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

Recent thesis titlesPredicaments of transnationalised passive revolutions: transformation of the Russian nomenklatura in the neoliberal era

Revisionism and modernisation in the post-war British Labour Party

The role of the British state in the re-emergence of global capital

Global enclosures: a critical analysis of environmental governance, trade and social movements

Global responsibility and climate change: ethics, uncertainty and international relations

Third-world solidarity in global politics: the non-aligned movement and the Group of 77 in the United Nations General Assembly

Feminism, social movements and the globalisation of democracy

An archaeology of post-structural intent in international relations

Political economy of the artificial: towards an alternative paradigm of business organisation

Globalisation, social exclusion and the discursive localisation of poverty

A new age of intervention: sovereignty under question

Assessing the effectiveness of international environmental agreements: an analysis of the factors determining the success of the MAP and the CLRTAP


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/ir

Andreas Antoniades International and comparative political economy; globalisation; hegemony; discourse and power/knowledge in world politics and economics; everyday life; Greece; and Ireland. Author of Producing Globalisation (forthcoming).

Martin Coward Ethnic conflict, genocide, urban destruction; the dissolution of Yugoslavia; discourses of security, fear and threat in international relations; identity and community; critical theories of international relations; and continental political philosophy. Author of Urbicide: The Politics of Urban Destruction (forthcoming).

Stefan Elbe International security; the global politics of disease; human security; securitisation theory; HIV/AIDS and international security; biopolitics, risk and security; the idea of Europe; Nietzsche. Author of Strategic Implications of HIV/AIDS (2003) and Europe: A Nietzschean Perspective (2003).

Kevin Gray East Asia and the international political economy; labour and globalisation; the politics of Korea and greater China; international migration; and critical theories of international political economy. Author of Korean Workers and Neoliberal Globalization (2007).

Beate Jahn Classical and contemporary political and international theory; ethics, gender, culture; and international law and international history. Author of Politik und Moral (1993), The Cultural Construction of International Relations (2000) and Classical Theory in International Relations (2006).

Zdenek Kavan Nationalism, democracy and citizenship in Eastern and Central Europe; post-communism; human rights, and justice and international legitimacy. Editor, with Barbara Einhorn and Mary Kaldor, of Citizenship and Democratic Control in Contemporary Europe (2001).

Samuel Knafo Global finance; monetary policy; international political economy; imperialism; historical sociology; Marxism and poststructuralism. Publications include, ‘The gold standard and the origins of the modern international system’, in Review of International Political Economy (2006).

Kamran Matin Politics of Iran; political Islam; international relations theory, and international politics of revolution. Publications include ‘Uneven and combined development in world history’, in European Journal of International Relations (2007).

Louiza Odysseos Critical and poststructuralist international theory; global ethics; subjectivity and continental philosophy; gender studies; Martin Heidegger, Emmanuel Levinas, and Carl Schmitt. Author of The Subject of Coexistence (2007).

Fabio Petito Religion and international relations; political Islam; dialogue of civilisations; international political theory; the international politics of the Mediterranean; and Italian foreign policy. Co-editor of Religion in International Relations (2003) and The International Political Thought of Carl Schmitt (2007).

Professor Kees van der Pijl Transnational classes; global political economy; and international theory. Publications include Transnational Classes and International Relations (1998), Global Rivalries (2006) and Nomads, Empires, States (2007).

Justin Rosenberg Theories of international relations and international political economy; social theories of modernity, especially Marx and Weber; and historical development of the international system. Author of The Follies of Globalisation Theory (2000).

Jan Selby The political economy of peace processes; resource politics, especially water and oil; the Israeli-Palestinian conflict; India-Pakistan; and theories of international relations and global political economy. Author of Water, Power and Politics in the Middle East (2003) and The Global Politics of Oil (forthcoming).

Professor Martin Shaw Globalisation of the state; global civil society; military culture; and war, genocide and global change. Author of Theory of the Global State (2000), War and Genocide (2003), The New Western Way of War (2005) and What is Genocide? (2007).

Anna Stavrianakis NGOs and global civil society; military globalisation and the arms trade; critical theories of international relations; and critical security studies. Publications include ‘(Big) business as usual: sustainable development, NGOs and UK arms export policy’, in Conflict, Security and Development (2005).

Benno Teschke Marxism; historical sociology; critical theory and dialectic; international political thought; international theory; and the development of the European state system. Author of The Myth of 1648 (2003).

Inte

rnat

iona

l rel

atio

ns

124

125

Law

• Law at Sussex offers specialist, research-led programmes in European, international, child and family, and international criminal law.

• Our interdisciplinary programmes are intellectually rigorous and explore law in its political, social, economic and cultural context, engaging with important issues of contemporary concern.

• We have a strong internationalist outlook with an emphasis on research and the practical significance of study.

• Our programmes are taught by enthusiastic, expert faculty, committed to research and teaching excellence.

• Law at Sussex attracts graduates from a wide range of academic and professional backgrounds and equips them with the knowledge and skills for successful careers in their chosen fields.

• We offer a dynamic research environment for faculty and graduate students and a thriving law community with students from around the world.

• Local firms of solicitors play a part in the life of the School sponsoring a number of its activities and employing a number of students on formal training contracts as well as less formal assignments. Partners in these firms judge part of the student mooting, negotiation and client interviewing competitions.

• We have regular visits to local and London courts, as well as courts in France and the War Crimes Tribunal at The Hague.

Taught programmes

Changes to the autumn-term LLM courses are planned, for details see www.sussex.ac.uk/law

LLM European Law1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe aim of this programme is to develop an advanced level of understanding of the subject of European law its broadest sense, that is, including the law of the European Union (EU), the European Convention on Human Rights and comparative European legal studies. The programme examines issues that highlight the contemporary and dynamic features of European law, such as constitutional law, human rights and the single market, while also focusing on new and controversial aspects such as EU citizenship, migration and asylum, healthcare law, European

criminal law, security in Europe, competition law and access to public services. As a result, you will achieve a deeper understanding of issues of European law and their place in the process of European legal, social, political and economic integration.


Programme structureAutumn term: two core courses comprising Contemporary Issues in European Law; and Theory and Research in European Law.

Spring term: two options, one of which must be selected from Law and Citizenship of the EU; Migration under the European Convention on Human Rights; Freedom, Security and Justice in the EU; European Environmental Law; European External Relations; European Comparative Law; European Health Care Law; EU Single Market Law; International Law and the Protection of Minorities; International and Comparative Corporate Insolvency Law; and International and Comparative Company Law.

The range of options available in any one year may vary. One option may be selected from the full array offered within the Sussex Law School, see the full list of options under the Master of Laws (LLM) on page 126.

Alternatively, full-time students may spend the spring term at another European university under the SOCRATES exchange programme. In the host university, you will follow courses on different aspects of European law taught in English.

Summer term and vacation: supervised research training and work on the LLM dissertation.

You will also have the opportunity to participate in a study visit to a number of European institutions. The aim of this visit is to enable you to gain first-hand experience of the European legal and political institutions and to enhance your understanding of the role of the institutions in the process of European legal integration.

AssessmentThe courses are assessed by a combination of coursework, examinations, 4,000-5,000-word essays and a dissertation of 20,000 words.

LLM Family, Responsibility and the Law1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme explores the idea of responsibility in the context of family regulation. It considers the socially important relationships that adults form between themselves and their children, and reflects on the place of state intervention in those relationships. These reflections take place against the background of the increasing importance of the discourse of ‘rights’ in social and legal policy. The degree programme will require you to think critically about the capacity of the state to impose responsibilities on family members in an era of family and individual rights. It will also enable you to analyse circumstances in which the state takes on family responsibility.


Programme structureAutumn term: the two core courses Responsibility, Rights and the Family; and Theory and Research in Family and Child Law.

Essentials

Taught programmesLLM degreesEuropean LawFamily, Responsibility and the LawInternational Criminal Law International Law: Rights and Responsibilities International Trade Law Law and International SecurityMaster of Laws MSc degreeSocial Research Methods (Legal Studies) Common Professional ExaminationCPE/Graduate Diploma in Law

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Law Studies New Route DPhil Legal Studies

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 LLM An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in law or a relevant subject MSc An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in law, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. You are also welcome to apply if you hold a Masters qualification that did not include research training CPE A second-class undergraduate honours degree. Applications are made through: Central Applications Board, PO Box 84, Guildford, Surrey, GU31 1YX, UK T +44 (0)1483 451080 www.lawcabs.ac.uk The deadline for applications is normally 1 February, although late applications will be considered subject to the availability of places MPhil, DPhil and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in law or a relevant subject such as politics, economics or history, and a Masters degree in law or a related subject. For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175

English language requirements IELTS 6.5, with not less than 6.5 in Writing and 6.0 in the other sections. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174


Further informationMPhil, DPhil, LLM, MSc The Postgraduate Coordinator, The Sussex Law School, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9QQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 877888F +44 (0)1273 877534E [email protected]/law/postgrad

CPE Dr Paul Omar, The Sussex Law School, Falmer, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9QQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 877061F +44 (0)1273 877534E [email protected]

Law

Spring term: two options, one of which must be selected from the following: Childhood and the Law; Families, Healthcare and the Law; Women and Human Rights; Regulation of Adult Relationships; Parenthood and the Law; and Gender, Sexuality and the Law.

The range of options available in any one year may vary. One option may be selected from the full array offered within the Sussex Law School, see the full list of options under the Master of Laws (LLM) (below right).

Summer term and vacation: supervised work on the LLM dissertation.

AssessmentThe courses are assessed by a combination of coursework, examinations, essays (4,000-5,000 words) and a 20,000-word dissertation.

LLM International Criminal Law1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme was the first of its kind in the UK, specialising in the rapidly developing area of international criminal law and practice. It remains one of the most highly respected programmes of its kind and is the leading Masters-level course in the UK that combines the study of international criminal law with comparative criminal justice. This provides you with unique insights into both international and national systems of criminal justice. As a result, our graduates have found work in international organisations, including the key international criminal tribunals, as well as within domestic criminal justice systems and NGOs. During the programme, you have the opportunity to experience the work of the international courts at the Hague at first hand on our annual study visit.

Funding You may be eligible to apply for a Sasakawa Scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: you take The Nature and Institutions of International Criminal Law, and Theory and Research in International Criminal Law.

Spring term: two options, one of which must be selected from Comparative Criminal Justice Systems; European Convention on Human Rights; European Environmental Law; International Crimes; International Environmental Law; International and Transnational Offending; Legal Regulation of Armed Conflict; and Women and Human Rights. The range of options available in any one year may vary. One option may be selected from the full array offered within the Sussex Law School, see the full list of options under the Master of Laws (LLM) right.


AssessmentCourses are assessed by a combination of coursework, unseen examinations, essays (4,000-5,000 words) and a 20,000-word dissertation.

LLM International Law: Rights and Responsibilities1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme offers a unique and challenging insight into issues of international law. In the context of world social, political and economic relations, the study of international law ranges from traditional topics, such as the use of force and state sovereignty, to contemporary challenges posed by environmental degradation, globalisation, international terrorism, armed conflict, and human migration. This programme offers a critical and intellectual consideration

of international law, while exploring many of the issues responsible for placing the international legal system at the forefront of both global and national concern.

Funding See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structureAutumn term: two core courses comprising International Law: Rights and Responsibilities; and Theory and Research in International Law.

Spring term: two options, one of which must be selected from Human Rights of Women; International Crimes; International Environmental Law; International Law and the Protection of Minorities; International and Transnational Offending; Legal Regulation of Armed Conflict; and Migration and the ECHR. The range of options available in any one year may vary. One option may be selected from the full array offered within the Sussex Law School, see the full list of options under the Master of Laws (LLM) (below right).

Summer term and vacation: supervised research training and work on LLM dissertation.

AssessmentCourses are assessed by a combination of coursework, examinations, essays (4,000-5,000 words) and a 20,000-word dissertation.

LLM International Trade Law1 year full-time/2 years part-timeEconomies in today’s world are increasingly interconnected, posing new legal challenges in areas such as the regulation of e-commerce, standards of corporate governance and the enforcement of trade and competition rules. This programme takes you to the heart of both the public and private law dimensions of trade regulation.

It offers an exciting balance between the rules and institutions governing the regulation of trading conduct by states (such as the World Trade Organization) and the rules that regulate the private contracts between firms and individuals from different countries (often referred to as international commercial law).


Programme structureAutumn term: you take Legal Regulation of International Trade, and Theory and Research in International Trade Law.

Spring term: you take two options, at least one from the following: Carriage by Air; Carriage of Goods by Sea; Cyberlaw; EU Competition Law; EU Single Market; International and Comparative Company Law; International and Comparative Corporate Insolvency; International Environmental Law; Law and Citizenship of the EU; and Law of International Business Transactions. One option may be selected from the full array offered within the Sussex Law School; see the full list of options under the Master of Laws (LLM) (right). The range of options available may vary in any one year.


AssessmentThe courses are assessed by a combination of coursework, unseen examinations, essays (4,000-5,000 words) and a 20,000-word dissertation.

LLM Law and International Security1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe question of security is a matter of growing concern. Traditional threats to state security, such as terrorism and nuclear proliferation, are now recognised as interconnected to threats to human security and dignity.

Many new global threats have emerged as issues: the consequences of environmental degradation, HIV/AIDS, and persisting inequality. This degree contexualises and considers traditional and newly perceived threats to international security and asks: what is the role of international law in fashioning understandings of collective security and shared responsibility? This programme is under development and subject to validation.


Programme structureAutumn term: two core courses comprising Security and International Law; and Theory and Research in International Law.

Spring term: two options from Genocide in World Politics; Globalisation and Governance; International Crimes; International Environmental Law; International Law and the Protection of Minorities; International Relations of the EU; International and Transnational Offending; Issues in International Security; The Legal Regulation of Armed Conflict; The Middle East in Global Order; Migration and Security in Europe; Risk and Security in Energy and Environment Policy; Terrorism and International Law; US Foreign and Defence Policy. The range of options available in any one year may vary.


AssessmentCourses are assessed by a combination of coursework, examinations, essays (4,000 to 5,000 words) and a 20,000-word dissertation.

Master of Laws (LLM)1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme offers you an exciting opportunity to tailor your LLM according to your experience, interests and career plans. By selecting from across the range of core courses and options from any of our LLM programmes, you extend your breadth and depth of knowledge of legal principles and the social, political, economic and cultural context in which you operate. The broad range and adaptability of our students makes them ideal candidates for a wide variety of legal career options.


Programme structureAutumn term: you take two core courses: one course from list A and one course from list B:

List A: Contemporary Issues in European Law; International Law: Rights and Responsibilities; Legal Regulation of International Trade; Responsibility, Rights and the Family; and The Nature and Institutions of International Criminal Law.

List B: Theory and Research in European Law; Theory and Research in Family and Child Law; Theory and Research in International Criminal Law; Theory and Research in International Law; and Theory and Research in International Trade Law.

Spring term: two options from the following list: Carriage of Goods by Air; Carriage of Goods by Sea; Childhood and the Law; Comparative Criminal Justice Systems; Cyberlaw; EU Citizenship; European Comparative Law; European Convention on Human Rights; European Environmental Law; European External

Law

126

127

Relations; European Health Care Law; EU Single Market Law; International and Comparative Company Law; International and Comparative Corporate Insolvency; International and Transnational Offending; International Crimes; International Environmental Law; International Law and the Protection of Minorities; Law of International Business Transactions; Law of the Single Market; Legal Regulation of Adult Relationships; Legal Regulation of Armed Conflicts; Legal Regulation of International Trade II; Migration and the ECHR; Parenthood and the Law; and Women and Human Rights. The range of options available in any one year may vary.

Summer term and vacation: supervised research training and work on LLM dissertation.

AssessmentThe courses are assessed by a combination of coursework, unseen examinations, 4,000-5,000 word essays and a dissertation of 20,000 words.

MSc in Social Research Methods (Legal Studies) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc in Social Research Methods (Legal Studies) provides rigorous training in social research methods of relevance in a law context, and an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal, as well as exposure to debates and theories within the field of legal studies. It involves a mix of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.



Autumn term: you take a research elective, Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice, and Research Design in the Social Sciences.

Spring term: you take two courses on qualitative and quantitative methods respectively.

Summer term: you choose from a selection of courses in data collection and analysis, including Using Online Resources, a course designed by the Sussex Law School. The research elective continues across all terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation.


Common Professional Examination (CPE)/Graduate Diploma in Law 1 year full-timeThis programme enables graduates in disciplines other than law to obtain the legal qualification for admission to professional courses leading to Bar Finals or Law Society Finals.

This full-time programme consists of the seven foundation subjects of law – contract, public (constitutional and administrative) law, criminal law, land law, equity, law of tort, and law and policy of the EU. CPE students are also required to write a 4,000-word dissertation on a legal issue of their choice. The programme begins with

a two-week induction course in mid-September during which you receive tuition in the English legal system.

All courses are taught by combination of lectures and seminars delivered by Sussex Law School faculty and assessed by a combination of coursework essay and unseen examination.

Successful candidates will receive a Graduate Diploma in Law from the University of Sussex. The Diploma will satisfy all the requirements of the Joint Academic Stage Board (formerly the CPE Board) for completing the academic stage of professional legal training.

Applications are made through the Central Applications Board, see Essentials for details.

Research programmes

Research supervision in the Sussex Law School is available in a range of areas, reflecting the research interests of faculty members. The School is particularly keen to receive applications from students interested in child and family law, healthcare law, European law, international and comparative law, criminal law, human rights and migration.

Current and recent research topics of students within the School include: evaluation of the introduction of referral orders into the youth justice process; use of shared residence arrangements in English and Swedish law; regulatory competence in the EU; political participation of women in Afghanistan; and regulation of cultural heritage in post- conflict societies.

FundingEU research students may apply to the AHRC. A limited amount of funding, which could involve some teaching, may be available for outstanding research students. The Sussex Law School also participates in graduate teaching assistantship schemes offered by the University; and paid tutorial teaching is sometimes available.

CourseworkThere are two modes of entry for prospective research students within the Sussex Law School. First is traditional entry to the MPhil or DPhil, which supports work on the student’s project with a programme of research training and workshops, as well as attendance at specific courses, which may be recommended by the supervisor, where the student takes the MSc in Social Research Methods in the first year, followed by three years of supervised doctoral research. Second is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills and supervised doctoral research.


The University Library is a European Documentation Centre, and Library holdings in the fields of European law and international law are particularly strong. The University is a subscriber to LEXIS, Lawtel and Westlaw, the online data retrieval systems for law, through which significant libraries of UK, European, US and other international legal materials may be accessed.


The Sussex Law School has active research groups in its primary research fields of child and family law; European law, international law, comparative law, criminal law and justice. These groups meet regularly for the presentation of work in progress, as reading groups, to host external speakers and to plan the organisation of research seminars, workshops and conferences. The Research Centre for Responsibilities, Rights and the Law, located within the Law School, brings together researchers from across the University to facilitate and develop doctrinal, theoretical and empirical research into responsibilities, rights and the law nationally, in the European Union and internationally. uResearch interests are briefly described below. See also www.sussex.ac.uk/law/research

Professor Craig Barker International law and international relations; international immunities; and international criminal law.

Yuri Borgmann-Prebil European law, especially constitutional law and citizenship; legal theory.

Jo Bridgeman Child and family law; healthcare law; and feminist perspectives on law.

Linda Clarke Employment law; media law; and equity and trusts.

Elizabeth Craig International human rights law with a particular emphasis on education rights; minority rights; and children’s rights.

Mark Davies Professional negligence, regulation and conduct; education and law; and science and law.

Professor Marie-Bénédicte Dembour Human rights (theory and European Convention); migration; and anthropology.

Paul Eden International law; commercial law.

Professor Jane Fortin Law relating to children; and children’s rights.

Heather Keating Criminal law; and family law (especially child law).

Laurence Koffman Sentencing and the penal system; criminal law and criminal justice; victimology; and medical law and contract law.

Craig Lind Gender and sexuality; child law; and family regulation across cultural divides.

Professor Sue Millns European public law; comparative law; human rights; law and gender.

Paul Omar European and international insolvency law; French company and insolvency law; comparative law; and Roman law.

Professor Malcolm Ross State aids, public undertakings and public services; single market regulation; and citizenship, culture and identity.

Charlotte Skeet Gender and human rights.

Teresa Sutton Legal history; ecclesiastical law; and land law.

Professor Jennifer Temkin Criminal law and criminal justice; and law of evidence.

Kenny Veitch Critical and theoretical approaches to medical law; and globalisation, governance, and health.

Richard Vogler Comparative criminal justice systems; criminal procedure; criminology; and penology.

Angela Williams Public international law with a particular emphasis on international environmental law.

Law

• The Department of English at Sussex is an environment for excellence and offers outstanding opportunities for postgraduate study of linguistics and English language at MA, MPhil or DPhil level.

• All programmes can be taken on a part-time or full-time basis.

• You will work with active, enthusiastic and dynamic researchers who are committed to high-quality teaching and the intellectual development of the individual.

• Research supervision is provided for a wide range of subject areas by supervisors committed to the development of knowledge, understanding and scholarly excellence.

• Postgraduate programmes in linguistics and English language attract students of different nationalities, cultures and walks of life. You will find yourself in a lively and dynamic research community situated in an energetic and cosmopolitan location.

Taught programmes

MA in Applied Linguistics 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA is an innovative and exciting programme, the primary focus of which is the implications and applications of linguistic ideas. The programme introduces key concepts in linguistic theory and the application of this theory to the understanding of the relationship between language and society, language and psychology and the use of language in domains of private, public and professional discourse.

The MA programme may be of particular appeal to students with an interest in first- or second-language teaching and includes practical elements covering data collection, handling and analysis. Among others, the programme attracts those who are already working in the field of language teaching who wish to obtain a high-quality advanced qualification in order to further their career opportunities.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take two courses Language and Linguistics, and Researching Language in Use.

Spring term: you take two courses from Discourse and Communication Analysis; Principles and Practice in English Language Teaching; First Language Acquisition; and Sociolinguistics.

Summer term and vacation: you write a 20,000-word dissertation.

AssessmentThe programme is assessed by four term papers (one for each course) plus a dissertation of 20,000 words.

MA in English Language1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA focuses on linguistic aspects of English as a national and global language. It investigates the structure, history and use of English, and offers you the opportunity to specialise in sociolinguistic or developmental approaches to the language. Training in research methods prepares you for a supervised independent research project.

Core courses cover the history and structure of English and methodologies for linguistic research. You can then design your programme in order to specialise in the social or developmental/educational aspects of English or to take a generalist approach, choosing from options in both of these areas. The degree culminates in a dissertation based on an original research project, under the supervision of an active researcher in the field.

This MA is designed to serve several types of student. Graduates in English Language or a related field will find the MA an ideal way to continue and deepen their studies, which may lead to doctoral study of the language. The MA also offers experienced teachers of English (from the UK or overseas) an opportunity to further their qualifications, particularly with relevance to the areas of English Language (including structure, discourse, and acquisition) that are taught on the GCSE and A level curricula.

Linguistics and English language

Taught programmesMA degreesApplied Linguistics English Language

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Linguistics

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175

Either an upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a Linguistics and/or English Language or a Modern Languages programme involving a significant linguistic component, or an upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any subject plus substantial work experience (two years full time or equivalent) in a language-related profession (eg language teacher, language support assistant, translator)



Further informationDr Melanie Green, Department of English, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9QN, UK T +44 (0)1273 877167E [email protected]/linguistics

Essentials

How do children acquire language? Just one of the questions you may explore in the course of your postgraduate studies

Ling

uist

ics

and

Engl

ish

lang

uage

128

129

Programme structureAutumn term: you take two courses Structures of English Past and Present, and Researching Language in Use.

Spring term: you take two courses: either Discourse and Communication Analysis or Principles and Practice in English Language Teaching, and either Acquiring English or Social Variation in the English Language.

Summer term and vacation: you write a 20,000-word dissertation.

AssessmentThe programme is assessed by four term papers (one for each course), plus a dissertation of 20,000 words.

Research programmes

We offer research supervision over a wide range of sub-disciplines. There is currently active research in the following areas: descriptive grammar and theoretical syntax, lexicology and lexicography, phonetics and phonology, pragmatics, and semantics.

Doctoral students in linguistics and English language work on a variety of areas of research, using research methods including corpus linguistics, ethnographic methods, field linguistics, and literary analysis. We are happy to receive proposals for doctoral research on any language or any variety of English.

We offer supervision in the description and analysis of any language. Recently we have supervised work on Azeri, Tunisian Berber, English, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Judeo-Espanyol, Kenyang, Korean, Setswana, Vietnamese and Yoruba.

FundingUK research students may apply to the AHRC. For information on ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

We may offer graduate teaching assistantships, covering full EU fees for up to three years and living expenses (non-EU students should note that the assistantship does not cover the difference between EU and non-EU fees).

Recent thesis titlesAdult second language acquisition in immigrant communities: a study on Bengali-English in East London

A pragmatic analysis of the language of film scripts as a way of differentiating genres in Italian cinema

Cognitive semantics of molecular genetics: what language reveals about understanding, developing and promoting science

Identity and language shift among Tunisian Berbers

Multiple verb constructions in Korean

Null subjects in Kenyang

Perceptions of ethnolinguistic vitality and language attitudes of Albanian, Egyptian and Greek secondary school students in Greece

The acquisition and practice of working-class literacy in the 19th-century Sussex Weald

The English it-cleft construction: a Role and Reference Grammar analysis

The nativisation of loanwords in the Greek dialect of Cyprus, with special reference to their phonology and semantics

The syntax of locative inversion and related constructions in Setswana: an approach to information structure in lexical functional grammar

Vertical polysemy: a study in the dynamicity of meaning

Examples of current areas of DPhil research A corpus-based study of the use of modal auxiliaries by EFL learners

A cross-cultural approach to personal naming: Vietnamese and English first names

Stylistic differences in speech between professional men and professional women

Tense, aspect and the lexicon: a diachronic examination of time in Syriac

The acquisition of consonants in first language development

The impact of Yoruba prosody on the intonation of Nigerian English

The semantic feature of negative evaluation in English personal epithets

The verbal morphology of 16th-century Basque


Faculty research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, and for information about other linguistics faculty, see www.sussex.ac.uk/linguistics

Melanie Green Syntactic theory; comparative syntax; syntactic typology; syntax-semantics interface; syntax-prosody interface; descriptive linguistics of Hausa and other African languages.

M Lynne Murphy The lexicon; lexical meaning; lexical relations (synonymy, antonymy, etc) and their discourse properties and acquisition; pragmatics and the semantics-pragmatics interface; corpus linguistics; cross-cultural pragmatics; ethonyms and the other social-group epithets; the adjective category.

Christian Uffmann Phonological theory; Optimality Theory; phonetics-phonology interface; language contact; creoles; loan word adaptation; phonetic and phonological variation in English; the phonology of African languages.

Graduate studies in linguistic theory and language practice: from the language of literature to the discourse of graffiti

Linguistics and English language

The University of Sussex offers postgraduate study and training opportunities in management in four fields:

• Management and finance, which offers opportunities for students to acquire the knowledge and skills to undertake careers in risk management in business organisations or in the management of finance in the private and public sectors.

• Management in the professions and services, which aims to support serving managers (or those aspiring to management) who wish to enhance their knowledge and skills in ways that are directly relevant to their professional area.

• Management of technology and innovation, which enables full- and part-time students to develop a strategic orientation to problem solving in the process of technological innovation in business organisations.

• People and organisational development, which assists senior professionals to achieve their full potential. The MSc in People and Organisational Development is delivered by Roffey Park, and leads to a University of Sussex award. See page 131 for details.

Management and finance

MSc in Corporate and Financial Risk ManagementFocusing on quantitive analysis, regulation, implementation and management structure in business organisations, this programme covers the main aspects of risk management in businesses (see page 104 for details).

MSc in Management and FinanceThis programme (see page 105 for details) offers you the opportunity to develop the managerial and technical analytical skills required by employers, equipping you with the essential skills and knowledge for a successful career in the management of finance.

Management

Taught programmesMA degreeArts and Cultural Management (see pages 134-135)MSc degreesCorporate and Financial Risk Management (see page 104) Information Technology for E-Commerce (see pages 63-64) Intellectual Property and Knowledge Management (see page 159) International Management (see page 159) Management and Finance (see page 105) Technology and Innovation Management (see page 160) Postgraduate diploma Information Technology for E-Commerce (see page 65)

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Science and Technology Policy Studies (see page 160)MPhil, DPhil Technology and Innovation Management (see page 160)

Admissions requirementsFor information on admissions requirements see the Essentials columns on the pages indicated in the individual programme descriptions

English language requirementsFor more information, see the Essentials column on the pages indicated in the individual programme descriptions, and for alternative English language requirements, see page 174


Admissions and further informationMA in Arts and Cultural Management Centre for Continuing Education, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 877888F +44 (0)1273 877534E [email protected]/siMSc in Intellectual Property and Knowledge ManagementMSc in International ManagementMSc in Management and Finance MSc in Technology and Innovation Management MPhil, DPhil in Science and Technology Policy Studies and Technology and Innovation ManagementTeaching Office, SPRU – Science and Technology Policy Research, The Freeman Centre, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QE, UKT +44 (0)1273 678168 E [email protected]/spru

Management in the professions and services

MA in Arts and Cultural Management This programme (see pages 134-135 for details) is for people who wish to enhance their managerial expertise through active learning. It is suitable for people who are currently working in the field or those who are seeking to use expertise from elsewhere and who have a strong interest in arts and cultural activity.

MSc in International Management This degree programme (see page 159 for details), aims to provide you with an advanced knowledge of international management principles, through both practical applications and challenging theory, and to develop confident international managers.

Management of technology and innovation

Taught programmes MSc in Information Technology for E-Commerce This programme (see pages 63-64 for more details) provides an opportunity to combine two kinds of MSc training: informatics training in key areas of information technology, and training in aspects of management that are critically important in technology development and innovation.

MSc in Intellectual Property and Knowledge Management Offering you the opportunity to gain a better understanding of the interaction between individuals, organisations and networks, this programme (see page 159 for details) develops your ability to understand and apply knowledge assets as a key to corporate success and economic progress.

MSc in Technology and Innovation Management This programme (see page 160 for details) focuses on the management of innovation in the corporate sector, and includes a technology management project carried out within a business environment.

Research degreesResearch degrees (MPhil and DPhil) are offered in two areas: Science and Technology Policy Studies, as well as Technology and Innovation Management. The management-orientated research for these degrees is supported by, and contributes to, our world-class research concerned with the dynamics and management of technology and innovation in business firms. This covers three sets of issues:

• the strategy, structure and dynamics of innovating firms

• managing innovation in complex product systems

• managing technology in high-tech industries.

Essentials MSc in Corporate and Financial Risk Management Dr Q Tang, Department of Mathematics, Mantell Building, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RF, UK T +44 (0)1273 877457 E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/maths

Man

agem

ent

130

131

Programme structureThe MSc is an innovative programme aimed at the wide range of people now responsible for delivering – or managing – the development of individuals, groups and organisations. It enables you to bring together theory, practice and your experience, and to learn new skills to make you more effective and increase your personal and professional impact. As such it will help you to maximise the performance of people in your organisation – and to achieve your full potential.

The MSc is delivered using self-managed learning (a process that helps you determine what you want to learn and how you are going to learn it, with others, in the context and framework of your organisation’s needs) and a rigorous academic programme. The self-managed learning approach enables you to fit your study patterns and learning assignments around your work and home commitments.

The programme includes five residentials at Roffey Park Institute, ten meetings of your learning set per year and a final event – as well as individual study and through-the-job learning. Although you will determine the specific areas you want to explore, there are four strands to the MSc syllabus, which provide a framework for the key issues that should be addressed. These are:

• the individual learner and performer

• the role of the people and organisational development (OD) practitioner

• the developing and learning organisation

• the wider perspective of people and OD practices.

Past residential sessions have included work as diverse as cross-cultural international management; ‘self as instrument’; the role of the OD practitioner; the future of OD; emergent change models; panel discussions with senior managers and journalists; developing consultancy skills; impact and influence as a change agent; and knowledge management.

Faculty

Programme Director: Andy Smith MA BA Cert GestaltQualifications Registrar: Sheila Dale

Sylvia Baumgartner MSc APMPSharon Brockway MSc BScHelena Clayton MA CertCoun GCIPD Ashley Dowlen MSc PGDip MCIPD Mariana Funes PhD MSc BA Shelly Hossain MBA PGDip BA MCIPD Chris Lake MBA DMS FCMI David Lines PhD PGCEA DipHumPsych Penny Lock MSc MSc BA Steve Tarpey MA DipPM ACIB GCIPD

External examinersKate McArdle BSc PhD Kiran Trehan PhD MA BA

Visiting fellowsProfessor Paul Barber PhD MSc BA RNT SRN RMN TNMS FRSA Professor Frans Berkhout PhD FRSAMee Yan Cheung-Judge PhD MA BSc Professor Robert Chia PhD FRSA: Professor of Strategy and Organisation, University of Exeter Professor Charles Hampden-Turner DBA (Harvard) MBA (Harvard) BABrian Holdstock PhD FCMI FRSAPeter Matthews Partner, Ernst & YoungBob Sang BA (Hons)Professor Ralph Stacey PhD MSc (Econ) BComm: Professor of Management and Director of Centre for Management and Complexity, University of HertfordshireMichel Syrett Visiting Fellow, Poon Kai Institute of Management, University of Hong KongFons Trompenaars PhD: Director, Centre for International Business Studies


Based in St Leonard’s Forest in West Sussex, Roffey Park Institute is located in a picturesque and peaceful forest setting, in 46 acres of parkland grounds, in a designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. This provides an atmosphere conducive to learning, while being accessible to London and to Gatwick for national and international connections.

A focus for management information, our Learning Resource Centre is well stocked with a full range of library, information and multimedia services, including open/distance learning materials, online and CD-ROM databases, video-based training packs, books and journals, as well as interest files on topics and countries. Our staff can provide searches and professional advice to help you obtain the information you require, even when you are not physically at Roffey Park.

Management at Roffey Park

Essentials

Taught programmeMSc People and Organisational Development

Admission requirementsTo apply for this MSc, you should be a senior manager, organisational development professional or developer from the private, public or voluntary sector with several years’ experience in the field of people and organisational development. You should have the commitment and motivation to undertake a Masters-level qualification in your discipline and should be looking for an innovative programme that links knowledge acquisition and learning to practical application in the workplace

Applications should be made directly to Roffey Park at the address given below


Admissions, English language requirements and further informationSheila Dale, Qualifications Registrar,Roffey Park, Forest Road, Horsham, West Sussex, RH12 4TD, UKT +44 (0)1293 854045F +44 (0)1293 851565E [email protected]/msc

People and organisational development

MSc in People and Organisational Development 2 years part-timeThis MSc, which is delivered by Roffey Park and leads to a University of Sussex award, is recognised as a leading European qualification in this area. Roffey Park is one of the longest-established executive education providers in the UK, with an international reputation for developing innovative and powerful learning approaches that enable executives and professionals to achieve their full potential at work, and in their wider lives.

FundingMost participants are funded by their companies or are self-funded; small bursaries may be awarded in special cases.

Managem

ent at Roffey Park

Essentials • Applied mathematics at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• Applications of mathematical research feature in many aspects of everyday life. The Department of Mathematics houses a group of active researchers working in different areas of mathematics.

• Members of the Department maintain many collaborative links with other departments both in the UK and overseas.

• The Department fosters an intellectually stimulating environment in which students are encouraged to develop research interests with the support of the faculty.

Taught programmes

MSc in Mathematics 1 year full-timeThis MSc aims to provide you with a sound general knowledge of advanced mathematics. The programme should appeal to those seeking a career as a user of mathematics or those looking to prepare themselves for a higher research degree.

The programme is broad based but concentrates on the core areas of pure, applied and numerical analysis, and numerical analysis for partial differential equations. A wide choice of topics is available for the dissertation, taken under the supervision of a faculty member.

Optional training in generic and transferable skills (writing, public speaking, project management and time management) is available to all MSc students through the Science Postgraduate Support Group.

Additional admissions requirementsDegree subjects with substantial mathematics content or joint mathematics degrees are also acceptable.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take three or more options from Complex Analysis; Financial Mathematics; Financial Portfolio Analysis; Measure and Integration; Numerical Linear Algebra; and Wavelets and Data Compression. You also have a choice from a list of six other courses, ranging over pure and applied mathematics and stochastics.

Spring term: you take three or more options from Algebraic Topology; Coding Theory; Finite Element Methods; Functional Analysis; Mathematical Models in Finance and Industry; and Numerical Differential Equations. You also have a choice from a list of other courses.

Summer term and vacation: you prepare a dissertation under the supervision of a member of faculty.

MSc in Scientific Computation 1 year full-time Computation is an important partner to experimentation and theory in the advancement of science and engineering. Numerical simulation allows us to study complex systems that would be too expensive, dangerous or impossible to investigate experimentally. Recent advances in computer algorithms allow simulation in much greater detail and realism.

This programme aims to provide you with a blend of computational and analytical/mathematical tools. It should appeal to those who have an interest in applied mathematics and computational physics and who are looking to move into industry, mathematical finance and further postgraduate study within science.

The academic content includes: Finite Element Methods; Introduction to C or Object-Oriented Programming; Numerical Differential Equations; Numerical Linear Algebra; as well as a variety of mathematical and applied options.

Postgraduate diplomasAdmission requirementsSame as for the relevant Masters programme.


Programme structureThe structure is identical to that of the autumn and spring terms of the corresponding Masters programme.

Research programmes

Research degrees can be studied either full time or part time.

The research degrees provide training and experience in advanced mathematical techniques, preparing you for a position in business, industry, government or an academic institution. You usually attend advanced courses, as well as undertaking research work supervised by a member of faculty.

The Department runs weekly seminars on general and specialist topics, with both national and international speakers.

FundingThe EPSRC provides a Doctoral Training Account guaranteeing a limited number of full studentships to UK nationals, or fees-only studentships to EU nationals. Overseas students may be eligible for funding from the British Council or the UK Overseas Research Students Awards scheme.

The Mathematics Department offers a small number of Teaching Assistantships for DPhil students in Mathematics. They are tenable for three years with full-time registration, and are intended for students with a first-class honours degree or equivalent. Assistants are remunerated at a rate comparable to an EPSRC studentship in return for undergraduate teaching duties. Training in teaching is provided.

Students from continental Europe may be eligible for EU funding. In the second and later years of study there are opportunities for payment for various types of small-group teaching. A good command of English is essential.

Mathematics

Taught programmesMSc degreesFinancial Mathematics (see pages 104-105)Mathematics Scientific Computation

Postgraduate diplomasFinancial Mathematics (see pages 104-105 )Mathematics Scientific Computation

Research programmes MPhil, DPhil Mathematics

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc and Postgraduate Diploma in Mathematics A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in mathematics MSc and Postgraduate Diploma in Scientific Computation A first- or second-class undergraduate honours degree with an engineering, science, computing or mathematics background MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in mathematics



Admissions and further informationPostgraduate Coordinator (Maths),School of Science and Technology, University of Sussex,Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9QH, UKT +44 (0)1273 678108 F +44 (0)1273 877873E [email protected]/maths

Mat

hem

atic

s

132

133

Recent thesis titlesGeneralised braids and new invariants for virtual knots

Scattering theory for isotropic elasticity

Arcs and curves over a finite field and their points

Group-sequential response-adaptive designs for clinical trials

The Riemann-Hilbert problem in Hardy spaces with a continuous coefficient

Combinatorial aspects of the theory of q-series

Market efficiency of horse-race betting markets with applications to spread betting

Mathematical models of kleptoparasitism

Near maximum distance separable codes over the field of eleven elements

Ovals and arcs in finite projective planes

Quantales and noncommutative sober spaces

The integrated density of states for periodic elliptic pseudo-differential operators in dimension one

Analysis of the Osher-Sole-Vese model in image processing

Mathematical analysis and numerical solutions of an integral equation arising from population dynamics

Stochastic models of small populations

Involutive quantales

Numerical analysis of macroscopic critical state models for type-II superconductivity in 3D


The Department of Mathematics has its own reading room with current journals, and each full-time DPhil student has shared office space with other postgraduates.

Computing and laser printing facilities are available to all graduate students, and there is easy access to the powerful computing facilities of the University and, via Information Technology Services, to worldwide computing networks.

The Department of Mathematics has its own computing research laboratory, containing several powerful workstations and PCs. Other machines are also available within shared offices for DPhil students.

Jointly with the Department of Physics and Astronomy, the Department recently acquired a powerful, mid-sized computing cluster, which is available to DPhil students.


Research in the Department focuses on the non-mutually exclusive areas: numerical analysis and scientific computing (Burman, Hesse, Hintermueller, Lakkis, Madzvamuse, Styles, Wendland), analysis and partial differential equations (Chlebik, Giesl, Tang, Taheri), mathematical biology (Broom, Giesl, Kiss, Madzvamuse, Tang) and topology and geometry (Fenn, Hirschfeld). Interests of the research faculty working in these fields are briefly described here; more information can be found at www.sussex.ac.uk/maths

Mark Broom The application of game theory to the mathematical modelling of biological populations, using the concept of evolutionarily stable strategies. Models of a range of important biological phenomena such as dominance hierarchies, food stealing, and antipredator vigilance have been/are being developed.

Professor Erik Burman Numerical analysis and scientific computing with special focus on finite element methods for complex flow problems, such as combustion, multiphase and high Reynolds number flows. Recent work includes the design of efficient decoupling techniques for multiphysics problems.

Miroslav Chlebik Geometric measure theory with applications to calculus of variation. Non-linear partial differential equations, existence and regularity theory, blowup phenomena. He also works in real analysis, combinatorial optimisation and computational complexity.

Roger Fenn Knots, links, graphs, surfaces and 3-manifolds, and low-dimensional geometric topology and associated algebra. Typical examples are generalised braids and racks; these have either had important properties proved at Sussex or have had their early development here.

Peter Giesl Dynamical systems, particularly stability and basins of attraction of equilibria and periodic orbits of ordinary differential equations and iterations of maps. Analytical and numerical methods. Applications to biomechanics: stability of movements of the human muscle-skeletal system.

Kerstin Hesse Approximation theory and numerical analysis: numerical integration and radial basis functions; point distributions and the energy of point sets on the sphere.

Professor Michael Hintermüller Optimisation subject to partial differential equations, large scale non-linear programming and mathematical programs with equilibrium constraints in function space with applications in engineering science and computational finance. Mathematical image restoration using concepts from shape and topology optimisation as well as level set methods.

Professor James Hirschfeld The combinatorics of finite projective spaces, combinatorial structures, classical algebraic and projective geometry. A recent development links the abstract algebraic geometry of curves over finite fields with linear codes.

Istvan Kiss Mathematical modelling of infectious disease transmission and control. The main focus is on understanding the implications of population contact network properties for disease invasion, persistence, spread, and epidemic control strategies.

Omar Lakkis Numerical analysis and scientific computing. Applications to materials science and phase transition problems. Recent work is focused on computational stochastic differential equations with applications to controlled crystal growth and semiconductor manufacturing.

Anotida Madzvamuse The development of mathematical methods, efficient and reliable numerical techniques and algorithms to model and computationally solve problems arising in biology and medicine. Projects include pattern formation, mathematical modelling of bio-membranes, tumour growth, angiogenesis, cell deformation and striae distensae.

Vanessa Styles The analysis of systems of non-linear partial differential equations, particularly of free boundary problems arising in material science. The well-posedness, existence, uniqueness, regularity and long-time behaviour of solutions.

Ali Taheri Calculus of variations, partial differential equations and topology. In particular, Sobolev spaces and mapping problems; regularity theory for nonlinear elliptic systems; critical point theory and topological invariants.

Qi Tang Mathematical statistical modelling of financial, corporate and technological risks, including modelling; analysing inference, tracking of trend, data fitting; program design in C and Monte-Carlo simulation of risk models.

Professor Holger Wendland Numerical analysis and scientific computing, particularly mesh-less methods for partial differential equations, large-scale scattered data approximation, and particle methods. Applications to fluid-structure-interaction problems and computer graphics, including the development and analysis of efficient algorithms.

Optional training in generic and transferable skills (writing, public speaking, project management and time management) is available to all students on taught mathematics programmes, through the Science Postgraduate Support Group

Mathem

atics

Essentials

• Media and Film at Sussex offers exceptional opportunities for graduate study, with six taught MA programmes and a range of supervision for MPhil and DPhil research. It also:

- has a thriving research culture in film and media theory and practice, with around 45 research students working alongside faculty each year;

- has dedicated state-of-the-art technical facilities;

- scored 10 out of 10 for job prospects after graduation in the 2007 Guardian University Guide;

- is home to the Sussex Centre for Cultural Studies and the innovative Centre for Research into Digital Material Culture; and

- via the Centre for Continuing Education, offers an MA for people working in the arts or cultural field.

• In the web-based Good University Guide 2009, as well as the Times Good University Guide 2007, communication and media studies at Sussex is ranked in the top 10 in the UK.

Taught programmes

MA in Arts and Cultural Management1 year full-time/2 years part-timeStudents taking this programme are based in the Centre for Continuing Education.

This programme provides you with a stimulating environment in which to appraise current practices and principles of arts management while mapping effective strategies for building a career in this dynamic field. The programme develops your management and leadership skills through exploring the diversity of the arts and cultural sector including social, education, regeneration and entrepreneurial settings. Arts and cultural policy and arts management practice are contextualised through the use of language, case studies and models chosen from the field that demonstrate the innovative and dynamic approaches taken by those managing in the arts and culture sector.

This programme is suitable for people currently working in the arts or cultural field who wish to enhance their managerial expertise through active learning, as well as those considering entering the field from other management roles.

Media and film studies

Taught programmesMA degreesArts and Cultural ManagementDigital DocumentaryDigital Media Film StudiesGender and Media (see page 106) Media and Cultural Studies

Postgraduate diploma Media and Cultural Studies

MSc degreeSocial Research Methods (Media and Cultural Studies)

Research programmesDPhil Creative/Critical Practice MPhil, DPhil Film StudiesMPhil, DPhil Media and Cultural StudiesNew Route DPhil Media and Cultural Studies

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA in Arts and Cultural Management A second-class undergraduate honours degree and/or evidence of equivalent professional experience. Admissions tutors will give guidance on evidence required MA in Digital Documentary An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree or equivalent qualification in an appropriate previous degree. We also welcome applicants who do not have this academic qualification but are able to demonstrate they have relevant professional/creative skills and experience in their application and who submit one or two samples of work MA in Digital Media An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in media studies or a related field, but we welcome applications from suitably qualified candidates from most disciplines and from candidates with relevant professional experience MA in Film Studies An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in film or media studies, English, modern languages and literature or another relevant subject MA and Postgraduate Diploma in Media and Cultural Studies An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a related discipline or relevant professional experience MSc in Social Research Methods (Media and Cultural Studies) An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in media or cultural studies or a related field, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. You are also welcome to apply if you hold a Masters qualification that did not include research training MPhil, DPhil and New Route DPhil Normally a Masters degree in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research

English language requirements IELTS 6.5, with not less than 6.5 in Writing and 6.0 in the other sections. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174


Further informationMA in Arts and Cultural ManagementMaeve O’Brien, Centre for Continuing Education, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 678566 F +44 (0)1273 877534E [email protected]/cceResearch degreesAndy Medhurst, Media and Film,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SH, UKT +44 (0)1273 877787E [email protected] MA in Digital Documentary Wilma de Jong, Media and Film, (address above)T +44 (0)1273 872540E [email protected] Thynne, Media and Film, (address above)T +44 (0)1273 872627E [email protected] in Digital MediaCaroline Bassett, Media and Film, (address above)T +44 (0)1273 672574 E [email protected] MA in Film StudiesFrank Krutnik, Media and Film, (address above)T +44 (0)1273 872769E [email protected] in Media and Cultural Studies MSc in Social Research Methods (Media and Cultural Studies)Michael Bull, Media and Film, (address above)T +44 (0)1273 872512E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/mediastudies

Med

ia a

nd fi

lm s

tudi

es

134

135

The tutor team actively encourage new perspectives and contributions to current debates and you will engage in extended original research.

Programme structureThe programme can be taken full time over 12 months or part time over two years. There are four taught courses and a two-term period of independent study.

Autumn term: Mapping the Field; Ecology of Arts and Cultural Production.

Spring term: Critical Studies of Practice: People and Organisations; Independent Study I.

Summer term: Arts and Cultural Management: New Directions; Independent Study II.

Full-time students take two courses per term. Part-time students take one course per term.

Each taught course is delivered by day school (10am to 4pm) fortnightly over 10 weeks. One session in each course is run as a seminar day, during which students are expected to contribute as active learners and co-tutors through the presentation, either individually or in groups, of research in progress.

AssessmentYou are assessed by term papers, a field research project and a 20,000-word dissertation.

MA in Digital Documentary 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeLed by award-winning filmmakers, experienced producers and critical theorists, this MA offers a unique opportunity to explore the creative practice and analysis of documentary. The programme explores documentary in the context of media convergence and the growth of interactivity, and fosters a lively exchange of ideas and skills as the basis for original production and writing.

The programme includes: • emphasis on project development, direction

and management;

• a 30-minute documentary project in the summer;

• teaching on all aspects of production from research and formulating a distinctive approach, to budgeting, identifying markets and distributing work.

You pursue your specific documentary interests in the context of a broader study of media theory and research methods, as well as through optional placements in local and national media organisations with which the University has links.

Guest masterclasses by industry professionals are a regular feature of the programme.

Funding For details, contact Katherine Scott or the Humanities Graduate Centre: T +44 (0)1273 678468 E [email protected] E [email protected]

Programme structure Autumn term: you take one core course, Documenting the Real (practical work in documentary production alongside the study of the history and theory of documentary). In addition you choose one option course from a list that may include: Theory and Practice of Interactive Media (a course combining practical workshops and theoretical seminars); Media Technology and Everyday Life; Media Theory and Research I; Gender and Representation;

Rethinking Radio; Film Studies: Theories and Methods; and Cinema: Histories, Institutions and Technologies.

Spring term: you take the core course Research and Project Management for Documentary Practice, and one option course from a list that may include: Video Documentary in Contemporary History; Media Audiences; Queering Popular Culture; Space and Representation; Promotional Culture; European Media In Transition; Media Theory and Research II; Approaches to Film Noir; Latin American Cinema; and Rethinking European Cinema.

You may substitute one course from another arts programme with the approval of the Media Studies graduate convenor and the course tutor.

Summer: with guidance from your supervisor, you complete a major documentary project of up to 30 minutes on a subject of your choosing, plus an accompanying critical essay.

If you prefer, you undertake an 18,000-word supervised dissertation on a topic in realism and digital documentary.

Optional placements may be arranged with national and local media companies to form part of your research for specific courses on the programme.

Assessment Assessment is by practical video/media work and production documentation and critique. The final assessment is a major documentary project plus essay, or a dissertation.

MA in Digital Media 1 year full-time/2 years part-time This MA offers you an exciting opportunity to combine theoretical and practical work in a degree designed to give you an excellent working knowledge of the field of new media. The programme locates new media within the theoretical contexts of media and cultural studies, while also giving you hands-on experience in designing and developing new media products using industry standard equipment and authoring tools. Teaching is through lectures, seminars and hands-on workshops in small groups. Your longer summer project may be theoretical, practical or based on a work placement.

This programme is designed to offer advanced training in new media as an area of media and cultural studies. It is aimed at graduates who wish to advance their study, at professionals who wish to consider developments in the field of digital media/new media and, while it is not a vocational degree, it will also be of interest to those seeking to enter the new media industry.

FundingFor details, contact the Humanities Graduate Centre: T +44 (0)1273 678468 E [email protected]

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the two core courses Critical Theories of Interactive Media; and Critical Practice of Interactive Media. In addition, most students also take Media Theory and Research I – those with first degrees in media may opt out of this course and take other options that may include Feminism and Film; Inside Hollywood; Rethinking Radio; Approaches to Film Noir; and Cinema: Histories, Institutions and Technologies.

Spring term: you take the core course New Developments in Digital Media. In addition you choose one option from a list that may include Media, Technology and Everyday Life; Science, Technology and Culture; Video Documentary in Contemporary History; Space and Representation; Promotional Culture; Media Audiences; Queering Popular Culture; and Rethinking European Cinema.

Summer term: you undertake supervised work on a 20,000-word dissertation, produce a practical project and accompanying 10,000-word critical report, or undertake a work placement and produce a report.

AssessmentAssessment is by term papers and project work and by a dissertation or multimedia project and report.

MA in Film Studies1 year full-time/2 years part-timeOver the past three decades, film studies has developed as one of the most exciting, varied and intellectually stimulating disciplines within higher education.

This MA: • enables those with a background in film or

media studies to deepen and extend existing knowledge and understanding;

• gives students with diverse intellectual backgrounds and skills a firm grounding in the key critical debates and advanced research methods within the discipline;

• covers a wide range of films, theoretical debates and social and historical contexts, including diverse cinematic cultures – past and present, mainstream and alternative, Hollywood and world cinemas;

• draws upon the expertise of distinguished faculty, including leading scholars with international reputations;

• is an exhilarating programme for students or educators wishing to develop a critical awareness of film and cinema and the scholarly discipline they have inspired; and

• serves as invaluable preparation for doctoral study.

This MA is associated with the Centre for Visual Fields (www.sussex.ac.uk/cvf).

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the core courses Film Studies: Theories and Methods; and Cinema: Histories, Institutions and Technologies.

Spring term: you choose two from a list of options such as Approaches to Film Noir; Feminism and Film; Latin American Cinema; or Rethinking European Cinema.

With the course tutor’s approval, you may also substitute one of the above options for an option from related MA programmes, such as those offered by English (see pages 99-102) or Media and Cultural Studies (see page 136).

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation, including the development of the proposal, methodology and critical literature to be used, and have regular discussion about your progress with your dissertation supervisor.

Media and film

studies

AssessmentAll courses are assessed by 5,000-word term papers, with the exception of the autumn term Theories and Methods core course (which requires two papers of, respectively, 1,500 and 4,000 words). You are also required to submit a dissertation of 18,000 words.

MA in Media and Cultural Studies1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA offers you an exciting opportunity to address questions of central importance and urgency in contemporary society. The programme introduces you to the key thinkers, traditions and debates in media and cultural studies (bridging both arts and the social sciences), and equips you with the critical and methodological skills to research a wide range of media (eg print and broadcast media, cinema, the music industry, the internet and other new technologies). You will study the media as institutions, texts and systems of representation, and explore their role in the exercise of political, social and cultural power in a variety of social and geo-political contexts. Central concerns of the MA include the roles played by the media in public discourse, in the structuring of everyday life, and in the construction of (post-)national and sexual identities.

The MA is designed as an advanced training in media and cultural studies. The programme is aimed at graduates with relevant first degrees who wish to advance their study, and also those who wish to enter the field for the first time. It is not a vocational degree, but may be of interest for those hoping to pursue a career in the media or in research.

FundingYou can apply for a competitive AHRC studentship. Contact the Humanities Graduate Centre for further information: T +44 (0)1273 678468 E [email protected]

Programme structureThe MA is structured either around a two-term core course plus one option course in each of the first two terms or, for graduates in media and cultural studies, there is the alternative of taking two options per term. In the summer term, you undertake a supervised dissertation. The two-term core course in Media Theory and Research offers an opportunity to study thematic, conceptual, methodological and institutional issues. At its centre is a concern with communication as a process: with the production, consumption and regulation of social and cultural definitions, meanings and values in modern society and in everyday life. Though it concentrates on contemporary media and culture, its concerns are also historical and extend to wider social and political processes.

In the autumn and spring terms, you take either the core course and one option, or two options, which may include: Promotional Culture; Inside Hollywood; Queering Popular Culture; Rethinking Radio; Space and Representation; European Media in Transition; Media Audiences; Media, Technology and Everyday Life; Approaches to Film Noir; Cinema: Histories, Institutions and Technologies; Video Documentary in Contemporary History; Gender and Representation; Emotion, Representation and Culture; Culture, Experience, History; Rethinking European Cinema; and Latin American Cinema.

Assessment As well as two term papers of 5,000 words each for the core course, you write a 5,000-word term paper for each of the options. You also write an 18,000-word dissertation.

Postgraduate Diploma in Media and Cultural Studies1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe Postgraduate Diploma is a taught-only programme that consists of four courses from the MA that are completed by Easter (or, over two years, one course per term in the part-time mode). It is particularly suitable for those who wish to enhance their professional development but who do not currently wish to pursue the research element of the MA qualification.

MSc in Social Research Methods (Media and Cultural Studies) 1 year full-time/2 years part-time A Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The aim of this MSc degree is to provide you with competence in a broad range of social scientific methods appropriate for researching media and cultural studies, and to allow you to pursue specialist research for a DPhil degree in the field.

Funding This programme qualifies for ESRC support under their 1+3 system of doctoral support. For information on ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Programme structure There are three main elements to the MSc programme that run concurrently through the academic year: a research elective, involving supervised reading on your individual research area; credited courses in the philosophy and methodology of research; and training in both quantitative and qualitative research skills.

Autumn term: you take the research elective (comprising supervised reading and seminars in advanced analysis in cultural and media studies); Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in the Social Sciences.

Spring and summer terms: in the spring term you take Methods of Quantitative Data Collection and Analysis; and Methods of Qualitative Data Collection and Analysis. The research elective continues across both terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation. In addition, you select up to four courses from those on offer in data collection and analysis (these courses are offered primarily in the autumn term, and between weeks one and five of the summer term).

AssessmentTaught course units are variously assessed by term papers of 4,000-5,000 words, equivalent coursework portfolios or practical exercises. The research elective is assessed by a dissertation of 18,000 words.

Research programmes

Faculty have expertise in the following areas: digital art, documentary, working class cultures, globalisation, new media technologies, media audiences, popular culture, Hollywood cinema, sound cultures and radio, media and the public sphere, lesbian and gay studies, feminism, advertising and consumption, identity and cultural space, and representation. Students interested in pursuing research in these fields are particularly encouraged to apply.

Recent and current DPhil thesis titlesThe social discourse of technoculture

Representations of motherhood in contemporary Chinese films

Lesbian magazines of the 1980s

Net class, net culture or net generation? Young people’s use of the internet in the European information society

Amicus: an alternative to Hammer as a model of British horror cinema

Posthuman bodies? Technology, body and subject

A comparison of press coverage of contemporary events in CNN and Al Jazeera

FundingFor information on AHRC and ESRC funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

CourseworkAll new research students will be required to participate in the programme of research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research (exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level). The Department offers a range of support for research training, including research seminar presentation days, ‘away days’ support for new skills, and the Research in Progress seminar series. Students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Social Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

There are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills together with supervised doctoral research.

Med

ia a

nd fi

lm s

tudi

es

136

137


Research in media and film studies at Sussex is oriented around the multiple ways in which cultures are experienced, represented, produced and reproduced in societies shaped by mass media. We work with many forms of media, with faculty specialising in film, television, new media, radio, and mobile media. We have a strong commitment to interdisciplinarity and to working across the arts and social sciences.

The Department is concerned with historical understandings of the media, with exploring contemporary forms and practices, and with engaging in debates around media futures. Through our research we ask key questions about the politics of culture and identity, both as they are articulated through consumption and through taste formations, and as they are orchestrated and represented by a range of apparatuses, sensations, technologies and institutions. Our work may be grouped into the following key research areas:

• media and cultural histories (Kate Lacey, Andy Medhurst and Janice Winship);

• popular culture and consumption (Thomas Austin, Michael Bull, Kate Lacey, Andy Medhurst, Sally R Munt, Sue Thornham and Janice Winship);

• spatial theory and creative practices in digital narrative and anti-narrative (Caroline Bassett, Michael Bull, Mary Agnes Krell, Sally R Munt and Martin Spinelli);

• gender and sexuality (Caroline Bassett, Kate Lacey, Andy Medhurst, Sharif Mowlabocus, Sally R Munt, Niall Richardson, Sue Thornham, Lizzie Thynne and Janice Winship);

• documentary narrative and ‘realisms’ in photography, film and television (Thomas Austin, Wilma De Jong, Melanie Friend and Lizzie Thynne);

• film and cultural practices (Thomas Austin, Rosalind Galt, Frank Krutnik, Niall Richardson, Sue Thornham and Dolores Tierney);

• new media (Caroline Bassett, Michael Bull, Mary Agnes Krell, Sharif Mowlabocus and Martin Spinelli).

Individuals’ research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/mediastudies

Thomas Austin Audiences for popular film, screen documentary, and Hollywood cinema. He is author of Hollywood, Hype and Audiences: Selling and Watching Popular Film in the 1990s (2002) and Watching the World: Screen Documentary and Audiences (2007).

Caroline Bassett New media technologies, most recently working on narrative and new media. Author of The Arc and the Machine (2007). She has also published widely on new media and gender.

Michael Bull He has worked extensively on the nature of auditory experience and is presently engaged in ethnographic work on the use of mobile phones and the iPod. He also specialises in the work of The Frankfurt School.

Wilma de Jong Wilma is an independent producer and filmmaker. Her interests include media and pressure groups, international public sphere, factual television, independent film production. Editor of Global Activism, Global Media.

Andrew Duff Specialises in exploring reactive and interactive multimedia, experimental digital and analogue audio, and old and new media.

Melanie Friend Representations of conflict and trauma, asylum detention in the UK, and post-communism in Bulgaria. She is a practising photographer and author of No Place Like Home: Echoes from Kosovo (2001).

Rosalind Galt Film theory, European film histories, world cinema since 1945, aesthetics, critical theory, gender and sexuality. Author of The New European Cinema: Redrawing the Map (2006).

Lee Gooding Since completing the Documentary Directing course at the National Film School, Lee has produced a range of programmes for a number of organisations. He has worked on both super 16 and 35mm film projects. His main area of interest is in post-war European cinema and digital editing.

Ben Highmore The culture of daily life. Author of Everyday Life and Cultural Theory (2002); Cityscapes: Cultural Readings in the Material and Symbolic City (2005); and Michel de Certeau: Analysing Culture (2006).

Dee Kilkelly For the last three years, Dee has taught the practical and theoretical aspects to documentary production on the Contemporary History MA at Sussex. Outside Sussex he co-runs APT new media, a collective that has been responsible for art events, installations and club nights in and around Brighton.

Mary Agnes Krell Photographic narratives, inhabited space on the internet and in digital media, interactive installation, the investigation of digital semiotics, and sacred spaces in interactive realms.

Frank Krutnik Film noir, comedy, stardom and film, popular culture and politics. Author of In a Lonely Street: Film Noir, Genre, Masculinity (1991), and Inventing Jerry Lewis (2001), and co-editor of Un-American Hollywood: Politics and Film in the Blacklist Era (2007).

Kate Lacey Special interests are gender, media and the public sphere; radio history and theory. She is the author of Feminine Frequencies: Gender, German Radio and the Public Sphere, 1923-1945 (1996). Her current work focuses on listening publics.

Andy Medhurst Andy has published widely on post-war British popular culture, film and television comedy, popular music and video, media representations of masculinity and male homosexuality. He writes frequently for Sight and Sound and The Wire, and is the author of A National Joke: Popular Comedy and English Cultural Identities (2007).

Sharif Mowlabocus Digital cultures, gender, sexuality and representation.

Professor Sally R Munt Sally has published widely in cultural studies and cultural theory. Her research interests include identity, space and narrative, culture and class, lesbian and gay studies.

Maeve O’Brien Programmes Convenor for the MA in Arts and Cultural Management in the Centre for Continuing Education. Research interests include partnership development in the gallery sector; work-based learning in the arts; and the governance of arts organisations.

Kate O’Riordan Digital media, sexuality, gender, queer theory and feminism, and biotechnologies. She is the co-editor of Queer Online: Media Technology and Sexuality (Digital Formations) (2007).

Niall Richardson The representations of gender, sexuality and the body in film and popular culture. Author of The Cinema of Derek Jarman: Critical and Cultural Readings (2007).

Martin Spinelli Martin is best known for his award-winning literary and experimental radio projects. He has published articles on radio, media, and the intersection of literature and electronic technology. Research interests include: the utopian promotion and practical value of new media, contemporary radio art and sound poetry, Italian Futurism, and cultural studies.

Dolores Tierney US and Latin American filmmaking. Dolores has published on gender issues in classical Mexican melodrama, Mexican exploitation and contemporary Spanish horror film. Other areas of interest include the emerging use of digital media in Latin America and the representation of race and ethnicity in Westerns.

Professor Sue Thornham She has published widely on feminism, film and cultural theory. She is the author of Feminism and Cultural Studies (2000), Approaches to TV Drama with Tony Purvis (2004), and Women, Feminism and Media (2007).

Lizzie Thynne She recently completed Playing a Part, a drama documentary on surrealist photographer Claude Cahun, supported by the AHRC/Jersey Arts. She has published widely on Cahun and her other interests are in documentary theory, surrealism and independent cinema.

Janice Winship Janice is the author of Inside Women’s Magazines, and has published many articles on questions of representation, advertising and consumption. She is currently writing about the rise and fall of Marks and Spencer in British national culture.

Media and film

studies

Taught programmesMSc degreeHealth Psychology (see page 154) Social Research in Health and Medicine Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS)For taught programme information, see www.bsms.ac.uk/postgraduate/taught-courses

Research programmes BSMS MD, MPhil, PhD

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc in Social Research in Health and Medicine This MSc is open to students from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds in the social sciences, humanities and medical, biological or health-related sciences. Applicants need an upper second-class undergraduate honours degree, although those with considerable relevant professional experience will be considered BSMS MPhil, and MPhil with potential to upgrade to PhD A first- or upper second-class degree in a subject relevant to the programme of study proposed PhD (direct entry) A Masters degree in a subject relevant to the programme of study proposed MD Either a BM BS degree from Brighton and Sussex Medical School; or a registrable professional or other medical qualification; or eligibility for full or limited registration with the General Medical Council

English language requirementsMSc in Social Research in Health and MedicineIELTS 6.5, with not less than 6.5 in Writing and 6.0 in the other sections BSMS IELTS 7.0 in every section

For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174

Fees See pages 176-181 for information on fees BSMS See www.bsms.ac.uk/postgraduate/research/research-fees-and-funding.php for research fees; and contact the Institute of Postgraduate Medicine for their fees, which may vary

Essentials

Medicine and

health studies

• In the field of medicine and health studies, the University of Sussex works closely with Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS), run jointly by the Universities of Brighton and Sussex.

• Sussex runs the MSc in Social Research in Health and Medicine, which:

- provides the integration of sociological expertise and broadly based social science research training;

- introduces a broad range of social scientific methods appropriate for interdisciplinary and comparative research in the health and medicine research context; and

- combines interdisciplinary research training with dissertation supervision from other departments with expertise in health and medicine research.

• Sussex graduates have gone on to careers in policy-making; working for NGOs and medical charities; doing research for academia and the media; and health journalism. A research degree from BSMS gives you a competitive edge if you wish to enter a research career in the NHS or pharmaceutical sectors. You may be able to teach undergraduates while undertaking research, as good preparation for a career in academia.

• The excellent reputation of Sussex in research related to medicine has been enhanced by the opening of BSMS. Working with partners such as the Genome Damage and Stability Centre at Sussex, BSMS executes high-quality research on disease identification from its molecular basis, developing new therapeutic interventions and driving forward translational research to ensure basic research is taken forward into clinical trials for the benefit of patients and the community.

• Institute of Postgraduate Medicine (IPGM), programmes mirror the professional demands of practitioners, providing good preparation towards professionally required exams and a useful step in applying for the increasing number of consultant posts in a number of specialties.

• On most BSMS programmes, you will have the opportunity to hear nationally or internationally renowned speakers from senior posts in the clinical setting.

• At BSMS, academic skill development is considered as important as hands-on learning, and students are taught to undertake research and academic writing to a high level, often progressing to doctoral studies.

Further information and admissions MSc in Social Research in Health and Medicine Professor Gillian Bendelow, Convenor, Department of Sociology, Arts D333, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SN, UK T +44 (0)1273 877558 E [email protected] BSMS Taught programmes School Administrator, Institute of Postgraduate Medicine (IPGM), University of Brighton, Falmer Campus, Falmer, Brighton, BN1 9PH T +44 (0)1273 644005 E [email protected] Research programmes Dr Sarah Newbury, Postgraduate Tutor, Medical Research Building, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9PS, UK T +44 (0)1273 877874 E [email protected] Application forms are available from www.bsms.ac.uk/postgraduate/research/research-applications.php or by contacting Lisa Costick, BSMS Research Student Administrator, Medical Research Building, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9PS UK T +44 (0)1273 876541 F +44 (0)1273 877884 E [email protected]

Few in this Ethiopian community can afford shoes, and many contract podoconiosis through the soil. This is a debilitating disease that results in swelling and disfiguration of the lower limbs. BSMS are researching the genetic predisposition towards the condition in order to find a treatment

The neuromuscular junction is essential for both muscle and nerve to function. Through work in the Brighton and Sussex Medical School probing abnormalities in the region, therapeutic interventions for muscle diseases could be sought

Med

icin

e an

d he

alth

stu

dies

138

139

We engage in collaborative research with the Universities of Sussex and Brighton and the local NHS, covering both basic science and translational research. Both Universities received grade 5 biomedical research ratings (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

Sussex has one of England’s largest biological sciences departments, while Brighton has extensive and in-depth experience in the education and training of health professionals.

Joint supervision between BSMS and social sciences departments at Sussex is welcomed, as are research proposals for the joint ESRC-MRC Innovative Health programme.

Funding Most of the current BSMS postgraduate students registered for MPhil/PhD programmes are funded by the MRC or BSMS, research councils, the Department of Health or medical charities. Future funding may be available through several of NHS funding initiatives, as well as commercial funding. Details of funding available for particular research programmes will be advertised along with each research project. For all projects we have to ensure that all funding is in place before the project starts.

Current thesis titlesArterial stiffness and chronic kidney diseaseAdverse drug events in the hospitalised elderly: risk factors, strategies for prevention and beyondComputational consensus approaches to the analysis of gamma-interferon linked gene regionsDesigning a cartilage repair model: the potential for neural crest cellsGlucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis (GIO) – minding the care gapTest claims about ‘risk society’ by looking at how and why non-patients volunteer to be ‘guinea pigs’ in clinical trialsThe globalisation of pharmaceutical regulationThe impact of postgraduate health-related education on personal development, professional standing and practice delivery in the UK

Specialist facilities in BSMS

BSMS’s state-of-the-art Medical Science Research Building on the Sussex campus provides an outstanding resource for around 50 medical scientists, with core laboratory facilities and specialist equipment including molecular biology facilities, tissue culture labs, advanced microscopy equipment, and a flow cytometer.

We also have a new Clinical Imaging Sciences Centre, providing a resource for translational research in oncology and neuroscience. It houses an integrated 64-slice PET-CT imaging system and a 1.5T MR imager.

The 10-bedded Clinical Investigation and Research Unit at the Royal Sussex County Hospital provides bespoke facilities for detailed physiological investigation, as well as laboratory facilities and opportunities for qualitative research by interview, patient-centred research and postgraduate research training.

IPGM specialist facilities include a state-of-the-art dissection suite and high-tech patient simulator models. Access to these facilities depends on your programme of study.

Taught programmes

MSc in Social Research in Health and Medicine 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MSc provides ESRC-recognised postgraduate training in a broad range of social scientific methods appropriate for interdisciplinary and comparative research in the health and medicine research context. The programme incorporates methods courses from the ESRC-recognised graduate training programme alongside specialised courses in health and medical research.


Programme structure Autumn term: you take two core courses The Social Research Process in Health and Medicine Studies; and Philosophy of Science and Social Science Research Practice.

Spring term: you take two core courses Methods of Quantitative Data Collection and Analysis; and Methods of Qualitative Data Collection and Analysis.

Summer term: you take two short courses International Comparative Research in Health and Medicine Studies; and Advanced Research Ethics in Health and Medicine Studies; and two options from Secondary Sources of Cross-National Comparative Data; Comparative Method; Ethnographic Methods of Data Collection; Evidence for Policy and Practice; and Using On-Line Resources.

You also write a supervised research dissertation.

AssessmentTaught courses are variously assessed by 3,000-5,000-word term papers or equivalent coursework portfolios. You also submit a 10,000-word research dissertation.

BSMS Taught postgraduate programmes cover clinical specialities, public health and professional development. For details, see www.bsms.ac.uk/postgraduate/taught-courses

Research programmes

Students taking the MSc in Social Research in Health and Medicine can go on to research in Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology (each of these three departments is recognised as an ESRC outlet) or other subjects in the social sciences where faculty have an interest in health and medicine studies. The Centre for Research in Health and Medicine coordinates social sciences research this area.

BSMS research programmes range in scope from international health to those tailored to the health-care needs of the local community.

BSMS’s overlapping research groups and clinical divisions provide a productive interdisciplinary framework for research in the areas of inflammation and infection, neuroscience, oncology, elderly care and community medicine, medical education and imaging sciences.


The research interests of Sussex faculty with an interest in medicine and health studies are briefly described below, for more information see www.sussex.ac.uk/sociology and www.sussex.ac.uk/anthropology

Professor John Abraham Political sociology of medicine. Author of The Therapeutic Nightmare (1999) and Regulating Medicines in Europe (2000).

Professor Gillian Bendelow Sociology of the body and emotions; children, health and illness. Author of Pain and Gender (2000), and Health, Emotion and the Body (2008).

Courtney Davis Regulation of occupational health and safety; corporate crime and public health and the regulation of medicines safety.

Adam Hedgecoe Sociology of science and technology; social sciences and bioethics; public policy and genetic technologies. Author of The Politics of Personalised Medicine (2004).

Maya Unnithan Reproductive health. Author of Identity, Gender and Poverty in Rajasthan: Experiences of a Tribalised Community (1997).

Catherine Will Medicine and health; sociology of science and technology; social and healthcare policy development and public participation; organisation of clinical research.

BSMS faculty research interests are based around five research groups briefly described below, see www.bsms.ac.uk/research for more information.

Infection and inflammationCutting across the disciplines of HIV and sexual health, immunology and infectious and inflammatory disease in both children and adults, this group seeks to understand why some patients seem more susceptible than others to complications.

Oncology and genetics This group includes research on such varied topics as imaging of tumour angiogenesis and the spread of cancer cells; developing communication skills in working with patients with cancer; and ethics of palliative care and stem cell research.

Neuroscience This research spans developmental, peripheral and central aspects of neural function, with areas including psychiatry, embryonic precursor cells, neuromuscular function structure and diseases, and imaging physics.

Elderly care and community medicine The group uses health services research methods to develop and evaluate new ways of maintaining health and managing disease.They focus on hypertension and cardiovascular risk factors in the elderly; and health services research and health psychology.

Medical education Contributing to the curriculum and to staff training, this group evaluates the outcomes of BSMS processes such as students’ experiences in primary and secondary care placements, inter-professional learning and examination processes.

Medicine and health studies

• The Sussex Centre for Migration Research is an ideal location in which to study the changing patterns of international and national mobility.

• Drawing on perspectives from anthropology, geography, law and political science, the Centre runs the UK’s longest-established Masters and doctoral programmes in migration studies.

• As a major partner in the EU-funded Network of Excellence on International Migration, Integration and Social Cohesion in Europe (IMISCOE) and with the DFID-funded Development Research Centre on Migration, Globalisation and Poverty, the Centre has international recognition as a major centre for migration research and training.

• Postgraduate migration studies at Sussex attract a diverse international body of students. Alumni have gone on to work for international organisations such as the International Organisation for Migration and the UN High Commission for Refugees, as well as for national and local NGOs and trade unions working in solidarity with migrants and/or refugees. Others have continued to further academic research careers in migration studies.

Taught programmes

MA in Migration Studies 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis interdisciplinary programme focuses on the widespread and diverse nature of migration around the world. It provides a comprehensive introduction to the emerging field of migration studies and is aimed at those involved in or contemplating voluntary or professional work with migrants, refugees or ethnic minorities, as well as those wishing to broaden their understanding of key theories and concepts relating to migration.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Theories and Typologies of Migration; and Legal, Policy and Human Rights Aspects of Migration.

Spring term: you take two from Migration, Inequality and Social Change; Migration Under the European Convention on Human Rights; The Politics of Citizenship and Immigration; Transnational Migration and Diaspora; and Refugees and Development.

Summer term and vacation: you take Methods in Migration Research and undertake supervised work on a dissertation.

AssessmentYou are assessed by term papers of 5,000 words, a case analysis on research methods, and a 15,000-word dissertation.

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Migration Studies) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The programme is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science training, and provides a rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of migration. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.

FundingThe programme qualifies for ESRC support under its 1+3 system of doctoral support. For information on the ESRC and other funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.


Autumn term: you take a research elective; Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.




Research programmes

Research students are based in the Sussex Centre for Migration Research. It is possible either to study for a research degree registered in migration studies, or to work on a research topic that deals with migration while registered in another academic discipline. Both disciplinary and interdisciplinary students are welcome to become Associates of the Sussex Centre for Migration Research. However, places are limited, so prospective applicants are strongly encouraged to contact members of faculty (see opposite page) whose interests most closely coincide with their own.

FundingESRC funding is available for members of the Sussex Centre for Migration Research who apply through an appropriate disciplinary programme. This includes access to three interdisciplinary Quota awards in 2009. For information on ESRC and other funding, see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Migration studies

Taught programmesMA degreeMigration Studies MSc degreeComparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Migration Studies)Research programmesMPhil/DPhil Migration Studies New Route DPhil Migration Studies Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a relevant social science or arts discipline MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three page) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in a subject area relevant to your research. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of the research projectEnglish language requirementsIELTS 6.5, with not less than 6.5 in Writing and 6.0 in the other sections. For more information and alternative English language requirements, see page 174

Fees See pages 176-181 for information on fees Further informationDr Ben Rogaly, Migration Studies Convenor, Sussex Centre for Migration Research,University of Sussex, Falmer,Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKE [email protected]/migration

Essentials

Mig

rati

on s

tudi

es

140

141

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills and supervised doctoral research. All new research students are required to participate in the programme of research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research, although exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level. Students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

Fieldwork Many, but not all, students undertake fieldwork for projects leading to a DPhil. Permission to proceed to fieldwork is not normally given before completion of the first year of research.

Recent thesis titlesIntercontinental migration of elites and development in Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire (development studies)

Between losing and finding oneself: the role of Italian television in the Albanian migration to Italy (media and film studies)

Explaining change in established migration systems: the movement of Algerians to France and Britain (geography)

Rural-urban labour migration: a case study of Upper Egyptian labourers in Cairo (migration studies)

Family formation in gendered migrations in Southern Europe (contemporary European studies)

Representations of diversity and cultural participation: performances of multiculturalism in Bologna and Barcelona (migration studies)

Recent foreign immigration and the labour market in Athens (contemporary European studies)

Migration in the new world order: the case of Bangladeshi migration to Rome (geography)

The politics of identity in left-wing Bologna: an ethnographic study of the discourses and practices of the Italian Left in the context of migration (contemporary European studies)

Transnational lives, plurinational subjects: identity, migration and difference among Moroccan women in Italy (anthropology)

Senegalese transmigrants and the construction of immigration in Emilia-Romagna (anthropology)


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/migration

Paul Basu Scotland and the Scottish diaspora; diasporic imagination of homeland; roots tourism; cultural trauma and collective identity; post-conflict reconciliation in Sierra Leone.

Mark Leopold Violence, conflict and peacemaking; northern Uganda and southern Sudan; and refugees and IDPs.

Julie Litchfield Poverty, migration and development.

Filippo Osella Kerala south India – migration and globalisation; masculinity; consumption. Publications include (with C Osella) Social Mobility in Kerala (2000); and (with C Osella) Men and Masculinities in South India (2007).

Barry Reilly Econometrics applied to migration.


Professor Shamit Saggar Migration, electoral behaviour, party politics, ethnic pluralism, social capital, social exclusion, religious extremism, labour markets, and regulatory policy. Publications include Race and Representation (2000).

Professor Ronald Skeldon Population migration in the developing world, especially Asia. Publications include Migration and Development: A Global Perspective (1997).

Maya Unnithan Migration, gender, reproduction and health.

Katie Walsh Social and cultural geographies of migration; British expatriate identities in Dubai and the wider Gulf region, including domesticity, intimacy, sexuality, and whiteness.

Professor Ann Whitehead Africa south of the Sahara, western Europe, especially Britain: gender relations and social transformation; economic anthropology; family, kinship and marriage; epistemology and methodology; race, gender and difference.

The MA in Migration Studies looks beyond public stereotypes on issues such as the former Red Cross reception centre at Sangatte in northern France

Professor Richard Black Migration, globalisation and development, forced migration and return. Publications include special issues of Population, Place and Space on return to West Africa (2004), and International Migration on return to the Balkans (2006).

Professor Rupert Brown Group processes and intergroup relations, including social identity processes and changes in the context of host society-immigrant relations.

Anastasia Christou Social and cultural geography; ethnic and migration studies, second generation and ethnicity; transnationalism and identity; culture and memory; gender and feminism; home and belonging.

Professor Simon Coleman Migration and religion. Publications include (ed with P Collins) Religion, Identity and Change: Perspectives on Global Transformations (2004); and (ed with J Eade) Reframing Pilgrimage: Cultures in Motion, (2004).

Michael Collyer Forced and irregular forms of migration; Saharan transit migration in Morocco; internal displacement in Sri Lanka; refugee and asylum issues in Europe.

Professor Jane Cowan Greece; southern Balkans; nationalism, memory and identity; conceptualising and administering ‘difference’ in Balkan contexts.

Professor Marie-Bénédicte Dembour Law and human rights. Publications include Who Believes in Human Rights? Reflections on the European Convention (2006).

Geert de Neve South India labour relations and organisation; industrialisation.

Professor Barbara Einhorn Gender and identity in German-Jewish women’s life stories; gender and citizenship.

Anne-Meike Fechter Transnationalism and migration; south east Asia; gender, race and ethnicity in the context of global political and economic inequalities. Publications include Transnational Lives: Expatriates in Indonesia (2007).

Katy Gardner Bangladesh; Islam, migration, diaspora, development. Publications include Age, Narrative and Migration: The Life Course and Life Histories Amongst Bengali Elders in London (2002).

Jamie Goodwin-White Geographic contexts of social and economic inequality; immigrant integration in host societies; racially structured local labour and housing markets; immigration and the social mobility of the second generation.

James Hampshire Politics of citizenship and immigration; racism and immigration policy-making; state and nation-building. Publications include Citizenship and Belonging: Immigration and the Politics of Demographic Governance in Post-war Britain (2005).

Professor Russell King International migration and development in the Mediterranean and the Balkans. Publications include (with N Mai and S Schwanders-Sievers) The New Albanian Migration (2005).

Alana Lentin Race, racism and anti-racism; social movements and migrant collective action. Publications include (ed with R Lentin) Racism and Anti-Racism in Europe (2004), (ed with G Titley) Race and State (2006), The Politics of Diversity in Europe (2008), Racism: a Beginner’s Guide (2008).

Migration studies

Essentials • Music at Sussex was rated excellent in the most recent assessment of teaching quality and achieved a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• The Music Department is a major international centre for the study of contemporary music, contemporary musical thinking and music theatre, offering a unique range of interrelated research disciplines.

• We offer dedicated pathways in opera and music theatre, analysis and general musicology, and composition, allowing you to tailor your degree to your strengths and interests.

• Our electronic studios are equipped with state-of-the-art digital and analogue facilities, and we maintain a substantial library of scores, CDs, records, DVDs and videos, with private listening facilities. These are in addition to the collections in the main University Library.

Specialist pathwaysThere are various pathways for you to choose from depending on your intended specialist subject areas and artistic practices.

For the MA in Opera and Music Theatre you will take Musical Multimedia I; and Introduction to Practical Skills in the autumn term, Musical Multimedia II and Practical Research Skills in the spring term, and the Performance Project and written Critical Appraisal in the summer term and vacation. The Musical Multimedia I and II courses are also available to students on the MA in Music, but the MA Opera and Music Theatre practical courses are only available to students on the MA in Opera and Music Theatre.

For the Analysis and the General Musicology pathways you will take Music and Critical Thought I in the autumn term, Music and Critical Thought II in the spring term, and undertake a dissertation in the summer term and vacation.

For the Composition pathway you will take Composition I in the autumn term, Composition II in the spring term, and undertake a portfolio of compositions in the summer term and vacation.

For the Studio Composition pathway you will take Studio Composition I in the autumn term, Studio Composition II in the spring term, and undertake a portfolio of studio compositions in the summer term and vacation.

For the Film Music Composition pathway you will take Composing for Film and Media I in the autumn term, Composing for Film and Media II in the spring term, and undertake a portfolio of film compositions in the summer term and vacation.

Music

Taught programmes MA degreesMusicOpera and Music Theatre

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Musical Composition MPhil, DPhil MusicMPhil, DPhil Music Theatre

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA in MusicAn upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in music. For joint degrees including music, the mark for the music part of the degree must itself be at least an upper second class. If you wish to take options in Composition, Studio Composition, or Composing for Film and Media, please provide examples of your work with your application MA in Opera and Music Theatre An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in music, theatre, drama or performance, or equivalent professional experience MPhil and DPhil Normally a Masters degree or equivalent professional experience in a subject related to your chosen area of research. Applicants wishing to take the Composition option must produce evidence of compositional ability



Further informationTerry Bryan, Music Coordinator, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 872621 F +44 (0)1273 623246E [email protected]/music

Stravinsky’s off-the-cuff visual representation of music history moves beyond textural iconography to evoke aesthetics and critical musicology – two central concerns of the postgraduate programme

Taught programmes

MA in Music 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeAdditional admissions requirementsApplicants wishing to take the Composition, Studio Composition or Composing for Film and Media options must produce evidence of compositional ability as appropriate (for example scores, CDs, DVDs, etc).

Programme structureAutumn term: you choose two from the following options: Musical Multimedia I; Music and Critical Thought I; Composition I; Studio Composition I; and Composing for Film and Media I.

Spring term: you choose two from the following options: Musical Multimedia II; Music and Critical Thought II; Composition II; Studio Composition II; and Composing for Film and Media II.

You must indicate on your application form which options you wish to take. If you are selecting Composition, Studio Composition or Composing for Film and Media please enclose samples of your work with the application.

Summer term and vacation: you write a dissertation or put together a portfolio of compositions. Your choice of project will stem from your specialist subject area or musical practices, as defined by your chosen pathway.

Full-time students choose two options in each of the autumn and spring terms. Part-time students choose one option in each of the autumn and spring terms. Please note: Composition is usually considered to run across both terms.

AssessmentAssessment of taught courses is by term papers in the autumn and spring terms (or by the submission of a composition, or a substantial part of one). Assessment of summer-term work is by a dissertation of 20,000 words or a portfolio of compositions (eg scores, CDs, DVDs, etc).

MA in Opera and Music Theatre 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeDuring the past 50 years the parameters of music-based theatre have expanded enormously. This MA is the first degree programme in the UK to reflect these changes, offering advanced practice and theory in opera and music theatre. This programme allows composers, musicians, performers, directors, writers and other artists working in music-based theatre or multimedia performance the opportunity to test, develop and refine their skills within a context of lively creative and intellectual enquiry. The programme entails both collaborative and individual practice-based work; alongside the taught components you will undertake an individual creative project with a final performance outcome.

The programme is part of a unique collaboration between the Music Department at the University of Sussex and Glyndebourne Opera, just seven miles from the campus, and will offer opportunities for engagement with the artistic and professional activities, expertise and facilities of a major international opera company. This MA is associated with the Centre for Research in Opera and Music Theatre (www.sussex.ac.uk/cromt).

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Introduction to Practical Skills; and Musical Multimedia I.

Spring term: you take Practical Research Skills; and Musical Multimedia II.

Summer term and vacation: you take Performance Project; and Performance Documentation and Critical Appraisal.

Mus

ic

142

143

History-theory approachFor people interested in the academic study of opera or music theatre, or for people who are considering careers in professional dramaturgy or criticism, it is also possible to take a history-theory approach within the programme. Students undertaking the programme in this mode will take other MA course options instead of the practical components of the programme.

Research programmes

The main fields in which research supervision is available are related to issues in 18th-, 19th-, 20th- and 21st-century music (as indicated by the faculty interests), but we also welcome applications from students who wish to explore other areas that cross traditional boundaries. There is provision for suitably qualified candidates to read for the degrees of MPhil and DPhil by composition.

FundingEU candidates are eligible to apply to the AHRC. Limited funds to offset research expenses are available directly from the University of Sussex. Please contact Terry Bryan, the Music Coordinator, for more details (see Essentials).

Some opportunities for undergraduate teaching in music arise from time to time.

Recent thesis titlesExpressionism in B A Zimmermann’s Die Soldaten

French musical aesthetics from Wagner to the Ballet-Russes

The secret harmony of Richard Wagner

The subjects of music: a theoretical and analytical enquiry into the construction of subjectivity in the musical structuring of time

Temporality in post-tonal music

T S Eliot: the invisible Wagnerite


The electronic studio offers a wide range of analogue and digital facilities, including multi-track recording and audio editing, sampling and MIDI sequencing, and sound synthesis software. As part of a major investment programme, the studio has been enhanced to include the following state-of-the-art facilities for electronic, computer and film music applications:

• Mac suite (10 independent networked Apple Macs supporting the studio): Apple Mac G5 workstations each equipped with: CD/DVD-R, MIDI keyboard, Edirol SD20 sound module and Behringer UB1002 mixer, running Logic Pro 8 (including EXS24, ES2, etc), Peak, Max/MSP/Jitter, IRCAM Forum software packages, SuperCollider, Sibelius 4. Two workstations also run the professional post-production suite Final Cut Studio, which comprises Final Cut Pro 5, Soundtrack Pro, Motion 2 and DVD Studio Pro 4 with Dolby Digital Professional encoder, A3 printer and scanner.

• Control room: top specification Mac G5 running Pro-Tools system and digital control surface, Mackie 48 channel analogue desk, x2 Mackie active studio monitors, microphone pre-amps (eg Focusrite Red 1), various outboard compressors (eg Drawmer 1960) and effects units (Lexicon, Fireworx, etc), Logic Pro 8 (including EXS24, ES2, etc), Peak, Max/MSP/Jitter, IRCAM forum software packages,

SuperCollider, Sibelius 4. The Control room has hardwired connections to two live rooms.

• Studio live room 1: live room 1 is equipped with a self-contained 8-channel sound diffusion system including x8 Genelec monitors and subwoofer, a MOTU 828 Mk2 interface, Auxpander matrix mixer, Saitek Cyborg Evo Wireless Joystick, Mackie mixing desk and a new Mac Pro computer, running Logic Pro 8 (including EXS24, ES2, etc), Peak, Max/MSP/Jitter, IRCAM forum software packages, SuperCollider, Sibelius 4.

• Studio live room 2: live room 2 is equipped with a Mac G5 system with similar specification to those in the Mac suite (software as above), Mackie 24 channel analogue desk, x2 Mackie studio monitors, MOTU 828 Mk2 interface, various outboard compressors (eg Behringer), effects units and sound modules (eg Emu Proteus and Yamaha TX802), analogue modular synthesizer (eg Doepfer system).

The Music Department has its own substantial library of records, CDs, videos and scores (mainly devoted to 19th- and 20th-century music).

Academic activities

We organise regular research seminars to which external speakers are often invited, and Sussex faculty and postgraduate students also present their own papers. Recent research seminar series themes have included ‘The Voice in Modernity’ and ‘The Future of Musical Hermeneutics’. Our termly composers’ concerts given by the University of Sussex 21st Century Ensemble provide an ideal opportunity for graduate students to hear their works performed. Our professional ensemble-in-residence, the new music group Tacet, is also available for workshop and concert performances of pieces by graduate composers as well as a number of external professional musicians, and ensembles are regularly invited to give concerts, workshops and master classes. These have recently included flautist Roland Sutherland, pianists Richard Casey, Philip Thomas and Andrew Zolinsky, EXAUDI, Orkest De Ereprijs, [rout] and members of the London Sinfonietta.


Research is organised around three well defined research groups: Critical Musicology; Composition; and Music Theatre.

Much of our research is highly interdisciplinary, involving collaboration between these areas as well as with other subject areas at Sussex (in particular philosophy, English, media and film, and art history). Our research groups are well funded from a variety of sources and have specialist facilities/resources.

Critical musicologyThis group is interested in the analysis, sociology and aesthetics of 20th-century and contemporary music, although its work often focuses on more wide-ranging historical periods.

CompositionThis group engages in research through practical composition in acoustic, electro-acoustic, electronic/computer and film music media. Its works are regularly performed and produced at a variety of prestigious international venues from major opera houses and concert platforms to state-of-the-art electronic venues such as IRCAM, contemporary music festivals and international film festivals.

Opera and music theatreUnder the Centre for Research in Opera and Music Theatre (CROMT), this research group focuses on issues of music theatre (eg theories and practices of opera, music drama, contemporary music theatre and related multimedia forms). The group’s activities result in both critical thinking about, and practice-based research in, opera and music theatre, often in collaboration with partner institutions in the Sussex region (eg Glyndebourne Opera) and elsewhere in the UK and Europe.

Professor Martin Butler 20th-century compositional techniques; improvisation and performance skills; popular music of Europe and America; opera composition; and American music theatre.

Sam Hayden 20th-century compositional techniques, contemporary music; electronic, electro-acoustic and computer music, improvisation; Co-Director of ensemble [rout].

Björn Heile Music and literary theory; music and cultural studies; Mauricio Kagel; aesthetics; experimental music theatre; 20th-century opera.

Ed Hughes 20th-century compositional techniques; experimental and avant-garde film music; and opera and film.

Nicholas McKay Music theory; analysis; linguistics and semiotics of music; 20th-century music; Stravinsky; and aesthetics.

Nicholas Till Director of CROMT. Research and artistic practice in contemporary opera and music theatre; director of experimental music theatre company Post-Operative Productions; music and critical theory; art and technology; modernism/postmodernism; and Mozart.

Image from a performance of Hearing Voices, a multi-media music theatre piece created by the Centre for Research in Opera and Music Theatre, presented in July 2007. The Music Department is involved in a wide range of creative research projects

Music

• Sussex has a very active and internationally recognised neuroscience group.

• Research in the Sussex Centre for Neuroscience is aimed at determining how the nervous system acquires, processes, stores and uses information required in the generation and execution of adaptive behaviour.

• We provide an exciting and excellent study environment for students in an area that demands multidisciplinary training.

• Areas of particular strength include hearing, vision, learning and memory formation, neural circuit analysis, animal navigation and CNS evolution.

• Links with the Centre for Computational Neuroscience and Robotics (CCNR) provide opportunities for neuroscientists and computer scientists to collaborate.

• A very wide range of state-of-the-art molecular, cellular, electrophysiological and brain imaging (PET and MRI) technologies is available.

• In addition, the Sussex Centre for Advanced Microscopy provides confocal, 2-photon, and CCD microscopy and cryo- and scanning-electron microscopy.

Neuroscience

Taught programmesMSc degreeCellular and Molecular NeurosciencePostgraduate diplomaCellular and Molecular Neuroscience

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Neuroscience

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc and postgraduate diploma An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a suitable subject (from the biological or biomedical sciences) or candidates with relevant professional experience, all with a good interest in neuroscience MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research



Further information and admissionsKaren White, Graduate Centre Coordinator, School of Life Sciences, John Maynard Smith Building, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9QG, UKT +44 (0)1273 872774E [email protected]

Essentials

By studying the remarkable ability of ants to learn food locations, we can understand how the brain uses visual spatial memory for navigation. Below, individually colour-coded ants that have succeeded in finding food are shown feeding on a sugar solution

Taught programmes

MSc in Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience 1 year full-timeThis MSc programme comprises four key courses, teaching both practical techniques and experimental approaches, as well as the theoretical background to active areas of progress in cellular and molecular neuroscience. A large part of the degree is devoted to a research project, undertaken in one of the active research groups in neuroscience (or through an industrial placement).

Programme structureAutumn term: Advanced Techniques in Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (largely lab based); and Transmission and Transduction.

Spring term and vacation: Plasticity – Development and Learning (which includes a very interactive journal club); and Sensory Systems and Receptors. You will also start your research project.

Summer term and vacation: you continue your research project.

AssessmentYou are assessed by essays, presentations, laboratory reports, examinations and a project dissertation.

Postgraduate Diploma in Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience2 terms full-timeThe structure of the Postgraduate Diploma is the same as the MSc of the same name but Diploma students do not take the research project. The Postgraduate Diploma is therefore taken over the autumn and spring terms only.

Research programmes

Projects falling within the range of faculty research interests (see opposite page) can be considered.

FundingFor DPhil research degrees, studentships are awarded by the Research Councils, as well as special studentships earmarked for specific projects. EU and UK students are eligible for these. Additional studentships from the Wellcome Trust, and Graduate Teaching Assistantship bursaries from Sussex may be available for DPhil research students.

As part of a structured postgraduate training programme, opportunities to demonstrate and to tutor undergraduates are available to suitably qualified graduate students.

Recent thesis titlesUsing neural networks for the adaptive control of movements: an investigation into the problem of interference in distributed feedforward networks

Evolving dymanical system models of path integration

The effects of acute and chronic ethanol exposure on the behaviour and gene expression of Drosophila melanogaster

The role of eye movements in learning to drive

The molecular basis of long-term memory formation

Does Sepia officinalis rely on 3-dimensional cue to camouflage

Neu

rosc

ienc

e

144

145

Development of the giant fibre system of Drosophila melanogaster

Use of inner ear-specific promoters to ectopically express Math 1 in vivo in the developing mouse cochlea

Functional maturation of mouse cochlea inner hair cells

Preferences, learning and memory of colours and patterns in birds: the evolution and design of aposematic signals

An in vitro eletrophysiological analysis of associative long-term memory

The expression of an acetylcholine binding protein in the snail Lymnaea stagnalis

Related research centres

Centre for Computational Neuroscience and Robotics (CCNR)The cross-discipline synergy between computer science and neuroscience holds the key to future developments in robotics and artificial intelligence. It will lead to a better understanding of how the brain works and promises biomedical advances of enormous benefit. The CCNR links physical and biological sciences and places Sussex in a powerful position at the forefront of an emerging and increasingly important interdisciplinary field. See www.informatics.sussex.ac.uk/ccnr for more information.

Centre for the Study of Evolution (CSE)This cross-disciplinary research centre aims to develop and utilise evolutionary ideas. Members include biologists, biochemists, mathematicians and computer scientists. The CSE builds upon the ethos and distinguished contributions of the late Professor John Maynard Smith, who founded the biology school at the University of Sussex in 1961. For more information, see www.lifesci.sussex.ac.uk/CSE

Sussex Centre for Advanced MicroscopyThis Centre provides state-of-the-art facilities for confocal, 2-photon, and time-lapse video microscopy and cryo- and scanning electron microscopy. For more information, see www.lifesci.sussex.ac.uk/scam/index.php

Sussex Centre for Research into Alcohol and Alcoholism and Drug AddictionThis Centre was established to bring together campus-wide expertise on the subject of addiction. Three of our researchers have recently been awarded a grant for nearly half a million pounds from the BBSRC, to identify genes activated in the brain after alcohol exposure and to study how these genes may contribute to alcohol-induced behaviour.


Individuals’ research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/biology

Richard Andrew Lateralised brain functions.Examining the nature of brain, and behavioural lateralisation in fish and birds by using patterns of eye use when viewing a variety of interesting objects, and by studying the effects of factors acting on early development.

Jonathan Bacon Foraging behaviour of Pharaoh’s ants. We are investigating how Pharaoh’s ants explore new space. Emergent complex behaviour of the colony is derived from relatively simple rules of ant/ant interaction – observed behaviourally in real populations and modelled in virtual ant populations in silico. Projects are co-supervised by David Waxman.

Paul Benjamin Learning and memory circuits. Synaptic and non-synaptic mechanisms involved in associative learning in the snail brain. Mechanisms of plasticity involved in appetitive classical conditioning are being investigated by the integration of electrophysiological, molecular biological, pharmacological and computational modelling techniques.

Tom Collett Navigation. Analysis of mechanisms underlying insect navigation and visual learning, using behavioural techniques.

Jane Davies Genes and alcohol. Using microarrays, we and our collaborators have identified a large number of genes in Drosophila and mice that are regulated in response to alcohol. Those genes that are regulated in both species are likely to be fundamental for the development of alcohol dependence.

Paul Graham Insect and robot navigation. Interest in navigation and visual learning in insects, particularly how insects use visual landmarks to guide their foraging routes. At Sussex, we use behavioural studies, simulations and robots to investigate models of visually guided navigation.

George Kemenes Long-term memory formation. Focus on the evolutionarily conserved cellular and molecular mechanisms of long-term memory formation, including the activation of the cAMP-PKA and CaMKII second messenger cascades and the transcription factor CREB; invertebrate (snail) model of learning and memory, employing a combination of techniques to understand the mechanisms of memory (dys)function.

Sergei Korneev Regulation of gene expression in the brain. One of the most intriguing developments in contemporary biology is the discovery of widespread occurrences of so-called natural antisense RNAs (NATs) in eukaryotes. The major focus of my research is NATs that are expressed in the CNS and involved in the regulation of the production of important signalling molecules.

Corné Kros Physiology of inner ear sensory hair cells. We use patch-clamp electrophysiology and calcium imaging to understand how hair cells turn sound into electrical signals that the brain can interpret. We also study how these cells develop and what goes wrong when important molecules that contribute to functional development are mutated.

Michael Land Human eye movements. My work has been concerned with the relationship between where we look and what we are doing. This involves simultaneous monitoring of eye movements and actions. Recent work has been on the differing roles of head and eye movements

Mark Maconochie Inner ear development. Focus on understanding the molecular basis of how the mammalian inner ear is generated from a small patch of ectoderm during development. Use of transgenic approaches to understand the function and control of individual genes, and how they may interact to subdivide the inner ear into different functional compartments during early vertebrate embryology.

Michael O’Shea Novel chemical signalling mechanisms. My aim is to apply a wide variety of techniques, including molecular

biology, electrophysiology, pharmacology and computational modelling, to understand the precise roles of nitric oxide in learning, memory and behaviour.

Daniel Osorio Visual ecology, colour and biological signalling. Behavioural experiments using fish (guppies and/or zebrafish) or poultry chicks to study visual perception and learning in relation to natural foraging. Also, measurement of colour and light in natural scenes, especially in relation to function of colour vision and colour in biological signals.

Guy Richardson Cellular and molecular basis of hearing and deafness. Research emphasis is on understanding the mechanisms of mechano-transduction in sensory hair cells, how the extracellular matrices of the inner ear influence frequency tuning in the cochlea, and how the sensory hair cells of the inner ear develop.

Ian Russell Biological basis of hearing and deafness. We use electrophysiological, micro-mechanical, and mathematical modelling techniques to study normal and genetically modified cochleae to investigate the cellular and molecular basis of hearing and deafness in mammals, including bats. We also study mechanotransduction, acoustic interaction, and sex and species recognition by mosquitoes.

Kevin Staras Neurotransmission at central synapses. Synaptic transmission is critically dependent on the availability of functional vesicles at the presynaptic terminal. Using novel imaging, electrophysiological and ultrastructural approaches directed at individual hippocampal terminals, my work is examining the activity-dependent remodelling of vesicle pools as a basis for synaptic regulation and plasticity.

The electrical activity in neural networks can be analysed using microelectrodes placed inside the individually identified neurons that comprise the network. This work provides insight into how the brain generates the complex patterns of activity that underlie adaptive behaviour

Neuroscience

• Philosophy at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• The Department is notable for encouraging a wide range of approaches to philosophical issues, allowing students to specialise in either the analytic or continental traditions, or to combine both.

• Our faculty have a wide variety of research interests, with particular strengths in aesthetics, philosophy of language, philosophy of mind, ancient philosophy, Indian philosophy and German Idealism, as well as social and political philosophy.

Academic activities

Graduate students attend regular reading and work-in-progress seminars, giving them the opportunity to discuss their own ideas and work with peers and faculty. There is also a weekly Philosophy Society meeting, attended by under graduates, graduates and faculty, at which philosophers from Sussex and other institutions present papers.

Philosophy

Taught programmesMA degreesLiterature and Philosophy (see page 100)PhilosophyPhilosophy of Cognitive Science (see pages 64-65) Social and Political Thought (see page 162)Postgraduate diplomaPhilosophy

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Philosophy

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175

An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in philosophy, but related disciplines may also be considered



Further informationGordon Finlayson, Philosophy Postgraduate Convenor, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UKT +44 1273 876629 or +44 1273 877378F +44 (0)1273 625972E [email protected]/philosophy

Research supervision for MPhil and DPhil degrees can be offered in a variety of subjects including analytic philosophy, and social and political philosophy

Essentials

Taught programmes

MA in Literature and Philosophy1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme is taught jointly by members of the Philosophy and English Departments. See page 100 for details.

MA in Philosophy 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe MA in Philosophy offers an advanced general grounding in the subject, which forms a good basis for further research. It includes courses in both the analytic and continental traditions of philosophy, reflecting the wide range of interests within the Philosophy Department. Students may decide to concentrate on just one of these traditions, or to take courses from both of them.

There are particularly strong links between the MA programmes in Philosophy of Cognitive Science, Literature, Critical Theory, and Social and Political Thought, and students from each of these programmes often take courses offered by the others. Reading and work-in-progress seminars, which bring together all philosophy graduate students, provide a forum for discussion encompassing the entire range of philosophical topics studied at Sussex.

FundingEU applicants are eligible to apply to the AHRC for studentships (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Philosophical Topics; and either Mind and Reality; or Phenomenology.

Spring term: you take two courses from the following list: Language and Truth; Philosophy Special Subject; Political and Legal Philosophy; and Texts in the History of Philosophy.

The Philosophy Special Subject course allows you to work at an advanced level on a topic close to a tutor’s research interests. Topics likely to be on offer include philosophical logic; epistemology; metaphysics; philosophy of mind; philosophy of language; Adorno; Wittgenstein; Kant; Husserl; Heidegger; Hegel; and Marx.

Students may substitute courses from other MAs. Courses that may be of particular interest include Philosophy of Film (MA in Literature and Philosophy); Emotion and Consciousness; Philosophy of Cognitive Science I and II (MA in Philosophy of Cognitive Science); Contemporary Philosophy of Religion (MA in Literature and Philosophy); Hegel; Marx; The Frankfurt School and Critical Theory (MA in Social and Political Thought); Derrida; and Deconstruction and Creative Writing (MA in Critical Theory).

Summer term: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation.

AssessmentTaught courses are assessed by term papers of 5,000 words. At the end of the year you also submit a dissertation of up to 15,000 words.

MA in Philosophy of Cognitive Science1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme is taught jointly by members of the Philosophy and Informatics Departments. See pages 64-65 for details.

MA in Social and Political Thought 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme is taught jointly by members of the Philosophy, Sociology and Politics Departments. See page 162 for details.

Phi

loso

phy

146

147

Postgraduate Diploma in Philosophy 2 terms (autumn and spring) full-time/ 4 terms (autumn and spring) part-time The Postgraduate Diploma in Philosophy is aimed at students with some background in philosophy who wish to pursue their interests without writing a dissertation. Students performing exceptionally well on the courses will be offered the opportunity to transfer directly into the MA in Philosophy at the start of the summer term.

Programme structure Students take the same number of courses from the same range as the MA students (see page 146 for list of options), but there is no dissertation component.

Assessment Each of the courses taken (four in total) will be examined by a 5,000-word term paper.

Research programmes

Research supervision for MPhil and DPhil degrees can be offered in a variety of subjects in analytical philosophy, continental philosophy and the history of philosophy, including: aesthetics, Aristotle, connectionism, early modern philosophy, epistemology, Davidson, Hegel, Heidegger, Husserl, Kant, Kripke, Levinas, Marx, metaphysics, moral philosophy, Nietzsche, philosophy of artificial intelligence and cognitive science, philosophical logic, philosophy of language, philosophy of mind, philosophy of religion, Plato, Quine, political and legal philosophy, Spinoza, and Wittgenstein.

FundingOur students are regularly successful in attracting funding from the AHRC, for which all EU research students may apply.

Recent thesis topics

Ancient scepticism and Cartesian doubtDefending contingent identityHegel’s theory of subjectivityEmotion, cognition and dynamics: a valenced reappraisal Language and meaning in Heidegger’s fundamental ontologyFrom representations to practice: a critique of naturalised reasonNietzsche and the fate of artIntentionality, error and misrepresentationEthics and politics in Levinas and DerridaPerfectionism and liberalismMarx’s philosophy of lawMerleau-Ponty and the sensibleEthics and religion in PlatoAdorno and KantDefinite descriptionsWittgenstein’s theory of the proposition


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/philosophy

Lucy Allais Kant; transcendental idealism; non-conceptual content; and the notion of forgiveness. Publications include: ‘Kant’s Transcendental Idealism and Contemporary Anti-Realism’ in International Journal of Philosophical Studies (2004); and ‘Kant’s Idealism and the Secondary Quality Analogy’ in Journal of the History of Philosophy (2006).

Professor Margaret Boden Philosophy of psychology; and artificial intelligence. Publications include: ‘The Philosophy of Cognitive Science’ in A O’Hear (ed) Philosophy at the New Millennium (2001); and ‘Life and Cognition’ in J Branquinho (ed) The Foundations of Cognitive Science (2001).

Andrew Chitty Political and legal philosophy; Hegel; German Idealism; and Marx. Publications include: ‘Social and Physical Form: Ilyenkov on the Ideal and Marx on the Value-Form’ in V Oittinen (ed) Evald Ilyenkov’s Philosophy Revisited (2000); and ‘The Essence of the State in the Marx of 1842’ in Douglas Moggach (ed) The New Hegelians (2006).

Ron Chrisley Philosophy of cognitive science; artificial intelligence; mind; consciousness; representation and computation; and philosophical logic, especially non-conceptual content. Publications include: ‘Singular terms and reference: Evans and “Julius”’ in The Electronic Journal of Analytic Philosophy (1999); Artificial Intelligence: Critical Concepts (2000); ‘Embodied Artificial Intelligence’ in Artificial Intelligence (2003).

Paul Davies Kant; phenomenology; aesthetics; philosophy and literature; and 19th- and 20th-century European philosophy. Publications include: ‘Three Remarks on Levinas and Kant’ in S Critchley and R Bernasconi (eds) The Cambridge Companion to Levinas (2002) and ‘This Contradiction’ in R Rand (ed) Futures of Jacques Derrida (2002).

Katerina Deligiorgi Kant; Hegel; moral philosophy and its history; the relation between ethics and literature; and contemporary aesthetics. Publications include: Kant and the Culture of Enlightenment (2005); Hegel: New Directions (2006); ‘Grace as Guide to Morals? Schiller’s Aesthetic Turn in Ethics’ in History of Philosophy Quarterly (2006); and ‘Literature and Moral Vision: Autonomism Reconsidered’ in Philosophical Inquiry (2007).

Gordon Finlayson German Idealism; 20th-century German philosophy; the Frankfurt School; Adorno; Horkheimer; and Habermas. Publications include: ‘Adorno on the Ineffable and the Ethical’ in European Journal of Philosophy (2002); ‘The Theory of Ideology and the Ideology of Theory: Habermas contra Adorno’ in Historical Materialism (2003); and Habermas: A Very Short Introduction (2005).

Professor Jonardon Ganeri Indian Philosophy; epistemology; metaphysics; philosophy of language; and ethics. Publications include Philosophy in Classical India: The Proper Work of Reason (2001); and The Concealed Art of the Soul: Theories of Self and Practices of Truth in Indian Ethics and Epistemology (2007).

Michael Morris Philosophy of language; metaphysics; aesthetics; Wittgenstein; and Plato. Publications include: ‘Realism beyond Correspondence’ in H Beebee and J Dodd (eds) Truthmakers: the Contemporary Debate (2005); and Introduction to Philosophy of Language (2006).

Murali Ramachandran Philosophical logic; metaphysics; philosophy of language; and epistemology. Publications include: ‘Indeterministic Causation and Varieties of Chance-Raising’ in P Dowe and P Noordhof (eds) Cause and Chance (2003); and ‘A Counterfactual Analysis of Indeterministic Causation’ in J Collins, V Hall and LA Paul (eds) Causation and Counterfactuals (2004).

Sarah Sawyer Epistemology; philosophy of mind; metaphysics; and philosophy of language. Publications include: ‘Externalism, Apriority and Transmission of Warrant’ in Tomas Marran (ed) What Determines Content? (2006); and ‘There is no viable notion of narrow content’ in B McLaughlin and J Cohen (eds) Contemporary Debates in Philosophy of Mind (2007).

Tanja Staehler Contemporary European philosophy (especially Husserl, Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, Levinas); German Idealism; ancient philosophy (especially Plato); and continental aesthetics. Publications include: ‘The Historicity of Philosophy and the Role of Skepticism’ in David A Duquette (ed) Hegel’s History of Philosophy. New Interpretations (2002); and ‘Does Hegel Privilege Speech Over Writing? A Critique of Jacques Derrida’ in International Journal in Philosophical Studies (2003).

Kathleen Stock The nature of imagination; philosophical questions raised by fiction; philosophy of music; aesthetics; and philosophy of film. Publications include ‘The Tower of Goldbach and Other Impossible Tales’ in M Kieran and D Lopes (eds) Imagination, Philosophy and the Arts (2003); and ‘Historical Definitions of Art’ in S Davies and A Sukla (eds) Art and Essence (2003).

Aristotle

Philosophy

• Physics at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• Sussex tops the latest UK rankings for having the highest citation rate in physics (Thomson Scientific, 2001-05).

• The Department is one of six in the South East of England to receive a joint award of £12.5 million, for the academic years 2008-13, to enhance collaboration in graduate teaching and research.

• Physics research at Sussex has a truly international character, with collaborative programmes in Europe, North America and Japan. We make use of national and international particle physics laboratories.

• Our high profile attracts many visitors and postdoctoral researchers. We have an extensive programme of research seminars by both internal and external speakers.

• Current research interests in the Department include quantum information and technology, quantum optics and cold atom physics, experimental particle physics involving neutrons and neutrinos, and theoretical particle physics beyond the standard model. There are close links with the Astronomy Centre in the area of particle cosmology.

Taught programmes

MSc in Physics 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MSc programme allows you to specialise in any of the research areas described in Faculty research interests.

Additional admissions requirementsThose requesting experimental projects must have laboratory experience, and evidence must be supplied, usually in the form of a reference, of competence in the laboratory.

Programme structure (full-time)Your time is split equally between taught courses and a research project. You have a supervisor who oversees your work in general and is responsible for the supervision of your project. Supervisors and topics are allocated in consultation with you, early in the autumn term. Projects may be experimental (lab based), theoretical, or involve computer modelling, simulation and/or data reduction.

At least two courses must contain an examination component that is assessed during the summer term. Not all courses run every year.

Autumn term: Atom-Light Interactions; Atomic Structure and Angular Momentum; Condensed State Physics I; Cosmology; Data Analysis Techniques; Further Quantum Mechanics; General Relativity; Nuclear and Particle Physics I; Quantum Mechanical Models of Solids; Relativistic Quantum Fields I; and Stellar Structure.

Spring term: Advanced Particle Physics; Condensed State Physics II; Computer Simulations in Physics; Early Universe; Galactic Structure; Introduction to C; Nanomagnetism; Nuclear and Particle Physics II; Quantum Optics and Applied Quantum Field Theory; Relativistic Quantum Fields II; Symmetry, Geometry and Topology; Computer Simulations in Physics; Phenomenology of the Standard Model and the MSSM; and The Distant Universe.

Summer term: Beyond the Standard Model I; Beyond the Standard Model II; and Theory of Bose-Einstein Condensation.

Programme structure (part-time)Distribution of courses over the two years is flexible and will be agreed between you, your supervisor and the course convenor. Most of your project work will naturally fall into the second year.


MSc in Theoretical Particle Physics 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThe programme covers all-important topics of modern particle theory with emphasis on physics of the standard model and beyond, including supersymmetry and string theory, advanced mathematical methods and applications of particle phenomenology, and cosmology. A substantial project component allows you to carry out a research project under the individual supervision of a member of faculty.

Instruction is by lectures, seminars and personal supervision.

Programme structure (full-time)Your time is split equally between taught courses and a research project in particle theory. You will have a supervisor who oversees your work in general and is responsible for supervision of your project.

Physics

Taught programmesMSc degreesPhysicsScientific Computation (see page 132) Theoretical Particle Physics

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Physics

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MSc in PhysicsA first- or second-class undergraduate honours degree in a physics-based subject (including mathematics and engineering degrees with significant physics content) MSc in Theoretical Particle Physics A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a physics- or mathematics-based subject MPhil and DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in physics. Applications are also encouraged from students of other disciplines, for example mathematical physics, chemical physics or materials science



Admissions and further informationPostgraduate Coordinator,School of Science and Technology, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QJ, UKT +44 (0)1273 678940F+44 (0)1273 877873E [email protected]/physics

Essentials

Phy

sics

148

149

Supervisors and topics are allocated, in consultation with you, early in the autumn term.

Autumn term: you take one compulsory course, Relativistic Quantum Fields I.

Spring term: you take one compulsory course, Relativistic Quantum Fields II.

Summer term: you take one compulsory course, Beyond the Standard Model I (supersymmetry).

The remaining course credits are made up of course options such as the following: Advanced Particle Physics; Beyond the Standard Model II; Computer Simulation Physics; Early Universe I; Early Universe II; Further Quantum Mechanics, General Relativity; Phenomenology of the Standard Model and MSSM; and Symmetry, Geometry and Topology.

Programme structure (part-time)Distribution of courses over the two years is flexible and will be agreed between you, your supervisor and the course convenor.


Research programmes

There are opportunities for graduate students in many areas of modern experimental and theoretical physics.

The start date is normally October, but usually either January or April start dates are acceptable.

FundingStudentships are available from the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) and the Science and Technology Facilities Council (STFC). Some graduate teaching assistantships or EU studentships may also be available. See also Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

There is normally a small amount of paid work for teaching in laboratories and for marking.

CourseworkLecture courses form an essential part of your training. These are given by physics faculty members, assisted by research fellows and visiting members of faculty from various research institutions. In this way a very wide range of topics can be studied.

During their first two years, experimental and theoretical research students are required to attend at least four postgraduate courses, although allowance may be made for previous graduate study. Assessment of courses is by coursework.


A wide range of experimental facilities at Sussex, at national centres and at international laboratories is available to graduate students. In addition to the main University computing facilities, research students in the particle theory group have access to a network of high-performance UNIX workstations and servers, and a Departmental computer cluster. The Sussex Physics and Astronomy research groups also have a substantial allocation of time on national supercomputer facilities.

State-of-the-art equipment at Sussex includes lasers, and low-temperature facilities, recently refurbished and enhanced by awards from the Joint Infrastructure Fund (JIF) and from the Science Research Infrastructure Fund (SRIF).

Academic activities

Many graduate students have the opportunity to travel to various other sites, such as Fermilab in Chicago, the Institut Laue-Langevin (ILL) in the French Alps, and Gran Sasso National Laboratory in Italy. Such trips are in addition to attendance at conferences or summer schools.


Our faculty are organised into four research groups: the Astronomy Centre; Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics; Experimental Particle Physics; and Theoretical Particle Physics. All are focused on research into fundamental areas of science. The research of the Astronomy Centre is described in the astronomy and cosmology entry on pages 50-51. In addition to those listed below, five new faculty posts have been awarded as part of the South East Physics Network. These will be used to enhance the existing research activity.

For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/physics

Atomic, Molecular and Optical Physics (AMO)Claudia Eberlein is a theorist working on quantum optics and quantum field theory. She applies these theories to a variety of problems in cavity quantum electrodynamics and cold atom physics, including the calculation of Casimir-Polder forces acting on atoms near surfaces and the properties of Bose-Einstein condensates with long-range atom-atom interactions.

The MINOS far detector (image courtesy of Ernest Orlando Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory)

Physics

Barry Garraway is a theoretical physicist. He has a particular research interest in quantum physics and quantum optics, with applications to cold atoms and molecules.

Winfried Hensinger heads the Ion Quantum Technology group within AMO. He works on implementing new quantum technologies such as the quantum computer using ultracold-trapped ions, and he explores the foundations of quantum mechanics. He uses nanotechnology to create chips that host ion-trap architectures towards the full-scale implementation of a quantum computer.

Matthias Keller investigates the interaction between light and matter on the most fundamental level: the interaction of a single photon with a single trapped ion. His research aim is to implement photon-based connections between ion-trap systems, which would provide the basis for a quantum version of the internet.

Professor Wolfgang Lange is the group leader. His research explores the boundary of atomic physics and quantum optics. He investigates strongly coupled single ions and photons in ultrahigh-quality optical resonators, obtaining deterministic control over the process of light emission. This is an important tool for interconnecting remote quantum computers to eventually create a quantum internet.

Experimental Particle PhysicsElisabeth Falk Harris’s research interests concern the neutrino, a fundamental particle produced in abundance in, for example, stars, but which rarely interacts with ordinary matter. She participates in the MINOS and Double Chooz neutrino oscillation experiments in the US and in France.

Mike Hardiman works on the Sussex-led neutron electric dipole moment experiment, seeking to uncover the processes that led to the dominance of matter over antimatter in the universe.

Professor Philip Harris heads the Experimental Particle Physics group. His primary research goal is to measure the neutron electric dipole moment, a quantity intimately related to the dominance of matter over antimatter in the universe. This is a critical, small-scale high-precision experiment in which Sussex leads the world.

Simon Peeters’s work combines the design and operation of challenging experiments with fundamental physics in several international scientific collaborations that study elementary particles and their properties in great detail.

Theoretical Particle PhysicsMark Hindmarsh studies the physics of the big bang. By studying the very early universe we can test fundamental theories of physics, sometimes to destruction. He is currently working on the dynamics and observational signatures of strings in cosmology, and on the origin of the dark energy in the universe.

Stephan Huber works on particle phenomenology. He studies extensions of the Standard Model of Particle Physics, in particular extra dimensions, supersymmetry, and extended Higgs sectors. His interests in cosmology are in phase transitions and the generation of the matter-antimatter asymmetry.

Daniel Litim’s research deals with the physics of fundamental forces and strong coupling phenomena. His current work focuses on quantum gravity, and quantum chromodynamics in extreme conditions such as high temperature and high density.

Above: superstring scattering

Below: Philip Harris inspects the liquid helium supply pipes on the neutron electric dipole moment cryostat

Student working on a laser experiment

Phy

sics

150

151

• The politics faculty at Sussex offer teaching and research expertise that covers the spectrum of UK, European and international issues, encompassing political theory, as well as comparative and party politics.

• We offer teaching excellence, with four national teaching award-winning faculty members.

• The Department offers particular research expertise in European integration, comparative politics, party politics, British politics and citizenship, ethnicity and migration.

• The Department includes the Sussex European Institute (SEI) – a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence for the study of European Integration.

Taught programmes

MA in European Politics 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeLocated in the internationally renowned Sussex European Institute, this programme offers the opportunity to examine systematically the recent dramatic changes in the political systems of western and eastern Europe. It combines theoretical and analytical questions with subjects of direct relevance to contemporary government in Europe.

This MA will appeal to: students who intend to pursue a research degree; those who prefer to seek employment in government service at the supranational, national or subnational levels; those pursuing occupations such as journalism or teaching; and the growing numbers employed in the private sector who have to deal with the European context. It is also appropriate to the needs of students from other European countries wishing to pursue postgraduate study abroad.

For more detailed information about individual courses, visit the website: www.sussex.ac.uk/polces

Programme structureAutumn term: you take Politics and Public Policy; and The Making of Contemporary Europe.

Spring term: you choose two options from Class, Conflict and Civil Society in Post-War Europe; European Political Integration; Government and Politics of France; Political Analysis and Research Methods; Political Economy of EU Enlargement and Accession; Political Economy of EU Integration; Political Parties and Party Systems in Comparative Perspective; The Comparative Politics of Western Europe; The Domestic Politics of European Integration; The Idea of Europe; The International Relations of the EU; The Politics of Citizenship and Immigration; The Politics of Eastern Europe in Transition.

Note: availability of options will differ according to student demand and faculty availability.

Summer term: you research and write a dissertation (worth 60 credits). This will be closely supervised by a member of staff. The research and writing process takes place mainly in the summer, before the presentation and examination at the end of the programme.

AssessmentCourses are assessed by a variety of methods, including unseen examination papers, term papers and literature reviews.

MA in Strategic and Security Studies 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis degree addresses the key issues set out in the ESRC’s initiative on security: stresses on the global environment, including energy and natural resource vulnerabilities, climate change impacts and disease transmission; the emergence of new forms of international and transboundary crime posing wider forms of risks; radicalised violence and terrorism; and the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMD). The SEI has established expertise in these fields, especially in the context of Europe, though it should be noted that this degree does not restrict its geographic focus to Europe.

You will develop a critical understanding of both traditional and new approaches to international strategic and security studies, as well as consider and identify answers to the key question: what factors influence collective security and shared responsibility in the international community?

This MA provides an excellent grounding for policy practitioners (ie civilian and military officials who want to deepen their understanding and upgrade their qualifications), as well as for those intent on careers in academia, government or the media.

Politics

Taught programmesMA degreesEuropean Politics Strategic and Security Studies MSc degree Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (International Relations and Politics)

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Politics New Route DPhil Politics

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in politics or a cognate discipline such as economics, philosophy, history, sociology or international relations MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in political science, international relations, economics, history or sociology. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of the research project



Further informationProfessor Paul Taggart, Politics and Contemporary European Studies,University of Sussex,Falmer, Brighton BN1 9RH, UKT +44 (0)1273 877796F +44 (0)1273 673563E [email protected] www.sussex.ac.uk/polces

Essentials

Politics

The SEI is proud to draw on its established tradition and reputation as a practitioner-oriented research and training body, which enjoys excellent links with the national civil services of the UK and various other (European and non-European) countries, as well as the EU Commission. This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Programme structureAutumn term: you take the two core courses Strategic Studies; and Security Policy Post-9/11: Theory and Practice.

Spring term: you take two options from EU Justice and Home Affairs; International Relations of the EU; The Legal Regulation of Armed Conflict; US Foreign and Defence Policy; Migration and Security in Europe; Risk and Security in Energy and Environment Policy; Institutional Responses to European Security Challenges; and Security: Concepts and Theories.

Summer term: dissertation.

AssessmentUnseen exam, essays and a dissertation.

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (International Relations and Politics) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of international relations and politics. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.




Spring term: you take courses in qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis.

Summer term: you choose from a selection of courses in cross-cultural and comparative data analysis and collection. The research elective continues across all terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation.


Research programmes

We supervise students in all areas in which departmental faculty specialise (see right).

FundingThe Department has full 1+3 and +3 recognition from the ESCR including access to five interdisciplinary Quota studentships in 2009. For information on this and other funding options, contact Professor Paul Taggart at the address listed in Essentials, or see Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

A protest against the war in Iraq outside the Houses of Parliament in London

Recent thesis titles Young Citizens’ Political Participation

Explaining the Emergence of Eurosceptic Protest Movement Formation in Contemporary Europe: A Comparative Approach

Organisational change in Western European Communist Parties since 1989

Paths to Populism: The Ideologies of Populist Parties in Europe

The Predominance of Prime Ministers: A Comparative Study of Britain and Australia

Parties and the State in post-1989 Poland

Regionalist Parties in Western Europe: A Comparative Study


The Department has one of the largest concentrations of scholars working on party politics in the UK, based around the Centre for the Study of Parties and Democracy in Europe. This and other research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/polces

Sabina Avdagic Comparative political economy including the politics of market reforms; and causes and consequences of national variation in politico-economic institutions.

Tim Bale British politics; comparative politics; social democracy; centre right in Europe; and party politics.

Sue Collard Politics in western Europe; modern French politics; and European integration.

Professor John Dearlove British politics; local government; contemporary political theory (especially public choice theory); electoral and constitutional politics; and the governance of universities.

James Hampshire The politics of race, ethnicity and citizenship; modern political theory; and public policy.

Dan Hough German politics; party politics; post-communism in Europe; and political corruption.

Zdenek Kavan East European political and economic institutions; and modern eastern Europe.

Francis McGowan Policy making in the European Union; and European government/ industry relations.

Lucia Quaglia European monetary integration; central banking governance in the EU; financial service regulation and supervision in the EU; Euroscepticism, Europeanisation, and EU Presidency.

Professor Shamit Saggar The politics of race, ethnicity and citizenship; public policy; and electoral politics.

Professor Aleks Szczerbiak Comparative central and east European politics; political parties and electoral politics; contemporary Polish politics and society; comparative Euroscepticism; and politics of decommunisation.

Professor Paul Taggart Euroscepticism; populism; and party politics.

Adrian Treacher International relations of the EU; European security; and French foreign policy.

Professor Paul Webb Parties and elections – UK and comparative; and empirical democratic theory.

Polit

ics

152

153

MSc and Postgraduate Diploma in Substance Misuse An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree, or an equivalent professional qualification, in a relevant subject such as psychology, sociology, criminology, nursing or medicine. Alternatively, at least a lower second-class honours degree (or equivalent professional qualification) in any subject with at least two years’ relevant professional experience MPhil, DPhil and New Route DPhil A first- or upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in psychology or a closely related discipline such as neuroscience or sociology



Further information Department of Psychology, School of Life Sciences, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QH, UK E [email protected] +44 (0)1273 678611www.sussex.ac.uk/psychologyMSc in Substance Misuse Michael Morgan E [email protected].

• Psychology at Sussex received a grade 5 (recognising research of national and international excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE).

• We are one of the largest psychology departments in the UK, with around 45 teaching faculty and 30 research staff, as well as a large community of graduate students. This provides an intellectually stimulating and supportive environment for postgraduate research and study.

• We have excellent facilities, with newly refurbished office and laboratory space at the centre of the Sussex campus.

• We offer supervision across a broad range of areas encompassed by the four research groups into which we are organised: Behavioural and Clinical Neuroscience; Cognitive Psychology; Developmental and Clinical Psychology; and Social and Applied Psychology.

Taught programmes

Part-time students take the MSc courses over two years.

FundingFunding is available as part of a four-year programme, which includes the one-year MRes in Psychological Methods, the MSc in Applied Social Psychology, or the MSc in Health Psychology, and three years as a DPhil student. Information is available at www.sussex.ac.uk/psychology/studentships To be eligible for funding, applications should be received by late March and should follow the procedures listed on the above web page. There is no closing date for other applications but candidates are encouraged to apply early.

Psychology

Taught programmesMRes degreePsychological Methods MSc degreesApplied Social Psychology Clinical Psychology and Psychopathology Experimental Psychology Health Psychology Substance Misuse Postgraduate diplomaSubstance Misuse

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil PsychologyNew Route DPhil Psychology

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MRes in Psychological Methods An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in psychology or a closely related discipline such as neuroscience or sociology MSc in Applied Social Psychology An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in psychology or, exceptionally, in a closely linked degree that has a substantial psychology component MSc in Clinical Psychology and Psychopathology An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in psychology or a closely related subject MSc in Experimental Psychology This MSc is designed for students who do not have previous training in psychology. It is open to those with an upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in another subject who want to obtain a qualification that provides the Graduate Basis for Registration (GBR) with the British Psychological Society. The closing date for applications is 31 March 2009 MSc in Health Psychology An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in psychology or equivalent (eg an accredited psychology conversion course), which confers Graduate Basis for Registration (GBR) by the British Psychological Society. Students who do not meet these criteria (eg non-UK psychology graduates) will need to contact the British Psychological Society to ensure that their degree confers GBR; they will also need to include evidence to this effect with their application

Sussex psychology students using EEG equipment to understand changes in neural activity associated with language processing

Essentials

Psychology

MRes in Psychological Methods1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MRes has been specifically designed for students who are intending to go on to study for doctoral qualifications across a range of specialisms within psychology.

Programme structureAutumn term: The Research Process; Data Collection and Presentation; Linear Models; and an option.

Spring term: The Research Process; Latent Variables; Modern Statistical Methods; and Conceptual and Pragmatic Research Issues.

Summer term: dissertation.

AssessmentThe taught courses are assessed by a variety of methods that include term papers and unseen examinations. The empirical project is assessed by a dissertation.

MSc in Applied Social Psychology1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme enables you to acquire a theoretical grounding in important perspectives within applied social psychology, along with the techniques and expertise in research methodology needed when applying these perspectives to real-world issues. This MSc attracts students from different cultural backgrounds.

Programme structureThe degree programme has a modular structure. The majority of courses are taken in collaboration with students on other Masters programmes.

Autumn term: you take Health Psychology and Social Context; Social Psychology of Prejudice; Data Collection and Presentation; and Linear Models.

Spring term: you take The Social Psychology of Consumer Behaviour; Conceptual and Pragmatic Research Issues; Latent Variables; and an option course, or a research internship.

Summer term: you undertake a research project in your chosen field of applied social psychology.

AssessmentCoursework is assessed on the basis of presentations, term papers and exams. The research project is assessed by a dissertation.

MSc in Clinical Psychology and Psychopathology1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme will provide you with a grounding in research training relevant to clinical psychology, and a broad understanding of mental health service provision.

This should be attractive to new graduates eventually seeking a place on a DClin Psych clinical training course, and to existing professionals and practitioners in either clinical psychology or other health-related disciplines. This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Programme structure A wide range of staff and guest lecturers, including local practitioners, teach on this MSc.

Autumn term: you take Causes of Psychopathology; Data Collection and Presentation; Linear Models; plus one option.

Spring term: you take Lifespan Issues in Treatment; Clinical Psychology; Research Methods in Clinical Psychology; plus one option.

Summer term: research project and dissertation.

AssessmentCourse work is assessed on the basis of presentations, term papers and exams. The research project is assessed by a dissertation.

MSc in Experimental Psychology1 year full-timeThis well-established and internationally renowned programme has provided the initial training for many eminent psychologists. The MSc is accredited by the British Psychological Society as a qualification for the GBR (the British Psychological Society’s Graduate Basis for Registration).

Additional admissions requirements The closing date for applications to this MSc is 31 March 2009.

Programme structureAutumn term: Brain and Behaviour; Cognitive Psychology II; Philosophy of Psychology; and Research Methods.

Spring term: Social Psychology; Developmental Psychology; Empirical Dissertation; Abnormal and Clinical Psychology; and Research Methods.

Summer term: Cognitive Psychology I; Research Methods; and Empirical Dissertation.

AssessmentAssessment includes term papers and unseen examinations, a report of your Empirical Dissertation and a Philosophy of Psychology dissertation.

MSc in Health Psychology1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MSc enables you to acquire a comprehensive and detailed knowledge of health psychology research and its applications. The programme provides the theoretical tools and methodological techniques necessary for those wishing to conduct health psychology research (including doctoral-level research) and will provide an essential foundation for those wishing to qualify as chartered health psychologists.

Programme structureA wide range of staff and visiting speakers teach on the MSc. Teaching methods include lectures, student presentations, seminars based on prior reading, practical exercises and workshops (including computer-based workshops).

Autumn term: Health, Psychology and Social Context; Illness and Coping; Data Collection and Presentation; and Linear Models.

Spring term: Communication and Health Promotion; Health Psychology Applications; Conceptual and Pragmatic Research Issues; and Latent Variables.

Summer term: empirical dissertation.

AssessmentAssessment is via coursework essays, exams, seminar presentations and the dissertation.

MSc in Substance Misuse1 year full-time/2 years part-time This internationally renowned multidisciplinary programme aims to provide you with an academic grasp of all of the factors involved in substance misuse, and to link this theoretical understanding to professional practice. Local and international experts in the field contribute to the teaching. It is designed for both social science graduates and current practitioners in the field of substance misuse. All teaching is delivered in a single day of the week to facilitate attendance.

FundingApplicants may be eligible for funding from the Alcohol Education and Research Council (AERC) or the Society for the Study of Addiction (SSA).

A Sussex researcher uses dolls and miniature houses to investigate how children think about everyday social interactions

Psy

chol

ogy

154

155

Programme structure (full-time)Autumn term: Working With Substance Misusers; Psychopharmacology; Evidence-Based Psychosocial Interventions; and Behavioural and Cognitive Theories.

Spring term: Social Factors in Substance Misuse; Research Design and Analysis; Criminal Justice, Policy and Ethics; and a Literature Review.

Summer term and vacation: research project.

AssessmentCoursework essays; exams; presentations; posters; a dissertation and a project report.

Postgraduate Diploma in Substance Misuse2 terms full-timeThe structure of the Postgraduate Diploma is the same as that of the MSc in Substance Misuse, but Postgraduate Diploma students do not take the research project component. The Postgraduate Diploma is therefore taken over the autumn and spring terms only.

Research programmes

The Department of Psychology has a thriving community of research students who enjoy excellent facilities. At any time we have 50 or more students studying for research degrees. They come from a wide variety of backgrounds and countries and make a major contribution to the life of the Department.

You will be working in a highly rated research-active department. You will have a desk in a shared office, a networked computer with internet access, and funds and technical support for your research.

We supervise students in all areas of psychology in which departmental faculty specialise. Please feel free to contact potential supervisors (details of faculty and their research interests can be found right and overleaf).

FundingWe have funding from the University for studentships and we have also recently received research studentships from the MRC, BBSRC, EPSRC, ESRC, and industrial sponsors. For further information on funding, refer to Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

You can also expect to find opportunities for small amounts of paid work in teaching and research. Teaching primarily involves seminars in undergraduate psychology courses. Opportunities for employment in research vary according to the grants that faculty currently hold.

Research programme structureThere are two modes of entry for research students. The first, supported by the University and research councils (other than the ESRC), is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Funding for the DPhil programme will be for three or four years. Second is the MRes/MSc plus DPhil pathway, in which the first year is taken up with the MRes in Psychological Methods, or the MSc in Applied Social Psychology, or the MSc in Health Psychology (see page 154), and the remaining three years with research for the DPhil. This is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support, and also forms the basis of the New Route DPhil for self-funded students.

During the autumn and spring terms of the initial training year, those who have taken direct entry to the DPhil or MPhil normally take core courses from the MRes in Psychological Methods. Each course is assessed, but assessment does not contribute to the award of the DPhil or MPhil degree. Exemptions can be granted for those who have already taken research training courses at Masters level.


The Department has well-equipped labs for carrying out research in all its main areas of interest, and links with local schools and hospitals that greatly facilitate research, for example, on cognitive development and cognitive neuroscience.

Most rooms are audio-, video- and data-linked, and a number have built-in one-way observation screens. There is an excellent range of audiovisual equipment, particularly for video recording, analysis and editing. Specially converted rooms are available for the observation of children and group interactions.

We have excellent lab facilities in cognition, developmental psychology, feeding and drinking, human psychophysiology, psychoacoustics, psychopharmacology, social psychology, and vision. Our Human Psychophysiology Laboratory houses EEG/ERP and TMS equipment, as well as eye-trackers and GSR facilities. The Human Psychopharmacology Unit has facilities for the study of alcohol and nicotine use, and for research into eating behaviour, and incorporates a bedded unit should participants need to stay overnight. There is a dedicated unit for the laboratory study of rodents. A Clinical Imaging Sciences Centre (MRI and PET/CT) opened on campus in spring 2007.

There is a wide range of computers dedicated for specialist laboratory use, as well as a computer laboratory where it is possible to conduct online studies with groups of respondents.

Research groups

Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/psychology

Biological and Clinical NeuroscienceThe behavioural and clinical neuroscience research group has interests in: • the application of basic neuroscience and

behavioural techniques in rodents to study the neural bases of drug addiction;

• the application of human psychopharmacology techniques to explore the detailed effects of drugs on human behaviour and cognition, as well as both preclinical and clinical investigations of the cognitive and other psychological deficits associated with long-term use of drugs such as ecstasy and alcohol;

• the neurobiology of motivation, with specialist interests in the control of ingestion; and

• the cognitive neuroscience of human memory and attention, and especially research on deficits associated with disorders such as dementia and schizophrenia.

There is a close inter-relationship between animal, human and clinical work. On the animal side, the Sussex group is one of the strongest groups in any UK university for the behavioural characterisation of transgenic mice, and enjoys collaborative links with molecular geneticists with the neighbouring Sussex Centre for Neuroscience and with the recently established Brighton and Sussex Medical School (BSMS). On both the human and animal side, the group has long-standing links with clinical health professionals across the county.

By measuring how quickly and accurately faces are recognised after various manipulations have been applied to them, it is possible to find out something about what information is used for face recognition. The top left picture shows an unmanipulated version of Tony Blair – instantly recognisable to most UK citizens. The bottom left image is the same picture in photographic negative: Tony is now hard to recognise, despite the fact that all of the spatial information in the original picture is preserved (eg the distance between his eyes, the length of his nose, the distance between nose and chin, etc). The reason why negative faces are hard to recognise is probably because this manipulation disrupts processes that compute shape from shading information. This tells us that faces are more than 2D patterns: their 3D structure is important for recognition. Upside-down Blairs are also hard to recognise – again, despite the fact that all of the original spatial relationships of the face are left untouched

Psychology

Professor Peter G Clifton Feeding behaviour and obesity: studies of neurotransmitter and brain systems involved in the regulation of feeding behaviour and body weight; behavioural and pharmacological assessment of potential anti-obesity drugs; and mechanisms underlying the side effects of antipsychotic drugs on body weight.

Hans Crombag Neurobiological and behavioural mechanisms of appetitive learning and memory; contextual learning processes in relapse; and drug experience-dependent neuroplasticity and addiction.

Professor Theodora Duka Alcohol and nicotine addiction: human studies of conditioning, implications for alcohol and nicotine effects; alcohol craving in humans; adaptive mechanisms; emotional and cognitive factors; and psycho-pharmacology of cognition: alcohol and related drugs, emotional and cognitive effects.

Sam Hutton Cognitive neuropsychiatry – the cognitive deficits associated with psychiatric and neurological disorders; eye movement research – using gaze tracking to determine the allocation of attention during task performance; and the role of attention and working memory in oculomotor control.

Sarah King Molecular and behavioural effects of chronic nicotine exposure; and developing novel strategies (RNAi and viral mediated gene transfer) to study aspects of drug addiction in cell culture and in vivo.

Michael J Morgan Aspects of substance misuse and dependence, from cigarette craving to persistent neuropsychological sequelae of ecstasy and other polydrug use; impulse control in adolescence and adulthood; psychopathology and social cognition in substance misusers; and human neuropsychopharmacology.

Tamzin Ripley Changes in processing and plasticity in the central nervous system using both sophisticated behavioural and electrophysiological techniques; the application of these techniques to problems associated with drug abuse and drug therapy; and phenomena associated with learning processes and interaction with environmental stimuli.

Professor Jennifer Rusted Psychopharma-cology of human memory; prospective and action-based memory in ageing and dementia; drug models of dementia; and behavioural and drug interventions for people with dementia.

Professor David Stephens Neurobiological and behavioural mechanisms underlying drug dependence, particularly mechanisms of behavioural and brain plasticity underlying sensitisation to abused drugs.

Martin R Yeomans Appetite control and the development of food preferences; dieting as a model of disordered eating and obesity; psychopharmacology of eating and drinking; and effects of food ingredients on mood and cognitive performance.

Cognitive PsychologyThe Cognitive Psychology group has interests in:

• learning and memory, especially implicit learning (including computational simulations of learning), awareness of knowledge states, memory and consciousness across the lifespan, eye-witness testimony and long-term memory;

• language and communication, especially the behavioural, cognitive and neuropsychological processes involved in language comprehension and production. Our speciality fields include psycholinguistics, specifically pronoun interpretation, text comprehension, children’s difficulties in text comprehension, as well as word recognition and cognitive neuropsychology (aphasia, dementia, head injury);

• vision, especially visual cognition and attention, face processing, perception and action, low-level vision, and computational neuroscience;

• hearing, especially human auditory perception, particularly in the area of auditory grouping and scene analysis, and auditory and visual cognitive performance;

• animal vocal communication and cognition, where we have particular expertise in using playback experiments to tackle questions about communication and cognitive abilities in large terrestrial mammals (elephants, red deer, lions) and non-passerine birds (gulls and owls). See Centre for Mammal Vocal Communication www.lifesci.sussex.ac.uk/cmvcr/Home.html

We have expertise in the use of specialised technology including acoustic playback, eye tracking, speech analysis and brain imaging. The Clinical Sciences Imaging Centre houses a 1.5T Siemens MRI scanner and PET/CT, and is used particularly by a number of members of this group.

The Human Psychophysiology Laboratory is extensively used by this group and includes EEG/ERP equipment, TMS, and eye-trackers.

Professor Christopher J Darwin Hearing and speech perception; and perceptual, neurophysiological and computational investigations of the early stages of auditory and speech processing.

Zoltan Dienes How people acquire knowledge they are not aware of having – in learning musical structures, controlling complex systems, grammars of languages, and in perceptual motor skills; computational modelling of such learning; what makes knowledge conscious or unconscious; and hypnosis.

Evelyn Ferstl Psychology of text comprehension: language interpretation, coherence processes, context use and pragmatics; neuroanatomy of language: description of brain regions important for higher-level language interpretation, based on functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI); and neuropsychological patient research: diagnostics and rehabilitation of non-aphasic language deficits caused by brain injury.

Professor Alan Garnham Language comprehension, particularly anaphor interpretation and inference; sentence processing; reasoning, particularly the influence of prior beliefs; and mental models theory.

Graham Hole Face recognition; age perception from faces; perceptual aspects of driving (especially ‘looked but failed to see’ accidents, and use of mobile phones while driving); and visual short-term memory.

Beena Khurana Visual cognition, specifically in the areas of visual attention, face processing, and visual memory; the role of attention in motion perception; and understanding the nature and function of mental representations used in the processing of human faces.

Stefan Koelsch Neurocognition of language and music; developmental aspects of language and music cognition; neural correlates of auditory perception; and emotion and its effects on autonomic, hormonal, and immune function.

Professor George Mather Visual perception; psychophysical and computational investigations of early stages in the processing of motion, space, and depth; and links between visual art and vision science.

Karen McComb Mammal communication and cognition – using acoustic analysis and playback experiments to address functional questions about animal communication, the evolution of language and the nature of animal minds. Study species include African elephants, lions, red deer, domestic cats and dogs, and non-human primates.

Romi Nijhawan Neural delays for continuous and discrete sensory events and the compensation of such delays; coordination of perception and action; influence of action systems and touch-proprioception on vision; flash-lag effect in vision and action; interactions between the senses; problems of space-time in vision; and the role of the observer in perceptual psychology and modern physics.

Jane Oakhill Mental models theory of text comprehension and reasoning; and children’s text comprehension – development and difficulties.

David Reby Production, structure, function and evolution of vocal signals in mammals (including humans); acoustic coding of size, individuality, emotions and motivation in mammal vocalisations; acoustic coding of gender, age and size in children’s speech; cross-modal recognition in mammals; and evolution of language.

Jamie Ward My main research interest is in synaesthesia (anomalous perceptual experiences such as hearing colours). I also have an interest in various aspects of human neuropsychology, particularly memory and language.

Brendan Weekes Language and verbal memory; word recognition (bilingualism, dyslexia, phantom recollection and visual attention); and cognitive neuropsychology (aphasia, brain imaging, dementia, head injury and the rehabilitation of language skills).

Developmental and Clinical PsychologyThe Developmental and Clinical Psychology research group has a common aim of advancing theoretical approaches to human development generally, while extending our understanding of links between specific social, emotional, and cognitive processes. Research focuses on three broad themes:

• social development, family and peer relations;

• emotional adjustment across the lifespan; and

• gesture, communication, and early cognitive development.

The Developmental Psychology laboratory has rooms connected with one-way mirrors, and extensive video recording and editing facilities. The Infant Study Unit has dedicated facilities for observation of mothers and infants.

Robin Banerjee Social cognitive development in children; self-conscious cognition and emotion; self-presentational behaviour; social anxiety; and peer relations.

Psy

chol

ogy

156

157

Alice Boyes Perceptions of partners in intimate relationships; the ways in which partners influence each other’s behaviour.

Professor Graham Davey Experimental psychopathology and anxiety disorders, including conditioning models of anxiety and fear; evolutionary versus acquired models of specific phobias; the causes of perseverative psychopathologies such as pathological worrying and obsessive-compulsive checking; and the role of the disgust emotion in psychological disorders.

Andy Field The role of childhood experience in fear acquisition: whether induced fear beliefs persist over time, create cognitive biases in the processing of fear-relevant information, and are mediated by dispositional factors and parenting. The acquisition of likes and dislikes through classical conditioning procedures.

Jessica Horst Cognitive development in children under the age of five; language acquisition, infant and toddler categorisation; and neural network modelling of language acquisition.

David A Leavens Nonverbal communication by apes and human babies; social cognition in apes and humans; expression of emotions; epistemological and methodological issues in theory of mind assessment; evolution of language; and vertebrate learning.

Alison Pike Family relationships, including parent-child and sibling; and genetic and environmental contributions to social development.

Nicola Yuill Social cognitive development, typical and atypical; children’s text comprehension; use of educational technology to promote language and literacy; the relation of language and social cognition.

Social and Applied PsychologyThe Social and Applied Psychology Research group at the University of Sussex has interests in

• prejudice and intergroup relations, especially stereotyping and the reduction of intergroup confict;

• social comparison processes;

• social influence processes and reactions to deviant group members;

• crowd behaviour;

• emotions;

• the role of identity processes in consumer behaviour, especially impulse purchase, and the significance of material possessions;

• identity and body image concerns;

• identity motives;

• altruism and pro-social behaviour, especially organ donation and volunteering;

• health psychology, where research is primarily focused on theoretical and applied social cognition, especially effects of attitudinal ambivalence and risk perception on behaviour and behaviour change, and by experimentally testing theory-based behaviour-change interventions, including such health-related behaviours as adherence to medication use, risky driving, exercise, eating, and condom use;

• student achievement and the effects of students’ financial circumstances on learning- and health-related outcomes; and

• stress and anxiety, particularly with respect to childbirth.

The group has good facilities for laboratory-based research involving video recording of individual and group behaviour and for conducting online experiments.

Professor Charles Abraham Cognitive antecedents of behaviour; in particular, applying social cognition and volitional models to predicting and changing health behaviours, including condom use, exercise, diet and smoking.

Susan Ayers Trauma and childbirth; psychological factors in obstetrics and gynaecology; stress and coping with health events; and psychological outcome following health events.

Rod Bond Group processes, particularly social influence and reaction to deviants; conformity and minority influence; computer-mediated communication to investigate reactions to deviants in small groups; processes leading to social inclusion and exclusion; and research methods, especially structural equation modelling, hierarchical linear modelling and meta-analysis.

Professor Rupert Brown Group processes and intergroup relations: social identity processes; intergroup emotions and especially the role played by guilt and shame; and factors that promote more favourable intergroup attitudes in a variety of contexts (eg national, interethnic, host society and immigrant, indigenous and non-indigenous).

Richard de Visser Young people’s health behaviour; sexual health and sexual behaviour; gender and health-related behaviour; and qualitative methods.

Helga Dittmar Social and psychological dimensions of having and buying material goods, compulsive buying, and the link between materialism and subjective well-being; and sociocultural influences on body image and eating behaviour, particularly the impact of media images on body esteem.

John Drury Crowd behaviour – crowd conflict; social movements; empowerment, other positive psychological changes in crowds; crowding/density – the role of social identity in enjoyment, celebration and ‘atmosphere’; mass emergency evacuation behaviour – resilience, solidarity and mutual aid in ‘disasters’; and critical discourse analysis – constructing collective pathology, collective ‘otherness’, class and ‘society’.

Tom Farsides Factors that facilitate or inhibit positive other-concern, which includes activism, altruism, charity, citizenship, donating, helping, and a variety of other prosocial behaviours. Important facilitators include a sense of caring, duty, empathy, or responsibility. Important inhibitors include moral myopia and selfishness.

Tobias Greitemeyer Prosocial and antisocial behaviour; information processing and decision-making; interpersonal attraction; and attribution theory.

Donna Jessop Health psychology. The impact of providing personally relevant health-risk information on behavioural change; fear appeals; applications of self-affirmation theory and terror management theory to health; and the influence of exposure to reminders of terrorist events.

The influence of motor movement on the visual position of objects: the motor flash-drag effect. In the dark, the participant moves his hands; the left hand moving toward the body and the right hand moving away from the body. During movement two flashes are presented, one superimposed on the right index finger-tip and the other on the left finger-tip. Although the flashes are equidistant from the participant, the flash superimposed on the right finger-tip moving away from the body is seen as farther away than the flash superimposed on the left finger-tip moving toward the body. This research reveals the role of the motor system in visual processes

Colin Wayne Leach The emotional experience of the social comparisons involved in (individual and group) status distinctions, especially pride, guilt, anger, and schadenfreude; morality, self-representation, and self-evaluation; group identity and intergroup relations; and political psychology.

Karen Long Inter- and intragroup relations; social identity theory; social and personal identity as sources of self-esteem; and social psychology and computer-supported technologies, particularly the internet.

Paul Sparks Attitude theory and its application to health- and environment-related issues, with particular focus on moral judgements, normative influences, temporal influences, affective processes, self-identity and ambivalence; decision-making; risk perception and risk communication; self-integrity and affirmation processes; and social capital.

Viv Vignoles Self and identity, especially motivational processes and the influence of culture and context on identity construction; life transitions; cross-cultural and indigenous psychologies; and levels of analysis.

Psychology

158

• SPRU – Science and Technology Policy Research has a student community of over 90 doctoral and more than 60 Masters degree students, supported by about 50 research and teaching faculty. (See www.sussex.ac.uk/spru for further information about SPRU.)

• Students come to SPRU with strong first degrees in sciences and engineering, as well as in the arts and social sciences. We provide systematic education and training for students interested in analysing and guiding policy, assessing the impact of policy, and managing scientific change and technological innovation within public sector organisations, NGOs and companies.

• SPRU is recognised internationally as being at the forefront of research in the field of science and technology policy and innovation management.

• SPRU’s multidisciplinary and international orientation provides a unique perspective on policy and management issues in the UK and elsewhere in Europe, in North America and Japan, and also in the industrialising countries of Latin America, Asia and Africa.

• The MSc and research degree programmes have extensive links with business and policy-making organisations, and emphasis is given to strengthening students’ skills and competencies for employment.

Other management studies opportunitiesAs well as postgraduate study and training opportunities in the management of technology and innovation, Sussex also offers programmes focusing on management in the professions and service industries, both public and private. The aim is to support serving managers (or those aspiring to management) working in particular sectors and wishing to study part-time, enhancing their knowledge and skills in ways that are directly relevant to their professional area. For further details, see the Management subject entry on page 130.

Funding and awardsSelected funding opportunities are outlined below. Many of the awards listed are subject to strict application deadlines, so please apply as early as possible.

Research programmes (funding)• SPRU usually has research studentships

available from the UK ESRC. • SPRU will provide strong support for applicants

seeking ESRC studentships under the 1+3 scheme. For more details, see the ESRC website at www.esrc.ac.uk

• SPRU will also offer strong support for applicants with suitable research training at Masters level who seek ESRC research studentships for three-year DPhil study.

• Applicants to SPRU may apply for Overseas Research Student (ORS) awards.

Science and technology policy and management

Taught programmesMSc programmesIntellectual Property and Knowledge ManagementInternational ManagementPublic Policies for Science, Technology and InnovationScience and Technology for Sustainability Science and Technology Policy Technology and Innovation Management

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Science and Technology Policy StudiesMPhil, DPhil Technology and Innovation Management

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175MSc in Intellectual Property and Knowledge Management; MSc in International Management An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree or equivalent professional qualification MSc in Public Policies for Science, Technology and Innovation; MSc in Science and Technology Policy; MSc in Science, Technology and Sustainability An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in the social and natural sciences or engineering. Candidates with a lower second-class undergraduate honours degree will be considered MSc in Technology and Innovation Management A second-class undergraduate honours degree MPhil and DPhil Normally a Masters degree in a field related to science and technology policy, or several years of equivalent professional experience


Pre-Masters for non-EU students If your qualifications (including English language) do not yet meet our entry requirements for admission direct to the MSc in International Management or the MSc in Technology and Innovation Management, we offer a Pre-Masters entry route. For more information see page 35


Admissions and further informationTeaching Office,SPRU – Science and Technology Policy Research, The Freeman Centre, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QE, UKT +44 (0)1273 678168 E [email protected]/spru

Essentials

xxxxxxxxxx

Shelaine’s perspective

‘Although I came from a natural sciences background, the MSc in Science and Technology for Sustainability provided me with the necessary background knowledge of economics and risk management to allow me to participate more effectively in policy-making for sustainability.‘An unexpected bonus of participating in the programme at SPRU was the opportunity to study with fellow students and staff from all over the world, making contacts for the future and providing different perspectives on issues of sustainability.’

Shelaine Weller

xxxxX

Jasons’s perspective

‘SPRU attracts an exciting, diverse range of staff and students which, for me, is one of the key benefits of studying there. I interacted with a huge variety of perspectives and sources of expertise from across the world, making teamwork a cultural, as well as an intellectual, learning experience.’

Jason Kitcat

xxxxxxxxxX

An employer’s perspective

‘I was impressed by the group’s ability to deal with both the practical issues that could affect future exploitation of Rolls-Royce technology, and the abstract challenges of the various business models and evaluation techniques that they applied. In addition, their interpersonal skills enabled them to acquire valuable information from interviewees within Rolls-Royce as well as with third parties. The project demonstrates that considerable “intellectual horsepower” can be accessed effectively by Rolls-Royce through the relationship with SPRU.’

Head of Technology Control, Rolls-Royce

SPRU offers a stimulating intellectual, social and physical environment for students and faculty

Science and technology policy and m

anagement

Taught programmes (funding)• Studentships are available under the

ESRC 1+3 scheme for students planning to continue to a research degree after completing the MSc in Public Policies for Science, Technology and Innovation, or the MSc in Technology and Innovation Management, or the MSc in Science and Technology for Sustainability. For more details, see the ESRC website.

• SPRU is a member of the Association of Business Schools (ABS).

• SPRU also offers a small number of its own studentships covering part of the fees for MSc programmes. For details, see the SPRU website.

• Applicants to the MSc in Public Policies for Science, Technology and Innovation or the MSc in Technology and Innovation Management from eligible countries may apply for a Sasakawa scholarship (see Fees and funding on pages 176-186).

Taught programmes

MSc in Intellectual Property and Knowledge Management 1 year full-time This programme develops your ability to understand and apply knowledge assets as a key to corporate success and economic progress. You will examine how organisations create, utilise and exploit knowledge in the globalising knowledge-based economy; and the wider social and economic factors affecting knowledge creation and transfer; gaining a better understanding of the interaction between individuals, organisations and social networks. You will therefore engage with key management practices that overlap methods of organisational learning, human resource management and conceptual framework for knowledge generation. This programme is under development and subject to validation.

Programme structure Autumn term: three foundation courses help you to develop an understanding of basic management concepts: Fundamentals of Global Management; Managing and Working across Cultures; and Managing Innovation. In addition, you develop relevant skills and techniques in Management Methods and Tools.

Spring and summer terms: subject-specific knowledge is further developed in Managing Knowledge and Networks; and Globalisation and Industry Evolution.

In addition, a Business Analysis Report offers the opportunity to pursue selected issues in greater depth, and to integrate these with broader theoretical and analytical work.

AssessmentAll courses contribute to the final mark.

MSc in International Management 1 year full-time This MSc aims to provide you with an advanced knowledge of international management principles, through both practical applications and challenging theory. This innovative programme aims to develop international managers who can comfortably and confidently move from country to country and deal effectively with counterparts from around the world.

The programme draws on experts and management specialists within the University and internationally, and brings together students from across the world.

The distinctive features of this MSc include:

• a systems approach, integrating corporate management and public policy, critical to understanding and practising international management;

• a unique focus on the role of science, technology and innovation in international management; and

• a strong multidisciplinary approach to teaching and learning, focusing on real problems.

The MSc is designed for professionals and is a career-development programme.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take Managing and Working Across Cultures; and Fundamentals of Global Management.

Spring term: you take International Business; and Managing Technology in a Global Environment.

Summer term: students can either complete a dissertation, or a management project.

A Research Methods course runs across the autumn, spring and summer terms.

AssessmentCourses are assessed by a combination of coursework, unseen tests, essays, extended essays and a dissertation or management project.

MSc in Public Policies for Science, Technology and InnovationMSc in Science and Technology PolicyMSc in Science, Technology and Sustainability 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThese programmes offer you the opportunity to learn about the origins and consequences of change in science and technology. Central themes include:

• the social and economic motives for innovation;

• the evolving features of globalisation;

• problems and prospects for sustainable development; and

• the means by which innovation is stimulated and governed, with particular emphasis on public policy.

Tools for analysing the rate and direction of change, for dealing with complexity and uncertainty, and for taking decisions about the promotion and regulation of change are developed through coursework, which prepares students for their own dissertation research project.

There is a common set of core courses for all three programmes, but depending on your choice of programme you will follow one of three pathways when choosing your options.

Within this framework, students deepen their knowledge and acquire relevant skills in specific areas of interest from the spring term onwards. This can be done in three related but distinct areas.

You can choose to develop skills in the:

• analysis of public policies for science, technology and innovation, with emphasis on the impact of the adoption of innovations on the economy and wider society;

• capabilities for analysis, decision-making and policy-making to respond to the speed and strength of globalisation processes that involve the construction of global networks for knowledge sharing and exploitation;

• analysis of science and technology in relation to sustainability. Both positive and negative elements of scientific and technological development are analysed, with sectoral emphasis on energy and the environment, and food and agriculture.

These programmes are taught by world-leading researchers, and are international in focus, including the developing world. A 20,000-word dissertation demonstrates capabilities for independent research and the ability to reach conclusions on complex questions and issues.

Programme structureAutumn term: all students take the core courses Introducing Science, Technology and Innovation Studies; Technology and Innovation Systems; Policy, Governance and Regulation; Economic Perspectives on Innovation; Research Skills and Tools for Innovation Studies.

Additional courses are dependent on which degree you are following:

MSc Public Policies for Science, Technology and Innovation You take Sociological Perspectives on Science and Technology.

MSc Science and Technology Policy You take the courses from either of the other two pathways or Managing Innovation.

MSc Science, Technology and Sustainability You take Understanding Sustainable Development; Sociological Perspectives on Science, Technology and Sustainability; and Economic Perspectives on Sustainability.

Spring term: all student take four courses from Energy Policy and Sustainability; Innovation for Sustainability; The Management of Technological Risks; Environmental Policy and Industrial Technology; Information and Communication Policy and Strategy; The Political Economy of Science Policy; Science, Knowledge and Politics of Development; Science and Policy Processes; Networks, Knowledge and Globalisation (not all options may be offered in the year and additional options may be available).

Students on the MSc in Science, Technology and Sustainability must take at least one option from the first three listed.

In addition, all students must attend a statistics course. Either Introduction to Statistical Research Methods in the spring term, or the higher-level Statistical Methods for Science, Technology and Innovation Studies in the summer term.

Summer term: all students take the core course Research Design, Planning and Management; and carry out supervised work on a 20,000-word MSc dissertation relevant to their degree.

AssessmentCourses are assessed by a combination of coursework, multiple-choice questions, essays, analysis assignments, take-away papers and a dissertation.

Sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy p

olic

y an

d m

anag

emen

t

159

160

Strategies and capabilities of project-based design, engineering and construction firms

The management of innovation in firms, industries and countries

Procurement strategies in the European defence industry

Developing practical ways for dealing with new risks and uncertainties

Innovative management in collaborative software development networks

Information disclosure in collaborative innovation

Emerging technologies (space and satellite navigation, nanotechnology, etc)

Benchmarking the environmental performance of manufacturing firms

The role of scientific evidence and expertise in public policy-making

Practitioners with knowledge and competencies in these and similar fields are increasingly sought after internationally, and students engaged in research-degree study at SPRU can expect excellent career opportunities in a range of roles in the academic, business or public-sector arenas.

CourseworkAlthough the MPhil and DPhil research degrees are assessed by thesis, you are expected to take assessed research and statistical methods courses. You may also be asked to take other specific courses in the first two terms, to fill gaps in your knowledge.

Thesis research topicsSPRU attaches a high priority to integrating research students closely with its overall research activities. Thesis research topics may therefore cover a wide range of areas where this integration is possible. Faculty research interests are summarised on page 161. However, prospective applicants should consult the SPRU website to review in more detail the research interests of faculty and the current thesis topics of research students.

MSc in Technology and Innovation Management 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis programme focuses on the innovating organisation and practical problem-solving skills required for creative management practice and research.

Programme structure Autumn term: you take the short introductory course Introducing Science, Technology and Innovation Studies, followed by: Technology and Innovation Systems; Economic Perspectives on Innovation; Managing Innovation; Tools for Innovation Management; and Research Skills and Tools for Innovation Studies.

Spring term: you choose two options from the following: Energy Policy and Sustainability; Information and Communication Technologies Policy and Strategy; Innovation for Sustainability; Managing Innovation in Complex Product Systems; Managing Technology in a Global Environment; Techno-Economics of the ICT Industries; The Management of Technological Risks; The Political Economy of Science Policy; and Environmental Policy and Industrial Technology. (Not all options may be offered in the year. Additional options may be available.)

Attendance of a statistics course is compulsory. According to level, you take either Introduction to Statistical Research Methods in the spring term, or the higher-level Statistical Methods for Science, Technology and Innovation Studies in the summer term. You are required to complete coursework exercises and an assessment for the statistics course.

Summer term: you undertake a Technology Management Project that actively involves you in practical and creative processes within technology-based companies. You attend a Research Design, Planning and Management workshop and carry out supervised work on your MSc dissertation.

AssessmentCourses are assessed by a combination of coursework, multiple-choice questions, essays, the design of a tool-box of techniques for analysis and management of innovation processes, a briefing paper, a project proposal, analysis assignments, a combination of group and individual reports, a presentation and a dissertation of 10,000-15,000 words. Your final degree result is based on a combination of dissertation (50 per cent) and project (50 per cent).

Research programmes

SPRU offers research degrees (MPhil and DPhil) in Science and Technology Policy Studies and Technology and Innovation Management. The DPhil degree may be achieved via several different routes:

• doctoral research linked to prior study and research training in one of SPRU’s MSc programmes. This integrated programme may be taken by UK and other EU students as an ESRC-funded 1+3 programme or by other students as a New Route DPhil programme (see Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15). In either case the expected duration of the combined programme is about four years.

• as a stand-alone programme of doctoral research undertaken by students whose prior research training in a relevant field has been equivalent to that provided by a SPRU Masters programme. In this case the expected duration of the programme is three years.

SPRU’s research focuses on the growth, sustainability and responsible governance of science, technologies and innovation systems. SPRU emphasises interdisciplinary interactions that underpin SPRU’s distinctive perspective. Current research projects fall under three main headings: Innovation in Firms and Industries; National and International Science and Technology Systems; and Governance and Sustainability. Within those themes, projects focus, for example, on strategy, structure and dynamics of innovating firms, innovation in complex product systems and infrastructure, research and technological change in high-tech industries, measuring and assessing knowledge production and distribution, science and technology in developing countries, policy and regulation in energy and the environment, rethinking sustainable development, preventing the misuse of biological and chemical techniques and the politics and economics of the ‘information society’.

Recent research programmes and projects have included the following:

Innovation strategies in technologically diversifying firms

Managing complex knowledge bases, skills and organisations

Improved indicators of scientific, technical and environmental performance

Methods and tools for managing complex product systems innovation

Managing the development of integrated systems and services

New perspectives on biomedical systems, especially genetics/genomics

Organisational innovation in project-based companies

SPRU occupies an innovative building – the Freeman Centre. This has been built to accommodate both SPRU and a partner organisation – the Centre for Research in Innovation Management (CENTRIM) of the University of Brighton

Science and technology policy and m

anagement

Andrea Prencipe Economist – innovation in (external) complex product systems; technology and corporate strategy; knowledge-based theory of the firm; organisational memory.

Adrian Smith Mechanical engineer – civil society and technology; environmental policy process.

Steve Sorrell Electronics engineer – climate policy and emissions trading; energy efficiency in industry and commerce; the implementation of environmental regulation.

Ed Steinmueller Economist – economics of information, networks, and knowledge; science and technology policy; development and sustainability.

Andy Stirling Social scientist – the management of technological risk (especially in the biotechnology, chemicals and energy fields); science and precaution in the governance of innovation; practical tools for the handling of uncertainty and divergent values; the utility, implications and characterisation of technological diversity.

Puay Tang International relations; socio-economic analysis of electronic service innovations; application and development of new ICTs; electronic commerce and its implications for regulatory issues, business activities, and for the evaluation and impact assessment of science and technology programmes; management of intellectual property rights in a digital environment; e-government.

Joe Tidd Physicist – innovation strategy and firm organisation; measurement of innovation and market performance; process of new product and service development; technological entrepreneurship and technology-based new ventures; design processes and management.

Nick von Tunzelmann Economist – emergence, development and management of complex technological systems; long-run evolution of technologies; interaction between technological, economic and organisational change; technology development in eastern Europe.

David Twigg Social scientist – technology and operations management; innovation in the supply chain; outsourcing strategy; product design and development; technology and organisation.

Jim Watson Engineer – the development and deployment of cleaner energy technologies; technologies and policies for distributed energy systems; energy and environment in developing countries.


The research interests of selected SPRU faculty are briefly described below. See our website for a full list, reflecting the latest updates www.sussex.ac.uk/spru/staff

Allam Ahmed Economist – technology management, technology transfer, sustainable development, international business.

Pablo D’Este Cukierman Economist – industrial organisation and industrial dynamics; economics of innovation in the pharmaceutical industry; science and technology policy; strategic management.

Daniel Feakes Harvard Sussex Program on CBW Armament and Arms Limitation; international regimes against chemical and biological weapons; implementation of the Chemical Weapons Convention; the role of the EU in non-proliferation and disarmament; arms control and disarmament.

Aldo Geuna Economist/social scientist – economics of knowledge production; science and technology policy; analysis of university research and its linkages with industry; economics of innovation and industrial dynamics; use and diffusion of ICTs and the internet.

Rumy Hasan Economist – international strategic alliances, transitional economies, east Asia.

Mike Hobday Economist – innovation in business enterprise in east and south east Asia; Complex Product Systems Innovation Centre.

Mike Hopkins Biologist – firm strategy and industrial competitiveness in biotechnology; genetic testing services in NHS/industry; DNA patenting.

Simona Iammarino Economist – multinational corporations and the location of technological activities; regional systems of innovation and socio-economic differentials in Europe; use and diffusion of ICTs across space; economics of European integration.

Justine Johnstone Philosopher/social scientist – ICT and knowledge in developing countries, civil society; theory of knowledge and knowledge technology; philosophical theories of ethics and justice in technological domains; critical realism and methodological pluralism.

Gordon MacKerron Energy policy in the context of carbon emission reductions and security of supply issues; economics and policy in nuclear power; economic regulation and investment in the energy industries; energy technology policy.

Catriona McLeish Harvard Sussex Program on CBW Armament and Arms Limitation; international regimes against chemical and biological warfare; dual use of biological technologies; implementation of the BW regime; historical research into former CBW programmes.

Fiona Marshall The contribution of science to international development; food safety policy and livelihoods in the developing world; peri-urban environmental change; impacts of environmental pollution on food quality and safety; partnerships for improved environmental education and awareness.

Ben Martin Physicist/social scientist – research and technology foresight; comparisons of national scientific performance; university-industry links, changing nature and role of the university.

Martin Meyer Technology transfer, commerciali-sation of science-related technologies; university research and intellectual property; measuring science-technology interaction.

Erik Millstone Physicist/philosopher – public and environmental health protection policies, especially the role of scientific evidence and experts; comparing the ways in which risks are assessed and managed by different national and international regulatory bodies; comparative research into policies on obesity.

Jordi Molas-Gallart Economist – defence industrial policy; dual-use technologies; restructuring of the European defence industry and defence procurement reforms; evaluation and impact assessment of public policies in support of science and technology.

Piera Morlacchi Innovation and technological change in medical technologies (eg new technologies in the medical device field and related health policy issues); entrepreneurship and technology strategy in biomedical fields; interorganisational and social networks; co-evolution of technology and organisation; quantitative and qualitative methodologies to study networks; institutional theory, pragmatism and constructivism in organisation studies.

Paul Nightingale Chemist – Complex Product Systems Innovation Centre; genetics technologies in the healthcare and pharmaceutical sectors; innovation in high-tech services, particularly financial services; theoretical work on the relationship between science and technology; instrumentation technologies and the evolution of innovation processes within firms.

Pari Patel Economist – national systems of innovation and uneven development; technological strategies of the world’s largest firms.

Julian Perry Robinson Chemist/lawyer – Harvard Sussex Program on Chemical and Biological Warfare Armament and Arms Limitation.

Sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy p

olic

y an

d m

anag

emen

t

161

Essentials • Research in social and political thought is interdisciplinary, bridging the conventional divides between social theory, political philosophy, and the history of social and political thought; and between empirical and normative analysis.

• The particular research strengths of the Social and Political Thought (SPT) Group are in the following areas:

- social theory, especially Marxism, Hegel, hermeneutics and critical theory;

- recent democratic, socialist and environmentalist thought and practice;

- history of political, social and economic thought;

- philosophy of social science and the sociology of knowledge;

- contemporary political philosophy; - cosmopolitanism

- critical race theory.

• Many of our students have gone on to successful careers in research and teaching, the media, and NGOs. Over the last 30 years a substantial number of leading academics in the UK and elsewhere have passed through the programme.

Taught programme

MA in Social and Political Thought 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeThis MA was established in 1978 and has been one of the most successful and long-standing programmes at Sussex. Its strength derives from it being a genuinely interdisciplinary programme that bridges the conventional divides between social theory, political theory and philosophy, the history of social and political thought, and the study of political and social movements.

The programme brings together philosophers, sociologists, historians and political scientists who have an interest in the interactions between the explanatory, the normative and ideological dimensions of social and political thought.

The MA aims to cover both historical traditions and contemporary developments. Our objective is to provide you with a specialised knowledge of selected areas in contemporary thought and a broad basis in the major European historical tradition.

FundingUK students with appropriate interests can apply for AHRC awards, and other EU students for payment of fees. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186

Programme structureThe MA programme consists of five elements:

Autumn term: you take the two one-term core courses Text and Critique in Social and Political Thought; and Theorising the Social.

Spring term: you choose two options from the following: Hegel; Marx; Political and Legal Philosophy; Politics of the Unconscious: Psychoanalysis and Political Theory; Race Critical Theory; Recent Social Theory; Social and Political Thought in the Long 20th Century; The Frankfurt School and Critical Theory; and The Idea of Europe.

Summer term and vacation: you undertake supervised work on the MA dissertation of 20,000 words. There are regular work-in-progress seminars.

AssessmentThe largest assessed element in the MA is the 20,000-word dissertation, submitted at the beginning of September. In addition, the core course and options are assessed by 5,000-word term papers. Philosophy of Science and Social Science; and Methodological Approaches to the History of Ideas are assessed by shorter papers.

Research programmes

Research degrees may be pursued on either a full-time or part-time basis and may take the form of an MPhil or a DPhil. There is wide-ranging supervisory expertise available from faculty in the fields of politics, sociology, philosophy, anthropology, international relations, history, and English. We have a large and active body of research students from a variety of intellectual and national backgrounds.

Studies in Social and Political Thought is our own in-house journal. It is published by a group of students and faculty from the programme. It offers an ideal opportunity for our students to publish their work.

Centre for Social and Political ThoughtThe Centre is the organisational base for research associated with the Social and Political Thought programme. A major dimension of the Centre’s research is critical social theory. The ‘Europeanness’ of Social and Political Thought is an important part of its identity, as it is for the University of Sussex. The Centre is also the home of the European Journal of Social Theory. Currently one Marie Curie Post-Doctoral fellowship is based in the Centre.

FundingStudents with appropriate interests and qualifications can apply for AHRC awards. See Fees and funding on pages 176-186.

Social and political thought

Taught programmeMA Social and Political Thought

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Social and Political Thought

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in an arts or social sciences discipline MPhil and DPhil A Masters degree, or its equivalent, in a subject relevant to your chosen area of research



Further informationProfessor Gerard Delanty, Convenor, MA in Social and Political Thought, Arts C321, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKT +44 (0)1273 678658E [email protected]

Dr Gordon Finlayson,Co-convenor, MA in Social and Political Thought,Arts B340, University of Sussex,Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QN, UKT +44 (0)1273 876629E [email protected]

Jayne Paulin, Postgraduate Co-ordinator,Arts C329, University of Sussex,Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKT +44 (0)1273 877686E [email protected]/cspt

Soc

ial a

nd p

olit

ical

thou

ght

162

163

CourseworkAlthough our MPhil and DPhil degrees consist primarily of independent directed research, students often participate formally or informally in MA courses. If you do not already have a relevant MA or equivalent, we may require you to take one or more MA courses in your first year. We offer a wide range of research training courses for students. If you have not completed comparable research training elsewhere, you will be required to take some of these courses.

Recent and current thesis titlesIntellectual origins of New Labour

Justice, community and singularity

Gender and the social construction of whiteness

New forms of participatory democracy

Communitarianism in current political discourse

Darwinism, homosexuality and the left

Marcuse and the new social movements

Critiques of liberalism

Political elites in Poland

The liberal-communitarian debate

Arendt and Foucault

Justice, difference and feminism

Sartre and political philosophy

Benjamin and Kafka

Models of social representation

Regional modernities: UK and Denmark

Paternalistic legislation

Trotsky and the state

Discourses of the extreme right

Bureaucratisation and reformism in social democracy

Academic activities

The centrepiece of the SPT Group’s intellectual activity is the fortnightly graduate/faculty research seminar in social and political thought, at which internal and visiting speakers present papers. All MA and research students are welcome.

There is also a work-in-progress seminar run by research students, at which they present papers for discussion. We have other occasional seminar series, and a group of faculty and students edit the journal Studies in Social and Political Thought.

A number of SPT research students and faculty are among those associated with the Centre for Critical Social Theory, which brings together researchers at Sussex who are interested in the interactions between the explanatory, normative and ideological dimensions of social and political thought. The Centre has sponsored conferences on The Future of Critical Social Theory, Social Democracy: Current Ideological Directions, Environmentalism and Critical Realism, and Reconstructing Human Rights. SPT faculty and students have also organised conferences on The Good Life, The Direction of Contemporary Capitalism, Hegel: History and Politics, and The Life and Work of Edward Said, as well as graduate conferences every year since 2002.

The Centre has special links with the Social Theory Centre at Warwick University, with whom it organised a major series of seminars on Social Theory and Major Social Transformations and with whom it jointly publishes the journal Papers in Social Theory. Faculty have links with a variety of scholars in Europe and North America and often invite colleagues to give papers at Sussex.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/cspt

The main research areas of our faculty include:• Marx, Hegel, normative foundations of social

criticism, recognition theory;• intellectual history, philosophy of history,

historiography;• Italian political theory and history, history of

the left;• German social theory, critical social theory;• Habermas, Adorno, discourse ethics, moral

theory;• poststructuralism;• critical race theory;• philosophy of social science;• civil society and contemporary politics;• cosmopolitan theory, globalisation;• cultural and historical sociology of modernity;• the European cultural and political heritage.

Andrew Chitty Hegel; Marx and Marxism; and contemporary political philosophy. Author of ‘First person plural ontology and praxis’ in Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society (1997); and ‘Recognition and social relations of production’ in Historical Materialism (1998).

Professor Gerard Delanty Social theory and political sociology; modernity in global perspective; social identity, nationalism and citizenship; European societies in transformation; cosmopolitanism. Editor of European Journal of Social Theory.

Gordon Finlayson Critical theory, Hegel, Kant, Habermas, social and political philosophy, ethics, and aesthetics. Publications include: ‘Adorno on the Ineffable and the Ethical’ in European Journal of Philosophy (2002) and ‘The Theory of Ideology and the Ideology of Theory: Habermas contra Adorno’ in Historical Materialism (2003).

Sam Knafo Global finance; monetary policy; international political economy; imperialism; historical sociology; Marxism; and poststructuralism. Publications include, ‘The gold standard and the origins of the modern international system’ in Review of International Political Economy (2006).

Alana Lentin Race, racism, and anti-racism; social movements and migrant collective action. Publications include Racism and Anti-Racism in Europe (2004); with R Lentin (eds) Race and State (2006); with G Titley (eds) The Politics of Diversity in Europe (2008); Racism: a Beginner’s Guide (2008).

Kathryn MacVarish Historiography, philosophy of history and the history of political thought, particularly in relation to revolution. Currently researching the ideas of repetition, anachronism and progress in philosophies of history.

Darrow Schecter Gramsci; industrial democracy; theories of socialism; and civil society. Author of Radical Theories: Paths Beyond Marxism and Social Democracy (1994); and Sovereign States or Political Communities? (2000); Beyond Hegemony: Towards a New Philosophy of Political Legitimacy (2005).

Daniel Steuer Frankfurt School; history and epistemology of science, Goethe, Wittgenstein, and philosophy and literature. Coeditor of a new translation of Otto Weininger’s Sex and Character (2005).

Social and political thought


Admissions procedureMA in Social Work All MA applications must be submitted online via the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) www.ucas.com The UCAS course code is L500 and the inital deadline for applications is 15 January 2009

FeesSee pages 176-181 for information on fees

Further subject informationSocial Work Admissions Coordinator, School of Social Work and Social Care,University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9QQ, UKT +44 (0)1273 606755 ext 2595F +44 (0)1273 678644E [email protected]/socialwork

• Social work at Sussex offers attractive opportunities for graduate research and study in social work and social care, in a department noted for its strength in professional education and strong contribution to the disciplinary knowledge base through its research.

• The core group of faculty have strong research interests in innovation and change in policy and practice with children, adults and older people; the pedagogy of professional education; and knowledge, evidence and judgement in a professional and multiprofessional context.

• The MA in Social Work is a well-established programme that is highly regarded by employers. We also offer a wide range of post-qualifying programmes, offered within a flexible modular framework, that provide excellent continuing professional development opportunities.

• There is a developing portfolio of flexible study opportunities for practitioners from a wide range of disciplines, and for those interested in pursuing research qualifications. The MSc in Social Research Methods (Social Work and Social Care) offers ESRC-recognised training in social science and social work research methods. A thriving professional doctorate, together with both full- and part-time DPhil programmes, provide excellent opportunities for doctoral-level study.

• Relationships with local social welfare agencies in both the statutory and voluntary sector are excellent. Joint projects include development, training and research initiatives.

Taught programmes

MA in Social Work 2 years full-timeThis is a fast-track route to professional qualification, completed within 21 months. The programme provides a range of stimulating learning opportunities, led by faculty members who are at the forefront of research in their field.

It provides the opportunity to consider critically the roles, knowledge and values of social work, with particular reference to effecting personal and social change.

Working within a supportive learning environment, you develop the crucial skills of independent and collaborative group learning, with an emphasis on interdisciplinary learning and the involvement of service users and carers.

200 days are devoted to learning in practice settings, drawing on our excellent partnerships with local social work, social care and health agencies.

Additional admissions requirementsDuring the selection process for this popular programme, applicants will need to demonstrate high standards of written and spoken English, appropriate personal and intellectual qualities and a commitment to the values of social work and care. Selection takes place in three stages. Those passing initial screening of the UCAS application form are invited to complete further documentation including an extended personal statement. Those successful at this stage are invited to attend a selection day for interview.

Assessing suitability for professional studyPrior to interview, all applicants are required to disclose any criminal convictions, cautions, warnings and reprimands, even if ‘spent’, and any issues of concern will be explored. Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) enhanced checks are required for all successful applicants prior to programme entry. Failure to divulge relevant information relating to suitability (offences or other) at any stage, or the receipt of an unsatisfactory CRB check, will usually result in any offer being withdrawn.

All candidates accepting places on the programmes are currently required to satisfy a health check prior to admission, undertaken by the Occupational Health service.

FundingBursaries are available for most MA students who are normally resident in England. Fees are paid in part by the NHS Business Services Authority. See www.ppa.org.uk/ppa/swb.htm for more information and eligibility criteria.

Some students seek secondment from a local authority, and grants are then payable by the seconding authority. Contact the relevant training section of the local authority for further information.

Social work and social care

Taught programmesMA degreeSocial WorkMSc degreeSocial Research Methods (Social Work and Social Care) Post-qualifying (PQ) programmes in social work Postgraduate certificate Specialist PQ Social Work with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers Postgraduate diploma Higher Specialist PQ Leadership and Management Higher Specialist PQ Practice Education Higher Specialist PQ Social Work Practice with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers MA Advanced PQ Leadership and Management Advanced PQ Practice Education Advanced PQ Social Work Practice with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Social Work and Social Care New Route DPhil Social Work and Social CareProfessional Doctorate in Social Work (DSW)

Admissions requirementsFor information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MA in Social Work A second-class undergraduate honours degree; six to nine months’ relevant practice experience; GCSE grade A-C Mathematics and English (or equivalent). Early application is advised. All applications for the MA are made via UCAS (see below) MSc in Social Research Methods (Social Work and Social Care) and New Route DPhil An upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in a relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. You are also welcome to apply if you hold a Masters qualification that did not include research training Post-qualifying (PQ) social work programmes Specialist-level entry requirements are a social work qualification; current practice in social work; and employer support

Higher Specialist- and Advanced-level entry requirements are a social work qualification, and (normally) a post-qualifying social work award at specialist level or equivalent; a degree or capacity to study at Masters level; a current practice, management or practice education role in social work; and employer support MPhil, DPhil and DSW Normally, a good Masters degree; exceptionally, candidates without a Masters qualification who demonstrate prior written work of Masters level may be accepted. DSW only: at least three years’ full-time equivalent experience in a relevant professional area

Essentials

Soc

ial w

ork

and

soci

al c

are

164

165

Post-qualifying (PQ) programmes in social workAdditional admissions requirements for all PQ programmes listed belowA social work qualification may include a degree, diploma or certificate-level qualification or, for social workers who qualified outside the UK, a letter of comparability with UK qualifications or a verification letter from the General Social Care Council (GSCC).

Engagement in social work practice, management or practice education must be for a minimum of 15 hours per week.

Employer support must include agreement for study time (if in full-time employment) and the provision of work-based mentoring. Candidates may be employer-funded or self-funded.

Postgraduate Certificate in Specialist PQ Social Work with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers 18 months-5 years part-time (courses taken on a modular basis)This programme enables qualified social workers to achieve a GSCC-approved post-qualifying award in Specialist Social Work. It comprises a consolidation course, four core specialist courses (Understanding Children; Effective Assessment; Achieving Better Outcomes; and Specialist Practice) and a practice education course. All courses can be pursued independently by those not studying for the full award, and by practitioners from disciplines other than social work.

Postgraduate Diploma in Higher Specialist PQ Social Work Practice with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers18 months-5 years part-time (courses taken on a modular basis)This programme meets the needs of experienced social workers who have already achieved the Postgraduate Certificate in Specialist PQ Social Work with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers. Such candidates enter this programme with advanced standing (ie half of the volume of study for a Postgraduate Diploma has already been achieved). Candidates who previously studied for PQ Child Care Award as a Postgraduate Certificate may also be able to begin the Postgraduate Diploma with advanced standing. A range of modules is offered, for selection according to work role relevance and interest. Your direct practice will be assessed against GSCC Higher Specialist practice standards.

MA in Advanced PQ Social Work Practice with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers 1-2 years part-time (courses taken on a modular basis)The MA builds on the Postgraduate Diploma. You will undertake a research methods module and research project or dissertation relevant to your professional role and showing leadership in your field.

Postgraduate Diploma in Higher Specialist PQ Leadership and Management 18 months-5 years part-time (courses taken on a modular basis) This programme is suitable for leaders and managers in Children’s Services who have a social work qualification. A range of modules is offered, for selection according to work role relevance and interest. Your direct leadership and management practice will be assessed against GSCC Higher Specialist practice standards.

Candidates who have previously undertaken the Postgraduate Certificate in Specialist PQ Social Work with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers may be able to begin the Postgraduate Diploma with advanced standing to follow a combined pathway specialism.

MA in Advanced PQ Leadership and Management 1-2 years part-time (courses taken on a modular basis)This MA builds on the Postgraduate Diploma. You will undertake a research methods module and research project or dissertation relevant to your management and leadership role.

The primary aim of the MSc in Social Research Methods (Social Work and Social Care) is to provide you with competence in a broad range of social scientific methods appropriate for researching social work and social care

Programme structureYear 1 Law and Social Policy; Human Development and Social Relationships; Partnership and Interprofessional Practice; and Theory, Methods and Values; practice placement; Research Methods; and dissertation work. Year 2 Dissertation; Theory, Methods and Values in Children/Adult Services Settings; Situating Social Work. Practice placement.

AssessmentAssessment methods include essays, placement reports, case studies and a dissertation of 10,000-15,000 words.

Other awards associated with the MA in Social WorkThe MA in Social Work is the primary programme, combining credit for both M-level academic work and level 3 credit for social work. The Postgraduate Diploma in Social Work will be awarded to students on the MA programme who do not complete a dissertation at pass level. Both the MA and the Postgraduate Diploma are approved routes to qualified social work.

The MA in Applied Social Care is for candidates who meet the requirements for an academic award only, not a professional qualification. The Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Social Care may be awarded to students not achieving practice requirements and not achieving sufficient M-level credits for the award of a Masters degree.

MSc Social Research Methods (Social Work and Social Care) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The primary aim of this MSc is to provide you with competence in a broad range of social scientific methods appropriate for researching social work and social care, and to equip you to pursue specialist research for a DPhil in the field.

Programme structureThere are three main elements to the MSc programme, which run concurrently through the academic year: a research elective involving supervised reading in your individual research area and the writing of a dissertation; credited courses in the philosophy and methodology of research; and training in both quantitative and qualitative research skills.

Autumn term: Research Elective; Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in the Social Sciences.

Spring and summer terms: Evidence for Policy and Practice; Evaluation Research; and you choose from a selection of courses in data analysis and collection. The Research Elective continues across all terms, culminating in the writing of a dissertation.

AssessmentTaught courses are variously assessed by term papers of 3,000-4,000 words or equivalent coursework portfolios. The research elective is assessed by a dissertation of 10,000 words.

Social w

ork and social care

Postgraduate Diploma in Higher Specialist PQ Practice Education 18 months-5 years part-time (courses taken on a modular basis)This programme is suitable for practice teachers, practice assessors and social work educators who have a social work qualification. A range of modules is offered, for selection according to work role relevance and interest. Your direct practice as a practice educator (practice teacher, mentor, supervisor, practice assessor) will be assessed against GSCC Higher Specialist practice standards. Candidates who have previously undertaken the Postgraduate Certificate in Post-Qualifying Specialist Social Work with Children, Young People, their Families and Carers may be able to begin the Postgraduate Diploma with advance standing, to follow a combined pathway specialism.

MA in Advanced PQ Practice Education 1-2 years part time (courses taken on a modular basis)The MA builds on the Postgraduate Diploma. You will undertake a research methods module and research project or dissertation relevant to your professional role and showing leadership in your field.

The University Library is an essential resource for your graduate studies. Over the two years of the MA in Social Work you will examine the important links between theory, policy and practice

Research programmes

Full-time or part-time research student registration is possible; Sussex particularly welcomes applications from those with an existing professional interest in social work who may wish to combine their studies with continuing work in relevant agencies.

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills and supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in the programme of research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research (exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level). Students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Social Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research.

Recent thesis titlesThe impact of supervision on child protection practice – a study of process and outcome

Unconscious processes in practitioners who work therapeutically with children and young people who sexually abuse

Who cares for carers: women’s caring work for elderly people in South Korea

Professional Doctorate in Social Work (DSW)4 years part-timeThis is offered for senior professionals who already hold a good, relevant Masters degree and want to pursue research in the context of a structured programme.

The DSW enables experienced professionals in social work and social care, or related fields such as health, criminal justice, substance misuse, or youth and community work, to work at doctoral level on problems that are of direct relevance to their own professional concerns and interests. In the first two years modules are taught jointly with students completing the Professional Doctorate in Education (EdD).

During the final two years you complete a thesis of 35,000-45,000 words. Exceptionally, candidates without a Masters degree may be admitted to the programme on demonstration of professional written work of good Masters-level equivalence.


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/socialwork/people

Professor Suzy Braye Head of the School of Social Work and Social Care: social work law; empowering and anti-oppressive practice; user and carer participation; and older people.

Cath Holmström Social work with adolescents; social work in voluntary sector and non-traditional settings (especially homelessness, substance misuse and domestic violence); sociological perspectives in social work; professional identity; and e-learning within social work education.

Michelle Lefevre Sexual abuse and sexual abusers; assessment in child protection; attachment; and therapeutic approaches.

Barry Luckock Social work with children’s services.

Elaine Sharland Professional practice and policy with children and families; children’s rights, child welfare and child protection; ethical issues in social work research; and systematic reviews in social work.

Professor Imogen Taylor National Teaching Fellow (2003). Education and training for health and social care professions; management of change; gender issues in education and practice; and systematic reviews in social work.

Russell Whiting Religion and social work; history of social work; and residential social work.

Soc

ial w

ork

and

soci

al c

are

166

167

• Sociology at Sussex received a grade 4 (recognising research of national excellence) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). In the most recent Teaching Quality Assessment it received the highest possible rating of 24/24 for its taught programmes.

• The Department provides a base for students who wish to pursue sociological research in an intellectually open and cosmopolitan environment.

• Sociology faculty are centrally involved in three Research Centres at Sussex: the Centre for Social and Political Thought; the Centre for Gender Studies; and the Centre for Research in Health and Medicine.

• Sussex sociologists have edited Sociology for the British Sociological Association and Current Sociology, a journal of the International Sociological Association.

• Sussex sociologists have an exceptionally wide range of intellectual interests, covering the main areas of sociology and interdisciplinary fields such as medicine and health studies, science and technology studies, European studies, gender studies and history, as well as philosophy and methodology of social science. Major research projects have been conducted in the areas of intellectual migration, pharmaceuticals, gender and higher education and employment, as well as the sociology of time and consumption.

Taught programmes

MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Sociology) 1 year full-time/2 years part-timeA Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate are also available. See Routes to postgraduate study at Sussex on pages 14-15.

The MSc is designed to meet the most recent ESRC requirements for social science research training. The programme provides rigorous training in social research methods, an opportunity to develop a full doctoral research proposal and to write a supervised dissertation (the research elective), as well as exposure to debates and theories within the broad field of sociology. It involves a mixture of supervised reading and attendance at formal courses, and aims to equip you with the necessary skills to pursue research for a DPhil in the field.



Autumn term: you take a research elective, Philosophy of Science and Social Scientific Research Practice; and Research Design in a Cross-Cultural Context.




Sociology

Taught programmesMA Gender Studies (see page 106) Social and Political Thought (see page 162)MScComparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods (Sociology) Social Research in Health and Medicine (see page 139)

Research programmesMPhil, DPhil Sociology New Route DPhil Sociology

Admissions requirements For information on overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175 MSc, MPhil and New Route DPhilAn upper second-class undergraduate honours degree in any relevant social science, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline (two to three pages) of their research interests DPhil A Masters degree in sociology or a related discipline, but applicants from other backgrounds may be considered. Applicants should submit an outline research proposal indicating the nature, ambitions and primary questions of their research project



Further informationProfessor Gillian Bendelow, Head of Department, Sociology, School of Social Sciences and Cultural Studies, University of Sussex, Falmer, Brighton BN1 9SJ, UKT +44 (0)1273 877558E [email protected]/sociology

New technologies lead to new forms of social relations

Essentials

Sociology

Research programmes

We offer research supervision in areas including health, medicine, science, social theory, political sociology, gender, inequality and work.

FundingSociology has full 1+3 and +3 recognition from the ESRC. This includes access to three interdisciplinary Quota awards in 2009. For more information on ESRC funding, visit the ESRC website www.esrc.ac.uk

A very limited amount of Departmental funding, which may involve some teaching, may be available for research students. For further details, please contact Professor Gillian Bendelow at the address given in Essentials.

CourseworkThere are three modes of entry for research students. First is traditional entry to an MPhil or DPhil. Second is the MSc plus DPhil pathway, which is the 1+3 route required by the ESRC for their studentship support. Third is the New Route DPhil offering an integrated four-year programme of taught coursework in research methods and professional skills, together with supervised doctoral research. All new research students will be required to participate in the programme of research training courses and to take other courses that may be recommended by the supervisor of their research. (Exemption from research training courses can be granted to those who have already taken such courses at postgraduate level.)

Luke Martell Political sociology; social democracy; and globalisation. Author of Ecology and Society (1994), New Labour (1998), and Blair’s Britain (2003).

Susie Scott Social theory; identity; health; and shyness.

Health, medicine and scienceSee page 139 for a brief description of faculty research interests. For more detailed information on the Centre for Research in Health and Medicine, see www.sussex.ac.uk/soccul/crham

Gender, inequality and workProfessor Barbara Einhorn Citizenship and civil society, women’s movements, nation and nationalism, migration and exile. Author of Citizenship in a Uniting Europe: Nation, Gender and Transformation (2006).

Jacqueline O’Reilly Comparative study of labour markets in Europe with particular reference to gender. Author of Challenging the Gender Contract: Reforming Work and Welfare in Europe (forthcoming).

Professor Jennifer Platt Women in sociology; history and sociology of sociological research methods; the logic of case studies; and social-science organisations and their functions. Author of The British Sociological Association: A Sociological History (2003); ‘Women’s and Men’s Careers in British Sociology’ British Journal of Sociology (June 2004).

Ruth Woodfield Sociology of gender, work and skill, especially in relation to technology; sociology of higher education; and qualitative research methods. Author of Women, Work and Computing (2000).

‘I shop, therefore I am’: consumption is an important source of identity in late capitalist society

Students can also qualify for interim awards, such as the Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, for any research training courses taken concurrently with their research. Applicants who do not have an MA may be expected to satisfactorily complete a piece of coursework, taken from the ESRC-recognised MSc in Comparative and Cross-Cultural Research Methods, before proceeding to research. Several sociologists teach on the MA in Social and Political Thought, which provides an excellent introduction to research for candidates with appropriate interests. Further training in research skills will be provided as required.

Recent and current thesis topicsHousing in the UK and Japan

Sociology of courtesy

Organising the unemployed: politics, ideology and the experience of unemployment

Self-build housing

Decolonising Hong Kong

Gender and higher education

The welfare state and the underclass

Medicines regulation

Professionalisation of nursing

Lifestyle pharmaceuticals and medicalisation

Evolutionary theory in the social sciences

Rhetoric in sociological argument

Lone parents in higher education

Somali refugees

Global civil society and Islam

Health and climate change


Research interests are briefly described below. For more detailed information, see www.sussex.ac.uk/sociology

Sociology faculty research is organised in three broad and overlapping groups:

Social theory and political sociology (see also Social and political thought on page 162 and the Centre for Critical Social Theory on page 163)

Professor Gerard Delanty Social and political theory; historical sociology of modernity; cultural and political sociology of Europe; philosophy of social science; identity; and globalisation.

Alana Lentin Race, racism, and anti-racism; social movements and migrant collective action. Publications include Racism and Anti-Racism in Europe (2004); with R Lentin (eds) Race and State (2006); with G Titley (eds) The Politics of Diversity in Europe (2008); and Racism: a Beginner’s Guide (2008).

Soc

iolo

gy

168

169

Essentials Taught programmes

All our taught programmes, including the MA degrees, are rooted primarily in very high levels of accomplishment in practical disciplines, with attention also given to appropriate critical and theoretical analysis and understanding.

MA in Conservation Studies 1 year full-timeThe study period of one calendar year includes the time spent studying for the precursory Postgraduate Diploma. Those registered on any of the following Postgraduate Diploma programmes may apply to extend their registration to the MA in Conservation Studies:

• Conservation of Books and Library Materials

• Conservation of Ceramics and Related Materials

• Conservation of Furniture and Related Objects

• Conservation of Metalwork

This MA is an opportunity for eligible conservators to develop their primary training in professional conservation practice and to enhance their research skills. The programme provides an overview of the principles, theories and practices of conservation. It is set within the context of cultural property, which embraces the study of objects and deals with the theory and practice of preserving cultural items.

MA in Visual Arts 1 year full-timeThe study period of one calendar year includes the time spent studying for the precursory Postgraduate Diploma. Those registered on any of the following Postgraduate Diploma programmes may apply to extend their registration to the MA in Visual Arts:• Painting and Drawing• Sculpture• Tapestry and Textile ArtYou will be allocated generous individual studio spaces and have access to a full range of specialist workshops. Theoretical studies are delivered through a series of taught seminars and tutorials.

Postgraduate diplomas

This related group of programmes is recognised by leading public- and private-sector organisations for its high-quality resources and advanced practice. The relatively low number of students on each programme ensures a high level of personal tuition.

AssessmentAssessment is by presentation of practical work and/or exhibition of studio work, as well as written tests, practical tests, and written assignments/dissertations.

Postgraduate Diploma in Conservation of Books and Library Materials 1 year full-time You will collaborate with libraries and private book conservators through work placements, and with professionals from the library, museum and private sectors who will advise on progress.

You will learn by working on objects of historical importance from libraries, museums, and private collections. Experts in the field teach you how to produce condition reports for objects, and historical and theoretical studies help you to place them in their original context.

You will be introduced to current ethical and professional practice expected by professional associations, and a series of science lectures will give you the theoretical know-how to test materials and undertake technical work.

Postgraduate Diploma in Conservation of Ceramics and Related Materials 1 year full-time You will collaborate with organisations such as the British Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Metropolitan Museum of Art through work placements, and with programme advisors from the museum and private sectors.

You learn by working on objects of historical importance from museums and private collections. Experts in the field teach you how to produce condition reports for objects, and historical and theoretical studies will inform your understanding of their original context.

You will be introduced to current ethical and professional practice expected by professional associations. A materials science component introduces essential theory to inform materials testing and practical work.

Postgraduate Diploma in Conservation of Furniture and Related Objects 1 year full-timeYou will collaborate with organisations such as Windsor Palace and the Royal Collection at St James’ Palace through work placements, and with programme advisors from the museum and private sectors who help evaluate your progress.

You learn by working on objects of historic importance from museums and private collections. Experts in the field teach you how to produce condition reports for objects, and historical and theoretical studies will inform your understanding of their original context.

You will be introduced to current ethical and professional practice expected by professional associations. A materials science component will inform your approach to materials testing and practical work.

Visual arts and conservation studies at West Dean College

Taught programmesMA degreesConservation StudiesVisual Arts Postgraduate diplomas Conservation of Books and Library Materials Conservation of Ceramics and Related Materials Conservation of Furniture and Related Objects Conservation of Metalwork Painting and Drawing Sculpture Tapestry and Textile Art

Admissions requirementsPostgraduate diploma A relevant degree or successful completion of a West Dean graduate diploma in a directly related discipline MA In addition to fulfilling the entry requirements for the postgraduate diploma, you should also possess a good undergraduate honours degree or equivalent in a relevant subject

For potential applicants who do not have the appropriate qualifications or experience for entry to these programmes, each listed specialist area of conservation also offers a one-year, full-time Graduate Diploma (University of Sussex), completion of which will enable entry to postgraduate study

For more information and overseas qualifications that meet the admissions requirements, see pages 172-175


Admissions, English language requirements and further informationThe Admissions Office, West Dean College, West Dean, Chichester, West Sussex PO18 0QZ, UKT +44 (0)1243 818299 or 811301F +44 (0)1243 818291 or 811343E [email protected]

• West Dean College is affiliated to the University of Sussex. The postgraduate programmes listed here are validated by the University of Sussex and lead to a University award.

• Our exceptional student to staff ratio encourages an open exchange of ideas and information, and our specialist workshops and studios are excellent.

• Students who have completed their studies at West Dean are numbered among leading practitioners in their fields throughout the world.

• At West Dean, you also have access to over 700 short courses by practitioners who are making and selling their work.

Visual arts and conservation studies at West D

ean College

Postgraduate Diploma in Conservation of Metalwork 1 year full-time You will collaborate with organisations such as the British Museum and the Royal Armouries through work placements, and with programme advisors from the museum and private sectors who help to evaluate your progress.

You learn by working on objects of historical importance from museums and private collections. Experts in the field teach you how to produce condition reports for objects, and historical and theoretical studies will inform your understanding of their original context.

You will be introduced to current ethical and professional practice expected by professional associations, and a series of science lectures will give you the theoretical know-how to test materials and undertake technical work.

Postgraduate Diploma in Painting and Drawing 1 year full-time The programme is for those who consider the significance of their work to reside within the conception of art as an aesthetic enterprise. You will develop skills in making paintings and drawings, as well as being introduced to philosophical considerations of the nature of aesthetics.

You will acquire advanced practical skills. Historical and contextual studies will help develop an advanced understanding of the histories, techniques and methods of making paintings, prints and drawings, alongside an awareness of the social, political, aesthetic and moral perspectives that are integrated within them.

Experts in the field help prepare you for professional life by helping set up studio spaces and making contacts with galleries and other agents suited to promoting your work.

Postgraduate Diploma in Sculpture 1 year full-time West Dean College, situated on a 6,400-acre estate within the South Downs, provides an ideal space for those who wish to make art for specific sites. Emphasis is placed on the quality of the object in its contemporary setting, and you may collaborate with established individuals and professional organisations such as the Slade School of Fine Art.

You will acquire advanced skills and an in-depth awareness of design, materials and related issues and processes, and develop a critical understanding of the relationship between site, materiality and human intervention. Historical and contextual studies help you to understand the cultural and contextual significance of objects and the environment with particular emphasis on the late 19th- and 20th-century antecedents, as well as on contemporary response. You will also be made aware of professional codes of practice in relation to environmental issues affecting landscape and interiors.

Postgraduate Diploma in Tapestry and Textile Art 1 year full-time Tapestry weaving is well established at West Dean College, in both an educational and a professional capacity. Those taking the Postgraduate Diploma can observe client-led projects in the West Dean Tapestry Studio, which was established in 1976 and is the only one of its kind in England.

Tutors are active professionals, with extensive experience of the world of tapestry weaving, print, stitch and felt. The programme provides you with the facilities and support to develop advanced-level skills and effective practice, in order to produce successful works of art. You will be given guidance, supervision and information in a variety of ways, including demonstrations, informal workshop critiques, personal tutorials and group seminars. Historical and contemporary works are examined through a series of lectures, seminars and visits to galleries and museums.


Each programme has a dedicated, purpose-built workshop benefiting from excellent natural and artificial light. You have your own workspace with storage for personal tools or equipment and access to a library and IT facilities.

Many of the workshops provide specialist areas such as a fine art print studio and an analytical laboratory for conservators.


Roger Bown Visual images in contemporary culture; and aspects of postmodernism.

Lorna Calcutt The history, technology and conservation of cloisonné enamels; form and function related to conservation issues.

David Dorning The combination of materials science, function and aesthetics in conservation-restoration; helping to bridge the gap often perceived in the subject between the sciences and the arts.

Michael Podmaniczky Holistic conservation and the reconciliation of original intent with the condition of period furniture today.

Jon Privett The analysis of production methods and technologies relating to historic metalwork to refine techniques of conservation and restoration.

Robert Pulley Art and design practice in the context of sustainable development and education.

Pat Taylor The combination of traditional tapestry weaving skills with innovative ideas and creative practice.

Kenneth Watt Aspects of conservation-restoration practice, particularly in finishing techniques. Winner of inaugural Nigel Williams prize for his contribution to ceramics and glass conservation.

Edward Winters Practising artist with interests in the theory and philosophy of contemporary visual art and architecture.

West Dean’s stunning setting allows the exploration of all aspects of the building, its construction, its art collection, interior and environment

Visu

al a

rts

and

cons

erva

tion

stu

dies

at W

est D

ean

Col

lege

170

University of Sussex postgraduate prospectus section 7: Subjects

Education

Transcript of University of Sussex postgraduate prospectus section 7: Subjects